This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
1. Example 1.3.IO Let X be a linear space. Let (x,y) be a two-argumentscaiar-valuedfunction satisfying the following conditions: (il) (x,x) ~ 0, (i2) (x,x) = 0 if and only if x = 0, (i3) (x1 +x2 ,y) = (xl>y)+(x2 ,y), (i4) (ax,y) = a(x,y) for all scalars a, (i5) (x,y) = (y,x), where adenotes the conjugate number to the number a.
Chapter 1
18
The function (x,y) is called an inner product. The space X with the inner product is called a pre-Hilbert space. It is easy to verify that llxll = (x, x) is an F-norm.
y
1.4.
COMPLETE METRIC LINEAR SPACES
Let X be a metric space with a metricp(x,y). A sequence {xn} of elements of X is said to be a Cauchy sequence or to satisfy the Cauchy condition, or to be fundamental if lim
p(xn, Xm)
= 0,
n,m-+co
The space (X,p) is called complete if each Cauchy sequence {Xn} is convergent to an element x 0 EX, i.e., lim p(xn, x 0)
= 0.
It is easy to verify that a subset A of a complete metric space (X,p) is complete if and only if it is closed. A set A contained in a metric space X is called nowhere dense if the closure A of the set A does not contain any open set. A set A is said to be of the first category if it can be represented as a union of a countable family of nowhere dense sets ; otherwise, it is said to be of the second category. From the definition of the set of the category it trivially follows that a closed set of the second category contains an open set. Theorem 1.4.1 (Baire), A complete metric space (X,p) is of the second category. Proof. Suppose that X is of the first category. Then, by definition X= 00
=
U Fn, where the sets Fn are nowhere dense and Fn C Fn+I· Since the
n=l
set F 1 is nowhere dense, there exists an open set K 1 such that K 1 and the diameter of K1 d(K1) =sup p(x, y)
<
fl
F1 =
0
1.
z;uek1
K2
The set F 2 is nowhere dense, hence there exists an open set K2 such that C K~> d(K2) < 1/2 and K 2 fl F 2 = 0.
Basic Facts on Metric Linear Spaces
19
Continuing this process, we can find by induction a sequence of open sets Kn- such that Kn C Kn+l, d(Kn) < 1/n, and
Kn
fl
(1.4.1)
Fn = 0.
Let Xn E Kn. Since d(Kn)--:;..0, {Xn} is a Cauchy sequence. The space X is complete; thus th:=e is an element x 0 E X such that {xn} tends to x 0 • Since Kn C Kn+l, x 0 E Kn, n = I, 2, ... Hence, by (1.4.1) x 0 ¢ Fn, n = 1, 2, ... GO
This implies that x 0 ¢
U Fn =
X and we obtain a contradiction.
D
a=l
1.4.2. Let (X,p) be a complete metric space. Let E C X be a set of the first category. Then the set CE = X"" E is of the second category. Proof. X= E u CE. Suppose that the set CEis of the first category. Then X as a union of two sets of the first category is also of the first category.
CoROLLARY
This contradicts Theorem 1.4.1.
D
A metric linear space X is said to be complete if it is complete as a metric space. A closed linear subspace of a complete metric linear space is also complete. Let (X,p) be a complete metric linear space. Let p'(x,y) be another metric on X equivalent to the metric p(x,y). Then (X,p') is not necessarily complete, as follows from Example 1.4.2 Let X be a real line and letp(x,y)
= Jx-yJ. Obviously (X,p) is complete. Letp'(x,y) = Jarctanx-arctanyJ. It is easy to verifythatthemetricsp and p' are equivalent. The space (X,p') is not complete, since the sequence {xn} = {n} is a Cauchy sequence with respect to the metricp'(x,y) but, evidently it is not convergent to any element x 0 E X. The situation is different if we assume in addition that the metric p'(x,y) is invariant. Namely, the following theorem holds 1.4.4 (Klee, 1952). Let (X,p) be a complete metric linear space. Let p'(x,y) be an invariant metric equivalent to the metric p(x,y). Then the space (X,p') is complete. THEOREM
Chapter 1
20
The proof is based on the following lemmas : LEMMA 1.4.5 (Sierpinski, 1928). Let (E,p) be a complete metric space. Let E be embedded in a metric space (E', p'). Suppose that on the set En E' the metrics p(x,y) andp'(x,y) are equivalent. Then Eisa Go set (i.e. it is an intersection of a countable family of open sets) in E'. Proof Since p and p' are equivalent, for any x E E there exists a positive number r11(x) < 1/n such that y E E, p'(x,y) < rn(x) implies p(x,y) < < 1/n. Let
Un(x) = {y E E': p'(x, y) Gn
=
<
rn(x)},
U Un(x),
xEE
The sets Un(x) are open. Thus the sets Gn are also open. Therefore G0 is a G0 set. Evidently E C G0 • It remains to show that E :::> G0 • Let x 0 E G0 • Then x 0 E Gn, n = I, 2, ... By the definition of the sets Gn, there exist elements Xn E E such thatp'(xn,x0) < r(xn). Since rn(x) < 1/n, the sequence {xn} tends to x 0 in the metric p'(x,y). Let e be an arbitrary positive number. Let n be a positive integer such that 2/n < s, and let k 0 be a positive integer such that
fo < rn(Xn)-p'(xn, x Then, for k
>
0 ).
k 0,
p'(xk, Xn)
21h•. Proof Let h(u) be a positive decreasing continuous convex function defined on the interval [O,+oo) such that h(O) 0 (positive homogeneity). Let X 0 be a subspace of the space X. Let fo(x) be a linear functional defined on X 0 such that fo(x) 0 be chosen so that the set B = {t E Q: lz(t)l > c} has a positive measure, p(B) > 0.
Let
N(u) = uPo-h(u). Let J1 be a finite atomless measure. By Theorem 3.4.3 for any p, 0
Chapter 3
116
determining a topology equivalent to the original one. Theorem 3.4.4 implies that there is no p 0 -homogeneous norm with this property. D For locally convex spaces Theorems 3.4.4 and 3.4.5 can be formulated in a stronger way. THEOREM 3.4.9 (Mazur and Orlicz, 1958). Let N(L(Q,E,fl)) be a locally convex space. If the measure f1 is not purely atomic, then the function N(u) is equivalent to a convex function at infinity. Proof. Since the space N(L(Q,E,fl)) is locally convex, there is a positive number e such that PN(Xk) < e, k = 1, ... ,n, implies PN (
x 1 + ... +xn) < I· n
Let q, p, n be positive integers. Let p :::( n. Let t be a positive real number. Since the measure f1 is not purely atomic, then, for sufficiently large q, there are disjoint sets El> ... , En such that fl(Et) = 1/nq, i = 1, ... , n. The smallest such q will be denoted by q0 • Let for s E EJ, wherej = k, k+l, ... , k-l+p(mod n), otherwise. Then 1 PN(Xk) = -pN(t) nq
and PN
(
X1
+ ... + Xn) _1 N (p t ). n
Hence I p - - N(t) :::( e q n
implies
q
n
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
117
The continuity of the function N(u) and the arbitrariness of p and n imply that co - N(t) ::'( e (0
q
Let N(t) :;::: eq0 and let q be the greatest integer less than coN(t)fe. From the definition of q follows sq < coN(t) ::'( e(q+ 1). Then 1 1 q+lcoN(t)"(s, whenceq+IN(cot)::'(l and N(cot)"((q+l)
2
q+l
= --·eq ::'(- N(t). Putting C = 2/s, we obtain eq e N(cot) ::'( CcoN(t)
Recall that, by Theorem 3.4.4, lim infN(t) t
> 0.
1--+<Xl
Choose{) > 0 and T > 0 such that N(t)/t ;;?.: {) for t > T and Tb Then for cot > T, 0 < co < 1, N(t) coN(t). = cot1 -;;?.: Tb
>
>
eq0 •
eq 0 •
Since cot ;;?; Timplies t;;?; T, N(cot) ::'( CcoN(t)forcot Let (Ncot) sup-for t > T, O<wo;;;I CO P(t) = wt>T
>
T, 0 "(co::'( 1.
1
for 0 ::'( t ::'( T.
N(t)
Let 0
< a ::'( 2, at > P(at) =
T. Then
sup
O<wo;;;l
N(coat) N(coat) =a sup co O<wo;;;l coa
wat~T
wat~T
N(st) ::'(a sup - 0<~1
st>T
s
= a P(t).
(3.4.6)
Chapter 3
118
Formula (3.4.6) implies that the function P(t)ft is non-decreasing for t > T. Indeed, let T < t' < t"
t' ) t' ( p -" t" I I PUU) t ::::::::: _t_-:--_ t' """ t'
P(t') t'
Let
l
P(t)
Q(t)
=
for t
>
for 0
< t~T
;(T)
tT2
P(t")
=--ru-··
T,
and u
M(u)
=
JQ(t)dt. 0
Since Q(t) is a non-decreasing function, the function M(u) is convex. We shall show that the functions M(u) and N(u) are equivalent at infinity. To begin with, we shall prove that P(t) and N(t) are equivalent at infinity. Indeed, P(t);;?: N(t) and for sufficiently large t, N(wt)/w ~ CN(t), hence P(t) ~ CN(t). Since P(t) is equivalent to N(t) at infinity and N(t) satisfies condition (A 2), P(t) also satisfies that condition, i.e. there is a positive constant K such that for sufficiently large t, P(2t) ~ KP(t). The function Q(t) is non-decreasing, whence~ for sufficiently large t, M(t)
< tQ(t) =
P(t)
and M(t);;?o
J'Q(s)ds;;?o ~ Q(~)=P(~). t/2
Hence, for sufficiently large t, P(t)
~ KP ( ~) ~ KM(t)
and the
functionsM(t) andP(t) are equivalent at infiriity. Therefore the functions M(u) and N(u) are equivalent at infinity. 0 THEOREM 3.4.10 (Mazur and Orlicz, 1958). Suppose that there is a constant K > 0 and an infinite family of disjoint sets {Et} such that 1 ~JJ.(E,)
~
K.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
119'
If the space N(L(Q,E,p.)) is locally convex, then the function N(u) is equivalent to a convex function at 0. Proof. Since the space N(L(Q,E,p.)) is locally convex, there is a positive e such that PN(Xk) < e, k = 1,2, ... , n, implies
PN ( x 1 + ·~· +xn)
~
1.
Let p be an arbitrary positive integer and let
{~
xk(s) =
We get PN(Xk) and
~
for sEEk+tn (i=0,1, ... ,p-1), otherwise. (k=1,2, ... ,n)
KpN(t)
__.. pn N ( - t ) ~PN n
(x + ...n +Xn) · 1
Hence N(t)~ efKp implies N(t)/n ~ 1/pn. Let 0 < N(t) < efK, and let p be chosen so that efK(p+1) ~ N(t) < efKp. Then N(tfn) ~ 1/pn ~ 2Kfe N(t)fn. Given p > 0. Choose a q ~ 1 such that N(tfq) < e for it I < p. Condition (LlJ implies that there is a constant D~ such that N(qt) ~DqN(t)for Jti
N(!_).
1 )~ 2 KDq_!_N(t). N(q-t )~DqN(qn qn e n
n
Let 0 < w ~ 1 and let n be such that 1/(n+ 1) 1/n < 2w, putting C = 4KDqfe we obtain N(wt)
~
CwN(t)
Let P (t)
N(wt)
= sup - - , O
Q (t) =
P~t)' t
M(t)
W
= JQ(s)ds.
·•·
for 0
<w~
< w ~ 1/n. Since
1, It!
Chapter 3
120
In the same way as in Theorem 3.4.9 one may prove that M(u) is a convex function equivalent to the function N(u) at 0. D 3.5. INTEGRATIONS OF FUNCTIONS WITH VALUES IN F-SPACES
Let X be an F-space. Let x(t) be a function defined on an interval [a,b] with values in the space X. As in the classical definition of the Riemann integral, we define a normal sequence of subdivisions of the interval [a,b] as such a sequence of subdivisions a = t~ < t~
that
. 11m
~oo
< ... <
sup
o.,;;;;i.,;;;;k(n)-1
tk(n)
= b,
n n 0. 1ti+ 1 -ti 1 =
We say that a function x(t) is Riemann integrable if, for each normal sequence of subdivisions of the interval [a,b] and arbitrary sk, tJ:_ 1 < < s~ < t~, there exists a limit of the sum k(n)
~ x(s;)(t;-tk-1). k=1
As in the calculus, one may show that this limit does not depend on the sequences of subdivisions. It will be called the Riemann integral of the function x(t), and we shall write it as b
Jx(t)dt. a
By repeating the classical considerations this definition can easily be extended to functions of several variables and to line integrals. 1 It is easy to verify that the Riemann integral defined in the way described above has similar arithmetical properties to those it has in the calculus. Namely, if x(t) and y(t) are integrable functions (i.e. such that the Riemann integrals exist), then the sum x(t)+y(t) is integrable and b
b
b
J(x(t)+y(t)) dt = Jx(t) dt+ Jy(t) dt, a 1
a
a
For arbitrary Radon measure it was done by Klein and Rolewicz (1984).
(3.5.1)
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
121
if a function x(t) is integrable, then for any scalar C the function Cx(t) is integrable and b
JCx(t) dt
b
= C
a
Jx(t) dt;
(3.5.2)
a
if a function x(t) is integrable on an interval [a,b], then for each c, a< c < b, the function x(t) is integrable on intervals [a,c] and [c,b] and c
b
b
Jx(t) dt Jx(t)dt+ Jx(t)dt. =
a
a
c
3.5.1 (Mazur and Orlicz, 1948). An F-space X is locally convex if and only if each continuous function x(t) defined on interval [0, 1] with values in X is integrable. Proof. Necessity. If the space X is locally convex, then the proof that each continuous fuction is integrable is exactly the same as in the calculus, but we replace the estimation of moduli by the estimation of the pseudonorms II Ilk determining the topology. Sufficiency. Suppose that the space X is not locally convex. Without loss of generality we may assume that the norm II II in the space X is non-decreasing (i.e. lltxll is a non-decreasing function for positive· t). Since X is not locally convex, there is a positive number a such that for arbitrary n there are elements x~, ... , x;n such that THEOREM
llxlli'
< ;n i= 1,2, ... ,kn)
and
llx + ·k~+xk"il >a. 1
Without loss of generality we can assume that kn+l is divisible by 2kn. Suppose that
xn(t) =
(i- ~)
[xi
fort=
~0
for t = :n, i = 0, 1, ... , kn,
I. •.
;n, i = 1,2, ... , kn,
[j-
. Is - kn1 , kn j .- 1 2 2k] lis mear on t h e mterva 2 2 •.J - , , · · ·, n •
Obviously each of the functions Xn(t) is integrable since its values are in the finite dimensional subspace Xn spa~ned by elements x~, ... x;n.
Chapter 3
; 122
Therefore, there is a number ~n > 0 such that, for any division 0 = 1 < 11 < ...
11.2 [xn(st)-Xn(s;)] (tt-fi-1)/1 < 3~ i=l
for all Stands; such that ft_ 1 < s1,s;
<
~t,
i
=
1,2,
... ,m-1. a>
Let x(t)
= 2; Xnm(t). The function x(t) is continuous as a uniform m=l
limit of a sequence of continuous functions. We shall show that it is not Riemann integrable. Indeed, let It = i/kn.,, i = 0, 1, ... , kn"' and 2i-1 let St = ft, s~ = 2kn., , i = 1,2, ... , knv· Then kn
li k~., ~ [x(st)-x(s;)]ll
=II k~., ~ 6 =II k~., ~ ~ kn'P
knp
cc
[Xnm(St)-Xnm(s;)]ll
p
[Xnm(st)-Xnm(s;)]ll
k ...,
~II k~., ~ [xn.,(s,)-xnv(s;)]ll
-II k~.,6 ~[Xnm(St)-Xnm(s;)]ll ~II x~+ ~~p+x~: 611 p
kn.,
p-1
.. ll-
p-1
~a-
~
2
m=l
a 3m·
a 2 ·
~:?'
1
k ...,
'
kn.,6Xnm(s,)-Xnm(s;)ll
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
123
Thus the function x(t) is not integrable. 0 If the F-space X is locally convex, we can also define by analogy to the Lebesgue integral, an integral called the Bochner-Lebesgue integral. Accordingly we aproximate a function x(t) by simple functions k..
Xn(t) =}; atXE., i=l
where Gi EX and Et are Lebesgue measurable sets of the interval [a,b]. The Bochner-Lebesgue integral of the simple function Xn(t) is defined in a natural way as b
len
JXn(t)dt = 2 at /Et/,
a
i=l
where /E/ denotes the Lebesgue measure of the set E. We assume now that, for every homogeneous continuous pseudonorm 1/x/1, the scalar function 1/x(t)/1 is integrable and that the sequence {xn(t)} tends to x(t) almost everywhere and 1/xn(t)/1 ~ 1/x(t)/1. Then we define b
b
Jx(t)dt = lim JXn(t)dt.
a
n~co
a
This definition is correct since one may show that this integral does not depend on the choice of the functions Xn(t). If the space X is not locally convex, we are not able to use this definition, because there are sequences of simple functions {xn(t)} uniformly b
J
tending to 0 such that the sequences of integrals{ Xn(t)dt} do not tend a
to 0. In fact, let Xn(t) =xi
for
i-1
--~
kn
t
i
< - (i= 1,2, ... ,kn), kn
where x~ and kn and a are defined as in the proof of Theorem 3.5.1. It is obvious that the sequence {xn(t)} tends uniformly to 0 and that
i!
j
Xn(t)dtll
=II
xi+
k~+xk,. ~a> 0. fl
a
Since, if a space X is not locally convex, there are continuous functions which are not integrable, it is reasonable to ask what classes of functions are integrabl• in what classes of spaces.
Chapter 3
124
An important class of functions is exemplified by the class of analytic functions. We say that a function x(t) with values in an F-space X is analytic if, for any t 0 , there is a neighbourhood U of the point t0 such that, forte U, the function x(t) can be represented by a power series 00
x(t)
=;}; (t-t )nxn, 0
(3.5.3)
ii,xn EX.
·n=O
If the space X is locally pseudoconvex, then the topology can be determined by a sequence of Pn-homogeneous pseudonorms II lin· This implies that if the series (3.5.3) is convergent at a point t 1 , then it is convergent for all t such that !t-t0 !
hold. For example, if X= S[O, 1], then there is a power series
2 tnxn n=O
convergent only at a finite number of points (see Arnold, 1966; Zelazko, 1972). 3.5.2 (Gramsch, 1965; Przeworska-Rolewicz and Rolewicz 1966). Let X be a locally pseudoconvex F-space. Then all analytic functions x(t) defined on an interval [a,b] with values in the space X are integrable. Proof. Since the space is locally pseudoconvex, the topology in X can be determined by a sequence of Pk-homogeneous pseudonorms II Ilk· Let x(t) be an analytic function. Then for each s 0 e [a,b] there is a neighTHEOREM
co
2 (t-s )nxn is n=O convergent. This implies that there is a neighbourhood V! C U such that for t e V! bourhood U80 such that for t E U80 the series x(t) =
0
0
80
0
k = 1,2, ... ,
s1 ,
n = 0,1, ...
Since the interval [a,b] is compact, there is a finite number of points ••• , Sr such that
[a,b] C
,
U V!.
.
Let
.
V! =
.
(ai> bJ)· N,ow. we ~hall consider the Rie-
j=l
mann integral of the func:ion x(t) on the interval [a1,bj]. Let e be an
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
arbitrary positive number. Let n0 be such an index that Mk/2no Let x(t) = Yn 0 (t)+zn 0 (t), ai ~ t ~ b,, where
...
Yno (t)
125
< e/2.
00
=}; (t-Sj)n Xn,
Zn0 (t)= }; (t-SJ)nxn. n=n0 +1
n=O
The function Yno(t) is integrable, because it has values in the finite-dimensional space spanned by elements x 0 , ••• , Xno· For any subdivision of the interval [aJ>bJ] a1
=
< '11 < ... <
t0
tp
=
b1
and arbitrary u 1, t,_ 1 ~ u 1 ~ t1, the Riemann sums of Zn0(t) can be estimated as follows: p
II}; Zn (uz) (tz-tz-t) //k ~ 0
l=l
p
00
};
[/_l, (uz-SJ)n Xn(tz-tz-t Ilk
n=n0 +1 l=l 00
00
The arbitrariness of e and the integrability of Yn 0 (t) imply that the Riemann sums_ of x(t) converge for any normal sequence of subdivisions of the interval [aJ>bi] with respect to the pseudonorm II Ilk· Since there is only a finite number of the sets V8~, those sums converge on the whole interval [a,b]. This holds foreverypseudonorm II Ilk, whence the completeness of the space X implies that the function x(t) is integrable. 0 Let C be a complex plane. Let D be an open set in C. Let x(z) be a function defined on D with values in a locally pseudoconvex F-space X. In the same way as for the function of the real argument, we say that x(z) is analytic in D, if for each z 0 ED, there is a neighbourhood Vz0 of the point z 0 such that the function x(z) can be represented in Vz0 as a sum of power series 00
x(z)
=}; (z-z )nxn, 0
n=O
XnEX.
Chapter 3
126
As in the real-argument case, we can define the Riemann integral of a function x(t) on a curve contained in D. In the same way as in the proof of Theorem 3.5.2 we can show that, if the curve Tis smooth and the function x(z) is analytic, then the integral x(z)dz exists. r Using the same arguments as in the classical theory of analytic functions, we can obtain
J
THEOREM 3.5.3. Let Then
r
be a smooth closed curve. Let x(z) be analytic.
Jx(z)dz = 0, _
(3.5.4)
J
r
x(z) - dZ
1
( 0) - XZ 21t
r
z-z 0
Or each Zo inside the domain SUrrounded by
x Where Zo
(n) (
) _
Zo -
1
21t
J
x(z)
(z-zo)n+l
d
r,
z,
(3.5.5) (3.5.6)
r and Fare as in (3.5.5).
As a consequence of (3.5.6) we obtain the Liouville theorem: THEOREM 3.5.4. Let x(z) be an analytic function defined on the whole complex plane C, with values in a locally pseudoconvex space X. If x(z) is bounded on the whole plane, then it is constant. Turpin and Waelbreock (1968, 1968b) generalized Theorem 3.5.2 to m dimensions and to a more general class of functions. We shall present their results here without proofs. Let U be an open domain in an m-dimensional Euclidean space Rm. Let Nm denote the set of all vectors k = (k1 , ••• , km), where kt are non-negative integers, (i = 1 ,2, ... , m). We adopt the folowing notation
Jxl = Jkl =
sup
l.,;t.;;m m
!xtl,
.L lktl' i=l
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
n
127
m
xk =
x~·.
i=l m
k! =
flkd, i=l
where x = (x1, .•. , Xm) E Rm, k = (kl> ... , km) E Nm. We say that a functionf(x) mapping U into an F-space X is of class Cr(U,X), where r is a positive number, if, for any k E Nm such that lkl ~ r, there are continuous mappings Dk f of U into X and Pr,k f of Ux U into X such that D0 f=J, Pr,kf(x,x) = 0 and
Dd(y)=
~
.L.J
Dk+hf(x)•
lhl~r-lkl
(y-x)h 'h! +iy-xir-lklpr,kf(x,y) •
(see Turpin and Waelbroeck, 1968). THEOREM 3.5.5 (Turpin and Waelbroeck, 1968b). Let X be a locally p-convex space. Let U be an open set in Rm. If f(x) E C,(U,X) for r > m(l-p)fp is a boundedfunction, then it is Riemann integrable. We say that a functionf(x) is of class C00 (U, R) if it is of class Cr(U, X) for all positive r .
. THEOREM 3.5.6 (Turpin and Waelbroeck, 1968b). If the space X is locally pseudoconvex, then each bounded function f(x) E Coo (U,X) is Riemann integrable. Indeed, Turpin and Waelbroeck obtained an even stronger result, namely that the integration is a continuous operator from the space C,( U, X) (Coo ( U, X)) with topology of uniform convergence on compact sets all Dkf, lkl ~r, andpr,kf(all Dkfand allpr,kf) into the space X.
3.6. VECTOR VALUED MEASURES Let (X, II II) be an F-space. Let Q be a set, and let .E be a a-algebra of subsets of Q. We consider a function M(E) defined for E E .E with
128
Chapter 3
values in X such that, for any sequence of disjoint sets E1o ... , En, ... belonging to E M(E1 u
... uEnu ... ) = M(EJ+ ... +M(En)+ ...
The function M (E) is called a vector valued measure (briefly a measure). By the variation of the measure Mona set A C Q we shall mean the number M(A) =sup {liM(H)Ii: He A, HeE}.
THEOREM 3.6.1 (Drewnowski, 1972). The variation M of a vector valued measure has the following properties : M(e) = 0,
(3.6.1.i)
if A C B, then M(A) M(Q) <+oo,
~
(3.6.1.ii)
M(B),
(3.6.1.iii)
.M(UHn).;;;:;}; M(Hn) for any sequence{Hn} of sets m=l n=l belonging to E, (3.6.1.iv) M(H) = lim M(Hn),
if His either a union of an increasing
n--+-ro
sequence {Hn} C E of sets or sing sequence {Hn} of sets.
if it is an intersection of a decrea(3.6.1.v)
Proof Formulae (3.6.1.i) and (3.6.l.ii) trivially follows from the definition of the variation. (3.6.l.iii). Suppose that (3.6.1.iii) does not hold. Then there is a sequence of sets Hn E E such that IIM(Hn)li-+oo. Without loss of generality we may assume that IIM(Hn)li
> 1+IIM(Hl)ll+ ··· + IIM(Hn-t)li.
The sets Hn = Hn"'-(H1 u
... UHn-t)
A
are disjoint and IIM(Hn)li
ro
> 1. Thus the series };
n=l
M(Hn) is not con-
vergent, and this leads to a contradiction. ro
(3.6.1.iv). Let A be an arbitrary set contained in
U Hn.
n=l
Let An
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
129 00
= (A" (H1 u
... u Hn-J) () Hn The sets
An are disjoint and A =
U An. n-1
Then 00
jjM(A)IJ
00
00
II}; M(An) II~}; IJM(A,.)IJ ~}; M(Hn).
=
n=l
n=l
n=l
00
The set A is an arbitrary subset of the set
U Hn.
n=l
Thus 00
M{H1 UH2u ... ) = sup{IJM(A)IJ: AC
U Hn} n=l
00
~}; M(Hn). n=l
(3.6.1.v). Let Hn E l: be an increasing sequence of sets. Thus Hn C H and by (3.6.l.ii) M(Hn) ~ M(H), n = 1,2, ... This implies that lim M(Hn) ~ M(H). Let e be an arbitrary positive number. Let A C H, A e 1: be such that M(H)-e
<
IJM(A)IJ ~ M(H).
As in the classical measure theory we can prove lim M(A()Hn) = M(A). Hence for sufficiently large n M(H)-2 e
<
.
IJM(A()Hn)IJ ~ M(Hn).
The arbitrariness of e implies lim M(Hn) ~ M(H). Now we shall consider the case where Hn is a decreasing sequence
n H,.. Since Hn c H, n = 1,2, ... , we have 00
of sets, Hn
E
1:. Let H
=
n-1
by {3.6.1.ii) M(H) ~ M(Hn)· Thus lim M(Hn) ~ M(H) n--+-00
Chapter 3
130
Observe that, if An C Hn ""-Hn-1 , then the series
2"' M(An) converges tl=l
uniformly with respect to the choice of An. Then for an arbitrary positive· e there is an index n0 such that
II
i
n=n,+l
M(~n)ll <e.
Let A C Hn 0 , A E E, be such a set that [[M(A)/1 C()
A
Let A =A""-(
U An (Hn ""-Hn-J). n=n +1
> M(Hn 0 )-e. A
A
Observe that A C H and [[M(A)
0
-M(A)fl <e. Hence M(A) pletes proof.
~
M(H)-2e. The arbitrariness of e comD
A measure M is called bounded if the set { M(E): E E E} is bounded. As a trivial consequence of (3.6.l.iii), we obtain 3.6.2. Let X be a locally bounded space. Then each measure with values in X is bounded. Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that the norm in the space X is p-homogeneous. Thus, by (3.6.l.iii), the set CoROLLARY
{M(E): EEE}
is bounded.
D
CoROLLARY 3.6.3. Let X be a locally pseudoconvex space. Then every measure M with values in X is bounded. Proof The topology in X can be determined by a sequence II lin of Pn·homogeneous pseudonorms. Let X~= {x: ffxlln = 0}. Let Xn be the quotient space Xn =X/X~. The pseudonorm II lin induces a Pn·homogeneous norm in Xn, and the measure M induces the measure Mn with values in the completion of Xn,Xn. Thus by (3.6.l.iii)
sup{f[M(E)[[n: EEE} <+oo, Therefore the measure M is bounded.
n = 1,2, ... D
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
131•
Recently Talagrand has proved that each measure with values in the space L 0(Q,E,p,) is bounded. However, there are an F-space Hand an unbounded measure M with values in H, as follows from Example 3.6.4 (Turpin, 1975c) Let Q = [0, 1], let E be the algebra of Lebesgue measurable sets, and let .ll denote the Lebesgue measure. For fe L 0 [0, 1] we write
a(f) = .ll({t ED: f (t) # 0}, and Var {f)= inf {Var (/1): / 1 =/almost everywhere}. Let H be the space of all measurable functions f such that for each >0 there are g,he£0 [0,1] such that f=g+h and Var(g) <+oo and a(h) < 8. Let 11/11 = inf {lfgffco+Var(g)+a(h): f= g+h}, where [[g[[co = ess sup [g(t)[. 8
It is easy to verify that for fi,f2 E H we have
flii+/211::::;;; 11/111+11/211, lis/ II ::::;;;·11/11 for [sf ::::;;; 1, [[sfll-+0 if s-+0 11/11 = 0 if and only if/is equal to 0 almost everywhere. Thus II/II is an F-norm on H. It is not difficult to prove that the space H is complete, but it is not essential in the construction of the example, ~ince in the opposite case we can simply take the completion of H. Let SEE. The characteristic function Xs E H. Indeed, for each 8 > 0 there is a finite union of intervals D such that a(xs-xn) < 8. Since Xn is of finite variation, Xs E H. . Let {Sn}, Sn E .E, be a sequence of disjoint sets. Thus ./l(Sn)-+0. From the definition of the norm II I~ we infer that IIXs.ll::::;;; .ll(Sn) for sufficiently large n. This trivially implies that the measure M(S) = XsE H,
SEE,
Chapter3
132
is a vector valued measure. We shall show that the measure M is not bounded. Indeed, let n, h be non-negative integers. Let Inn=[.!!__, h+ 1]. ' n n
Let fn
= _!_
2
n 2h
I211,n
= _!_ M( n
U I2h, n)·
2h
We shall show that {fn} does not tend to 0 and this will complete the proof. Let fn = gn +hn. Let A be the union of those intervals Jn,n = I 211 ,n u I211 +1,n for which hn is equal to 0 on subsets of positive measures on both intervals I 211 ,n and I2h+I,n· This implies that the variation of gn on J 211 ,n is not smaller than 1/n = ~ A.(Jn,n) and 2 Var (gn) ;::?: A.(A). On the other hand by the definition of A 1-A.(A) = x(D"'A)::::;; 2a(hn and finally 2Var (gn)+2a(hn);::?: 1. Therefore
/Ifni/
;::?: 1/2 and this completes the example.
A measure M is called compact if the set {M (E): E e L'} is compact. By Corollary 3.6.2 we trivially obtain CoROLLARY
3.6.5. If X is finite-dimensional, then each measure is compact.
If the space X is infinite-dimensional Corollary 3.6.5 does not hold, as follows from Example 3.6.6 Let D = [0, 1] and let E be the algebra of Lebesgue measurable sets. Let X= 12• We define a vector measure Mas follows M(E) = {
Jsin2nntd~}.
E
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
133
It is easy to verify, that M is a measure. By Corollary 3.6.3 the measure M is bounded. We shall show that it is not compact. Indeed, let
En= {t: sin2nnt
> 0}.
Observe that the n-th coordinate of M(En) = 1/TC. This implies that the sequence M(En) does not contain any convergent subsequence. Thus the measure M(E) is not compact. Let f(t) be a scalar valued function defined on Q. We say that the· functionf(t) is measurable if, for any open set U contained in the field of scalars, the setf-1(U) belongs to .E. A sequence of measurable functions {fn(t)} is said to tend to a measurable function f(t) almost everywhere if lim fn(t) = f(t) for all t except a set E such that M(E) = 0. n->oo
PROPOSITION 3.6.7 (Drewnowski, 1972).
If fn
tends almost everywhere to
J, then for each e > 0 00
lim k->oo
M(U
En (e)) = 0,
n=k
where En(e) = {x: //fn(x)-f(x)// ~ e}. Proof The sequence
is a decreasing sequence of measurable sets. Then by (3.6.1.v) lim M(An) =
M (lim
An) = M (lim supEn(e)). n->oo
Observe that if x
E
limsupEn(e), then the sequence fn(x) is not convern
gent to f(x). Thus lim supEn(e) C A= {x: fn(x) is not convergent tof(x)}. By our hypothesis M(A) = 0. Thus, by (3.6.l.ii),
M(lim sup En(e))~ M(A) =
0.
D
11->CO
As a consequence of Proposition 3.6.7, we obtain extentions of the classical theorems of Lebesgue and Egorov
Chapter 3
134
3.6.8 (Lebesgue). If {fn(x)} tends to f(x) almost everywhere, then, for each e > 0,
THEOREM
lim M({x: 1/fn(x)-f(x)// ~ e})
=
0
n---+ro
3.6.9 (Egorov). If {/n(x)} tends to f(x) almost everywhere, then for each e > 0 there is an FE .E such that {fn(x)} tends to f(x) uniformly on F. Proof By Proposition 3.6.7, for each k there is an index Nk such that THEOREM
(3.6.2)
(3.6.3)
M(D"'F) =
M((J
0 En(-k ))~t M( 0 En(-k 1
k-l n-N•
k=l
n-N•
1 ))
OC>
~2
;k =e.
k=l
We shall show that {fn(x)} tends uniformly to f on th set F.· Indeed, let 'YJ be an arbitrary positive number, let k be such that 1/k < 'YJ· If x E F, then
and //fn(x)- f(x)//
or n
~
1
< -k <
'YJ
0
Nk.
For simple measurable functions there is a natural definition of the integral with respect to the measure M. Namely, if g(t)
=
l
N 1
n=l
hnXE.,
En
E
.E, bn-scalars.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
135
then we define N
j g(t)dM(t) = !1
}; bnM(En). n~J.
We say that a measur:; M is L"" -bounded if ll1.:: set
{J gdM:
O
is boundecl (Turpin, 1975). Of course, every L ""-bounded measure is bounded. The converse is not true, as will be shown later. However, for a large class of spaces (containing locally pseudoconvex spaces) every bounded measure is L"" -bounded. Let X be an F-space. Let {An} be a sequence of non-negative numbers. We say that the space X has property P({A.n)} if, for any neighbourhood of zero U, there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that n = 1,2, ...
PROPOSITION 3.6.10. If a space X is locally pseudoconvex, then it has property P ( { ;n }) . Proof Let topology in X be determined by a sequence mogeneous pseudonorms. Let
llxnll < e,
n
=
{II Ilk}
of Pk-ho-
1,2, ...
Then D
THEOREM 3.6.11 (Rolewicz and Ryll-Nardzewski, 1967; Turpin, 1975). Let an F-space X have property P( {1/2n}). Then each bounded measure with values in X is L"" -bounded. Proof Let N
g(t)
=}; hiXE•• i=l
Chapter 3
136
0 ~ bt ~ 1, be a simple measurable function. Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Since X has property P({1/2n}), there is a balanced neighbourhood of zero V such that 1 1 TV+ ... + 2n VC U,
n = 1,2, ...
By our hypothesis the measure M is bounded, i.e. there is an s such that M(E) c sVfor all Ee 2:. We write each bt in the dyadic form
>0
co
~bt,lc
bt = ~ 2/c ' k=l
where bt,lc is equal either to 0 or to 1. Thus N
J
g(t)dM =
.2
btM(Et) =
i=l
D
co
N
k=l
n=l
N
co
i=l
k=l
22
b~~n
M(Et)
=}; 2 b~: M(Et N
co
=
.2
;lc M(
iy bt,lcEt) C sU.
k=l
The arbitrariness of U implies that the set A= {
Jg(t)dM: 0 ~ g(t)~ 1, g-simple mesurable}
D
is bounded.
0
3.6.12 (Maurey and Pisier, 1973, 1976). Each bounded measure M with values in a space L 0(Q,E,p) is L 00 -bounded.
THEOREM
The proof is based on several notions and lemmas. To begin with we shall recall some classical results from probability theory. Let (Q 0 ,E0 ,P) be a probability space (i.e. a measure space such that P(Q0) = 1). A real valued E0-measurable function is called a random variable.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
137
Let X(w) be a random variable. We write E(X)
j X(w)dP
=
and V(X) =
JIX(w)-E(X)j dP. 2
o.
LEMMA 3.6.13 (Tchebyscheff inequality). P({w: !X(w)l;;?; e})
~4E(X'). e
Proof E(X2)
=
JIXI dP 2
o.
j
j
X 2 dP+
{co: IX(co)l~}
X 2 dP
{co: IX(o)l<s}
;;?; s2P({w: IX(w)i;;?; e}). LEMMA 3.6.14. Let X(w)
E
~
j
X 2 dP
{co: IX(co)l~s}
0
L 2(Q0) and let 0
Then . zE2(X) P({w. X(w);;?; A.E(X)});;?; (1-..1.) E(X 2)"
Proof Let X'(w)
= { :(w)
ifX(w);;?; A.E(X), ifX(w)
<
A.E(X).
By the Schwarz inequality we have
E 2(X') ~ E(X' 2)P({w: X'(w) =/= 0}) ~ E(X 2 )P({w: X(w);;?; A.E(X)}). Since E(X) ~ E(X')+A.E(X), we have E(X') ;;?; (1-..I.)E(X). Thus
0
Chapter 3
138
Let (fJ,l:,P) be a probality space. Random variables X 1(co), ... , X 11(co) are called independent, if P({co: X 1(co) e Bt> ... , Xn(co) e Bn}) = P({co: X 1(co) e B1})· ••• ·P({co: Xn(co) e Bn})
(3.6.4)
for all sets BI> ... , Bn E: 1:. A sequence {Xn} of random variables is called a sequence ofindpendent random variables if, for each finite set of indices i 1 , ••• , i11 , the random variables Xfl, ... , Xtn are independent. By (3.6.4) we conclude that, if {Xn(co)} is a sequence of independent random variables, then E(X11 · ... · Xtn) = E(XtJ · ... · E(Xtn)
for i 1 < i 2 < ... in. By a Rademacher sequence we shall mean a sequence of independent random variables r11(co) taking the values +I or -1 with the same probability 1/2. 3.6.15 (Paley-Zygmund inequality; see Paley and Zygmund, 1932). Let {r11(co)} be a Rademacher sequence. For any sequence of numbers {a11 } LEMMA
N
P ({co:
N
I~ rn(co)anl ~A~ lanl 2}) 2
n=l
n=l
Proof We shall write N
X(co) = j ~ rn(co)an 12 n=l
and we shall calculate N
E(X) =
JI~ rn(co)anr dP J ~ rt(co) r1(co) atCii dP u U
n=l N
·=
i,j=l
=
N
N
i-1
i=l
J~ latlldP = ~ latl
n
1•
;?:
+
(1-.1)2 •
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
139
Using the formula
and observing that
Jrn (w)rn (w)rn (w)rn (w)dP = 0 1
3
2
4
n
if one index is defferent from the others, we obtain N
E(X 2)
=
JI}; rn(w)an 1dP 4
a
n=l
N
=
,2; [an[ +6
};
4
[an[ 2 [am[ 2
l~n~m~N
n=l
2: [an[ r. N
~ 3(
2
n=l
Using Lemma 3.6.14 we obtain the required inequality.
0
Let Q = {-1, 1}N be a countable product of two point sets. The elements of Q are sequences a= {an}, where an take the values either +1 or -1. Let rn(a) be the following random variables rn(a) =On. Let A= {An} be a sequence ofreals such that [An[~ 1. On the two point set { -1, + 1} we define measures P1n as follows
1+A
P;.n({ +1}) = - 2 -, P;.n({ -1 }) =
-
1-A 2 -.
Let P1 be the product measure, P1 = P1 , X ... X P1n X .•. It is easy to verify that the random variables {rn(t)} constitute a sequence of independent random variables and
Jfn(a)dP;. =An.
a
Let A= {0,0, ... }. The measure P1 will be denoted by P0 •
(3.6.5)
Chapter 3
140
3.6.16 {Musial, Ryll-Nardzewski and Woyczynski, 1974). Let P;. and P 0 be as described above. Let LEMMA
t
p =
(Po+P;.).
Then, for each sequence of numbers {x 1 , x 2 , integer n, n
••• }
and for each positive
n
P({a: I~ rt(a)xt I~+ I~ AtXt I})~+· i=l i=l
m =
Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that
n
If L;ixtl 2
>
i,we shall use the Paley-Zygmund inequality
i=l
1 1 ( 1 )2 1 ~23 l-16 ~g· n
If 2
lxtl 2 < t
we shall use the Tchebyscheff inequality (Lemma
i=l
3.6.13). By simple calculation we obtain n
JI~ (Ai-ft (a))xtl dP.t 2
u
i=l
n
=
~ i=l
Ji(-1t-ft(a))xtl dP.t 2
u
n
= ~ A.f i=l
n
lxtl 2 -2
~
n
-1tlxtl 2
i=l
n
=
l\t-A.n!xtl 2 <{. i=l
Jft(a)dP.t+ ~ lxtl
u
i=l
2
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Sraces
141
In the calcution we have used the fact that ;, are independent random variables and formula (3.6.5). Now
PA
({a: It fc(a)xt I~+}) •=1
= PA
({a: It (lt-ft(a))xtl ~ +}) •=1
=
1-PA({a: It (lt-rt(a))xc I~ f}). t=1
n
82 ~ 82 1 I- 72 L.J (I-Ai)lxtl 2 ~ I--p 4· i-1
Hence m
>f
also in this case.
0
Proof of Theorem 3.6.I2 (modified proof given by Ryll-Nardzewski and Woyczynski (I975). Let M be a bounded measure. Thus, by definition, the set n
K = {x: x
=}; etM(At), Et ~qual either - I or+ I, 1=1
=4t e J:, Ac disjoint sets} is bounded. We have to show that the set n
K1 = {x: x
=}; ltM(At), JkJ ~I,
At el:, At disjoint}
i=1
is also bounded. M(At) e L 0(D,J:,p). We shall write M(At) = fi(t). Let [) = {-I, + 1}N, let P be a measure with the property described in Lemma 3.6.16, and let rt be a sequence of independent random variables described in that lemma. Thus by Lemma 3.6.I6 (3.6;6)
Chapter 3
142
for all t. By the arguments given in: Example 1.3.5 we may assume that
fl.(Q) <+oo. Let
n
{t: I~ At/i{t) I> sc}. that fJ.{Tc) > 0. Let fl.c(A) = fl.(A n Tc)/fJ.(Tc).
Tc =
i=I
Suppose fl.c(Tc)
Of course
= 1. For the product measure fJ.cXP we have by (3.6.6) fl.c
xP({(t,a): /4 ft(a)fi(t)l? +14 n
n
t=l
•=11
lctfi(t)
I})?+·
Then, by the Fubini theorem,
and, by the definition of Tc, n
.~a~\ fl.c ({t ETc: I~ Bt/i{t)
I> c})? +·
Hence, by the definition of fl.c, max fl. ••= ±l
({t
E
T:
" I~ Bt/i(t) t=l
?
.~~\fl.({tETc:
=
+fl.({t e T:
I> c})
n
16stfi(t)l >c})?+fJ.(Tc)
It I? sc}). ?ctfi(t)
(3.6.7)
•=I
Let Uc
= {x:
fl.({t:
lx(t)i
> c}) < c}
be a basis of neighbourhoods of zero in L 0(Q, E, fl.). Since the set K is bounded, then for each c > 0 there is an s > 0 such that sK C Uc. Thus, by (3.6.7), sK1 C U 8c. The arbitrariness of c implies that the set 0 K1 is bounded.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
143
Now we shall define integration with respect to an L 00 -bounded measure of scalar valued functions. Let (X, II II) be an F-space. Let M be an L 00 bounded measure taking its values in X. Let f be a scalar valued function. Let
M·(f) =sup{ II
J
gdMII: g being simple measurable u functions, lgl ~ 111}.
3.6.17 (Turpin, 1975). M ·(f) has the following properties. If l.hl ~.hi, then M ·(/1) ~ M ·(/2) ~+oo, (3.6.8.i) Iff is bounded, then limM·(if) = 0, (3.6.8.ii)
PROPOSITION
t--+0
Iff is measurable and M ·(f) = 0,
then f = 0 almost everywhere (3.6.8.iii) (i.e. except a set A such that M(A) = 0). If {In} is a sequence of measurable functions tending almost everywhere to J, then M ·(f)~ lim inf M · (fn). (3.6~8.iv) n--+oo
(3.6.8.v) M·(.h+.h) ~ M·(ft)+M·(_h), providedft,.h are measurable. Proof (3.6.8.i), (3.6.8.ii), (3.6.8.iii) are trivial. (3.6.8.iv). Let {fn} be a sequence of measurable functions tending to f almost everywhere. Let g be a simple measurable function such that lg(t)l ~ lf(t)l. Let 8 be an arbitrary positive number. Lets be an arbitrary number such that 0 < s < 1. Let I fn(t)l if g(t) =I= 0, gn(t) = olg(t)l if g(t) = 0.
I
Observe that {gn(t)} converges almost everywhere. Thus, by the Egorov theorem (Theorem 3.6.9) for each 'YJ > 0 there is a set A such that M(D"'A) < 'YJ and {gn} converges uniformly on A. Since g is a simple function, there is an 'YJ > 0 such that for each setH such that M(H) < 'YJ we have I\
JsgdMII <
H
8.
144
Chapter 3
Taking 1J and A as described above, we have II
JsgdMII ~II AJsgdMII +II JsgdM[I ~lim inf M · (/n)+e,
n
n~A
n~~
because, for sufficiently large n, lfn(t)l > lsg(t)l for tEA. The arbitrariness of e and simply (3.6.8.iv). (3.6.8.v). To begin with, we shall assume that ft and / 2 are simple. Let g(t) be an arbitrary simple measurable function such that lg(t)l ~ l.h(t)+};(t)l. Let gt(t)
=
J
l
g,(t) lft(t)j
~ft(t)l+l/2(t)l
if lft(t)l+lf2(t)l =fo 0, i = 1,2. if lfl(t)l+lf2(t)l = 0.
The functions g 1(t) and g 2(t) are simple and g(t) = gl(t)+g2(t).
Hence II
JgdMII~II nJgldMII+II nJg2dMII~M·(fl)+M·(.t;).
n
The arbitrariness of g implies
Suppose now that.ft and,/; are not simple. Then there are two sequences of simple mesurable functions {.h,n} and {h,n} tending almost everywhere to / 1 and}; and such that lfi.nl ~I AI, i = 1,2. Therefore, by (3.6.8.iv),
Let B(f) = (
~
limsup M· (ft.n+An)
~
supM ·(ft,n)+supM ·(h,n)
~
M ·(h)+M·(JJ.
n
n
JgdM: g simple measurable functions, n
0 igl
~Ill}
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces PROPOSITION
145
3.6.18. The set B(f) is bounded if and only if
1imM ·(if) = 0.
(3.6.9)
~0
Proof If the set B(f) is bounded, then limM· (if)= lim (sup{llxll: x t--+0
E
B(tf)})
t-->-0
= lim(sup{llxll: x
E
tB(f)}) = 0.
(3.6.10)
t-->-0
Conversely, if (3.6.9) holds, then by (3.6.10) the set B(f) is bounded. 0 Let X denote the set of those /for which B(f) is bounded. By (3.6.8.v) and (3.6.9), M· (f) is an F-pseudonorm on X. We shall now use the standard procedure. We take the quotient space X/{f: M·(/)=0}. In this quotient space M ·(f) induces an F-norm. We shall take completion of the set induced by simple functions. The space obtained in this way will be denoted by D(D,E, M). Since, for each simple function g,
II
JgdM[J ~ M·(g).
{l
We can extend the integration of simple functions to a linear continuous operator mapping D(D,E,M) into X.
3.7.
INTEGRATION WITH RESPECT TO AN INDEPENDENT RANDOM MEASURE
Let (D0,E0,P) be a probability space. Let Q be another set and let E be a a-algebra of subsets of D. We shall consider a vector valued measure M(A), A E E, whose values are real random variables, i.e. belong to X= L 0(D0 1:0 P). We say that M(A) is an independent random measure if, for any disjoint system of sets {AI> ... , An}, the random variables M(At) EX, i = 1,2, ... , n are independent. We recall that a vector measure M is called non-atomic if, for each A E D such that M(A) =1=- 0, there is a subset A0 C A such that M(A 0) =1=- M(A).
Chapter 3
146
Let X(w) be a random variable, i.e. X(w) we denote Fx(t) = P({w: X(w) ~ t}). The function Fx(t) is non-decreasing, lim
E
L 0(£2 0 ,.E0 ,P). By Fx(t)
Fx(t)
= 0, limFx(t) = I.
t-+- ro
I->-+ ro
It is called the distribution of the random variable X(w).
Let Q = [0, 1], and let .E be the algebra of Borel sets. We say that a random measure M is homogeneous if for any congruent sets A 1 A 2 C C [0, 1] (i.e. such that there is an a such that a+A 1 = A2 (mod 1)) the random variables M(A 1) and M(A 2) have identical distribution. It is not difficult to show that, if M is a homogeneous independent random measure, then for each n we can represent M(A) as a sum M(A) = M(A 1)+ ... +M(An), where the random variables M(Ai), i = 1,2, ... , n, are independent and have the same distribution (Prekopa, 1956). Let X(w) be a random variable. The function +ro
fx(t) =
J
eits dF(s).
(3.7.3)
-ro
is called the characteristic function of the random variable X(w ). If the random variables X1 , ••• , Xn are independent, then fxi+ ... +Xn(t)
= fxit)· ··· -fxn(t).
(3.7.4)
Directly from the definition of the characteristic function !ax(t) =fx(at).
(3.7.5)
We say that a random variable X(w) is infinitely divisible if for each positive integer n there is a random variable xn such that X= Xn+ ... +Xn,
(3.7.6)
in other words, by (3.7.4). fx = (/xn)n.
(3.7.7)
If X is an infirute-divisible random variable, then its characteristic function/x can be represented in the form
fx(t) =
exp(iyt+
]"'(eitx_1- 1 ~xx2 ) 1 ~2x2 dG(x)),
-00
(3.7.8)
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
147
where y is a real constant, G(x) is a non-decreasing bounded function and we assume that at x = 0 the function under integration is equal to - t 2/2. This is called the Levy-Kchintchin formula (see for example Petrov (1975)). If X is a symmetric random variable (which means that X and -X have this same distribution), by (3.7.8) we trivially obtain co
fx(t)
= exp
J
l+u2 (costu-1)----zt2 dG(u).
(3.7.9)
0
Of course, without loss of generality we may assume that G(O) = 0. Suppose that M(A) is a non-atomic independent random measure with symmetric values. Then by (3.7.9) co
fM(t)
= exp
J
1+u2 (cos tu-1)----uz-dGA(u).
(3.7.10)
0
For an arbitrary real number a we obtain by (3.7.5) and (3.7.10) co
/aM(A)
=
exp
J
1+u2 (cos tu-1) ----zt2 dGA(u).
(3.7.11)
0
Let A 1 ,A 2 E I be two disjoint sets. By (3.7.4) (3.7.12) Formulae (3.7.11) and (3.7.12) imply that for a simple real-valued function h(s) fjh(s)dM(t) u
= exp(-
JTM(th(s))ds),
(3.7.13)
0
where (3.7.14) In the sequel we assume Q = [0, 1]. Now se shall prove some technical lemmas.
Chapter 3
148
Let co
UM(x) =
J
min ( xll,
-~ll) {1 +ull)dGM(u)
(3.7.15)
0
and for x
> 0,
(3.7.16)
for x =0. It is easy to see that the two functions Uy(x) and 'Py (x) are equal
to 0 at 0, continuous and increasing. LEMMA 3.7.1. For all x;;;: 0, a;;;: 0, there are positive numbers c1(a) and ell such that max TM(v)::::;;;c 1(a)UM(x) (3.7.17) O~v~ax
and 1
f TM(xt)dt ;;;: c UM(x).
(3.7.18)
2
0
Proof. Observe that
1-cosuv = 2sinll
z;;:::::;;;-} u v
2 2
and 1-cosuv:::::;;; 2. Hence, for c1{a)
=
max(2,-} all), we have
max (1-cosuv):::::;;; c1 (a)min(1,x2u2). O~v~ax
Therefore ( ) . ( ll 1 ) max 1-cosuv :::::;;; c1 a mm x , - 2 • 2
o,;;;v,;;;ax
U
(3.7.19)
U
Integrating (3.7.19) with respect to 1+ull dGy we obtain {3.7.17). ull Observe that sinz . (z, 2 1) 1---;;;: cllmm ,
z
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
149
where · ( mm . ( 1·- sinz) . z- 2( 1- sinz)) c2 =mm - , mm - . Z
Z>1
0
Z
Integrating TM(tx) with respect to t, we obtain 1 Joo( 1- sinxu) ~ 1+u2 dGM(u) J TM(tx)dt =
-xu
0
0
0 Observe that
Integrating by parts the second integral on the right-hand side, we obtain
J
1+u2 dGM(u)
1/z
J oc
00
~
= ~
GM(u) 2+u21oo +2 ~
1IX
1/X
GM(u) du ~
2'l'M(X).
Thus (3.7.20) On the other hand, integrating by parts both terms, we obtain
(3.7.21) Formulae (3.7.20) and (3.7.21) imply that the functions 'l'.lll(x) are equivalent at infinity.
u.~~~(x)
and
150
Chapter 3
3.7.2 (Urbanik and Woyczyiiski, 1967). Let G{u) be a continuous non-decreasing function such that G(O) = 0 and lim G(u) = 1. Let LEMMA
u-o-+oo
J 00
([>(x)
=
(3.7.22)
G;;) du.
1/X
Then the function ([>(yx) is concave. Proof We apply a change of variable v = l/u 2 in formula (3.7.22), and obtain ([> (yx) =
f G~~) jG( ylv) du =
1/y;
dv.
0
Thus the derivate of ([>(yx) is equal to G(I/yx). It is non-increasing, since G is non-decreasing. Therefore the function ([>(yx) is concave. D 3.7.3 (Urbanik and Woyczyiiski, 1967). Let {In} be a sequence of simple measurable functions belonging to L 0 [0, 1]. The sequence
LEMMA
1
Jfn(s)dM(s) tends to 0 in L [0, 1] 0
0
if and only if 1
J'l'M(/fn(s)l)ds = 0.
lim
n-+oo 0
Proof We shall use the classical statement that a sequence {hn} of functions belonigng to L 0 [0, I] tends to zero in L 0[0, I] if and only if the logarithms of its characteristic functions tend uniformly to 0 on 1
each compact interval. Thus by (3.7.13) {
Jfn(s)dM(s)} tends to zero in 0
1
L 0 [0, 1] if and only if { jTM(fn(s))ds} tends to Ouniformly on each como
pact interval [0, T]. 1
If~
JTM(tfn(s))ds} tends uniformly on each compact interval, then 0
1
lim
1
J JTM(ifn(s))dtds =
n-oo 0
0
1
lim ~oo
1
J JTM(ifn(s))dsdt = 0
0
0.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
151
Hence by (3.7.18) 1
lim
JUM(Ifn(s)l)ds = 0.
(3.7.23)
n-+oo 0
Since UM(x) and IJfM(x) are equivalent at infinity, 1
lim
J'PM(Ifn(s)l)ds = 0.
(3.7.24)
x--+co 0
Conversely, if (3.7.24) holds, then (3.7.23) holds. By (3.7.17) we find 1
that { JrM(tfn(s))ds} tends to Ouniformly on each compact interval. 0 0
THEOREM 3.7.4 (Urbanik and Woyczyiiski, 1967). Le M be a symmetric homogeneous independent random measure with values in the space L 0[0, 1]. Then there exists a continuous function N(x) defined on [O,+oo) such that N(O) = 0, N(J./i) is concave and such that the set of all real 1
functions for which the integral J fdM exists is the space N(L). 0
Conversely, if N(yx) is a concave continuous function such that N(O) = 0, then there is a symmetric independent homogeneous random measure M with values in the space L 0 [0, 1], such that the set of real val1
ued functions f for which the integral J fdM exists is precisely the space 0
N(L). Proof The first part of the theorem follows immediately from Lemmas 3.7.2 and 3.7.3. Conversely, if N(yx) is concave, then it can be represented in the integral form
N(yx) = J q(u)du, 0
where q(u) is a non-increasing function. We put G(O) = 0 and G(x) = min(l,q(1/x2)) for x > 0. Let M be a symmetric independent homogeneous random measure such that
152
Chapter 3
(3.7.10) holds. To complete the proof it is enough to show that the functions N(x) and :~:,
00
NG(x)
J G~~)
=
du
=
1/Z
J
min (I ,q(u))du
0
are equivalent at infinity. Since q(u) is non-increasing, q(u) ~ q(1) for u > 1. Thus z
1
<1:
N(y'X)
Jq(u)du = Jq(u)du+ Jq(u)du = Jq(u)du+q(1) J min(I,q(u))du
=
0
0
1
z
1
0
1
~ K+CNG(yx). 1
where K =
Jq(u)du and C =
q(1).
0
On the other hand, trivially NG({x) ~ N(y'x).
0
Woyczynski (1970) extended this result to the case where M(A) take values in the product space L 0 (D 0 ,E0 ,P) X ... XL0 (!J0 ,E0 ,P) and f(s) is n..times
a matrix function.
3.8. UNCONDITIONAL CONVERGENCE OF SERIES
Let Q = N be the set of all positive integers. Let ~ be the algebra of all subsets of N. Let M be a vector measure defined on A E E taking its values in an F-space (X, II II). Let Xn = M({n}). Since M is a vector 00
measure the series
2
Xn
has the property that for each sequence
en
n=1 00
taking values ·either 0 or 1 the series
2 en x~ is convergent. The series n=1
with this property are called unconditionally convergent series. Thus
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
153
we have shown that each vector measure on N induces unconditionally convergent series. But the converse is also true. Namely, each unconditionally convergent series }; Xn induces a vector measure by the formula n=l
M(E)=};
Xn.
neE
PROPOSITION
3.8.1. The measure M induces by an unconditionally concc
vergent series };
Xn
is compact (and thus bounded).
n=l 00
Proof Since the series };
Xn
is unconditionally convergent, for each
n=l
e > 0 there is an index N such that for each sequence either 0 or 1 00
l
2;
BnXn
n=.N+l
I<
{en}
taking values
(3.8.1)
e.
.N
Thus the finite set };
e11 Xn,
where {e1 ,
••• ,
en}
runs over all finite systems
n=l
taking values either 0 or 1, constitutes an e-net in the range of the meas-
D
~M 00
THEOREM
3.8.2 (Orlicz, 1933). A series};
Xn
is unconditionally convergent
n=l
jf and only if for each permutation p(n) of positive integers the series 00
2 Xp(n) is convergent. ft=l 00
Proof Suppose that the series .for each e
>
2
Xn
is unconditionally convergent. Then
n=l
0 there is an index N such that
k+m
IIJ:
enXn
.n=k
fork> N, m
>
I<
e
0 and Bn taking the value either 0 or I.
Chapter 3
154
Let K be such a positive integer that, for n arbitrary r > K and s ;;::;: 0 r+s
II~ Xp(n) I! = n=r
>
K, p(n)
>
N. Then for
q
114 I < 8 tXt
(3.8.2)
8•
•=p
where p = inf {p(n): r ~ n ~ r+s}, q =sup {p(n): r ~ n ~ r+s}, t = {1 if i = p(n) (r ~ n ~ r+s), 8 0
otherwise.
The arbitrariness of 8 implies that the series
2"'
Xp(n)
is convergent.
n=l
Suppose now that the series 2"'
Xn
is not unconditionally convergent.
n=l
This means that there are a positive number tJ and a sequence {8n}, taking the value either 1 or 0 and a sequence of indices {rk} such that r•+l
il ~
8 nXn n=r•+l
8
I > J.
Now we shall define a permutation p(n). Let m be the number of those 8n, n = rk+ 1 , ... , rk+I• which are equal to 1. Let p(rk+v) = n(v), where n(v) is such an index that 8n(v) is a v-th 8i equal to 1, rk < i ~ rk+I• Q < v ~ m. The remaining indices rk < n ~ rk+1 we order arbitrarily. Then r.+m
r•+l
n=r•
n=r.+l
II~ Xp(n)ll =II~
This implies that the series
8
nXnll >
J.
2"'
is not convergent.
xp(n)
D
n=l
A measure M induced by a series "'
2
Xn
is L"' -bounded if and only if
n=l
for each bounded sequence of scalars {an} the series 2"'
anXn
is con-
n=l
-vergent. The series with this property will be called bounded multiplier convergent.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
155
THEOREM 3.8.3 (Rolewicz and Ryll-Nardzewski, 1967). There exist an 00
F-space (X,
II II) and an uncoditionally convergent series}; Xn
of elements
n=1
of X which is not bounded multiplier convergent.
The proof is based on the following lemmas. LEMMA 3.8.4. Let X beak-dimensional real space. There exists an open symmetric starlike set A in X which contains all points PI> ... , p 3k of the type (e~> ... , ek), where ei equals 1 or 0 or -1, such that the set Ak-1 =A+ ... +A (k-1)-fold
does not contain the unit cube C=
{(a1,
... ,
ak):
lail <
1, i = 1,2, ... , k}.
Proof Let A 0 be the union of all line intervals connecting the point 0 with the points PI> ... , Ps•· Obviously the set A~- 1 is (k-1)-dimensional. Therefore there is a positive number e such that the set (A 0 +A.)k-\ where A. denotes the ball of radius e (in the Euclidean sense), has a volume less than 1. Thus the set A= A 0 +A. has the required property. D
LEMMA 3.8.5. There is a k-dimensional F-space (X, II II) such that IIPill ~I, i = 1,2, ... , 3k and there is a point p of the cube C such that IIPII;;:, k-1. Proof We construct a norm II II in X in the way described in the proof of Theorem 1.1.1, putting U(l) =A. Since PtE A = U(I), IIPill ~ 1. Furthermore, since Ak- 1 = U(k-I) does not contain the cube C, there is a point p E C such that p E U(k-1). This implies that II PII ;;:, k-1. D Proof of Theorem 3.8.3. We denote by (Xk, space constructed in Lemma 3.8.4. Let 1
II
II~) the 2k dimensional
'
llxllk = 2k llxllk· Let X be the space of all sequences a
= {an} such that
00
lllalll
=}; ll(a2•-•+t• ... , a2~)/lk-1+la1l <+oo. k=l
Chapter 3
156
It is easy to verify that X is an F-space with the norm
Ill Ill. Let
(0,0, ... , 0, 1,0, ... )
Xn =
n-th place
and let {en}' be an arbitrary sequence of numbers equal either to 0 or to 1.
,2; e
The series
11
x 11 is convergent. Indeed,
n=l r
IIIL
Ill~ Ill Yo 111+111 Yk+llll+ ... +Ill Yk'III+IIIY~III,
1
BnXn n=m
where k is the smallest integer non-greater than log 2 m, k' is the largest less than log2 r, and 2•
,2;
Yo =
BnXn,
n=m 2i
YJ =
,2;
j=k+1, ... ,k',
BnXn, n=2J-'+l r
Yo= . : : ,_; I
\'
BnXn.
n=2•'+1
In virtue of Lemma 3.8.5 1
IIIYolll ~ 2k-l ' 1
IIIYJIII ~ 2i-l ' '
1
II!Yolll ~lk'.
j = k+1, ... , k'
.
Therefore r
~~~~ n=m
k'
BnXnlll
~2
i=k-1
;i < 2L2 ~ ! ' w
00
and the series
,2;
BnXn
n=l
ditionally convergent.
is convergent. Thus the series
,2; n=l
Xn
is uncon-
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
151
On the other hand, as follows from Lemma 3.8.5, for each k there is a point ak E Xk, ak = (a2k+1• ... , a2k+1), SUCh that latl < 1, i = 2k+ 1, •.. , 2k+1 and
Let bn =an, n
= 1,2, ... The sequence {bn} is bounded and
2t'+l
Illn=2k+1 }; bnxnlll =
llakllk
>
+·
00
Therefore the series }; bnxn is not convergent. This implies that the n=l 00
series };
Xn
is not bounded multiplier convergent.
D
n=l
Observe that the measure M induced by an absolutely convergent 00
series };
Xn
which is not bounded multiplier convergent is bounded, but
n=l
is not L 00 -bounded. Turpin (I 972) constructed a non-atomic measure with this property.
3.9.
INVARIANT A(X)
We shall prove the results of Turpin (1975), however restricting ourselves to the metric case. Let (X, II II) be an F-space. By A(X) we denote the set of such sequences {An} that the space X has property P({A.n}), i.e. for any neighbourhood of zero U there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that (3.9.1)
Of course, by definition, A (X) always contains all sequences with finite support, i.e. sequences of the form A= {A.1 , A2 , ... , A.n, 0, 0, ... }. If A (X) contains a sequence with an infinite support, in other words : if there is a sequence A= {An}, An> 0 belonging to A(X), we say that the space X is strictly galbed.
Chapter 3
158
3.9.1. Let (X, II II) be an F*-space. Then the set A(X) is equal to the set of all such sequences {A.n} that, for any bounded sequence {xn} C X, the sequence
PROPOSITION
N
{YN}
= {}; AnXn}
(3.9.2)
i=l
is bounded. Proof Necessity. Let {A.n} e A(X). Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. By the definition of A(X) there is a neighbourhood zero V such that (3.9.1) holds.
Let {xn} be an arbitrary bounded sequence. Then there is a b > 0 such that Xn e bV, n = 1,2, ... Thus, by (3.9.1) YN E bU, N = 1,2, ... Since U is arbitrary, the sequence YN is bounded. Sufficiency. Suppose that {A.n} ¢ A(X). This means that there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that (3.9.1) does not hold for any neighbourhood of zero V. This implies that for an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero V and an arbitrary positive integer n (3.9.3)
A.nV+A.n+ 1 V+ ... ¢ U.
Now we shall choose a sequence of elements {xn} and an increasing sequence of indices {nm} in such a way that i
=
(3.9.4)
nm+l, ... ,nm+l,
(3.9.5)
Such a choice is possible since (3.9.3) holds. The sequence {xn} tends to 0 by (3.9.4), thus it is bounded. On the other hand by (3.9.5) the sequence
{zm}
=
{A.nm+!Xnm+l+ ... +A.nm+IXnm+I}
is not bounded. This implies that the sequence {YN} is not bounded either. 0 PROPOSITION
3.9.2. lf{A.n}eA(X)
and0~p. 11 ~An,
n= 1,2, ... , then
{P.n} E A(X). Proof It follows immediately from the definition of A(X).
0
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
159
PROPOSITION 3.9.3. Let {A.i} e A(X). Let!., be a sequence of non-empty finite disjoint subsets of the set of positive integers. Let
Then {.Un} e A(X). Proof. Let {x.,} be an arbitrary bounded sequence. Let
, {x., Xi =
for i e /.,, elsewhere.
0
The sequence {rn} is of course also bounded. Then the sequence N
{YN}
= {};
N•J
,Unxn} =
n=l
{}; }; n=l
Atx;}
iEln
is bounded.
D
3.9.4. Let {-1.,}, {.Un} e A(X) and let (nt,m;) be a double sequence with terms not equal to one another. Then the sequence {vi} = {An,·.U,..} E A(X). Proof. Let {xi} be an arbitrary bounded sequence. Then PROPOSITION
N
YN
N
= }; VtXi = }; An,,llm, X~ t=l
t=l
p
~};An (2; ,llmXin,m)' n=l
where p
=
(3.9.6)
m
max nt and the summation with respect to m is taken over IEO;i~N
all m for which there is an index i = i.,, m ~ N such that (n;, mt) = (n, m). = }; ,UmXtn,m, is bounded. Therefore the sequence The set {y:},
y:
m
{YN} is also bounded.
D
COROLLARY 3.9.5. If an F*-space (X, II II) has property P({qn}) for a certain q, 0 < q < 1, then in the space X bounded multiplier convergence and unconditional convergence are equivalent.
+t}
Proof. We shall show that if {qn} e A(X), then {(
e A(X). Indeed
let (nt,mt) be such a double sequence that (nt+mt) is a non-decreasing
Chapter 3
160
sequence and the sequence (nt,mt) contains all pairs (n,m). Let An
=
qn
=
fln·
It is easy to verify that An.flm, = qn•+m• has the same order of growth as
qv'n. Then {qv'n} E A(X). Since lim (_!_)n q-vr. = 0, by Proposition 3.9.2 '11--->-00
{(~f}eA(X).
2
Theorem 3.6.11 implies the corollary.
D
PROPOSITION 3.9.6. A(X) is an invariant of isomorphisms. Proof An isomorphism maps bounded sets onto bounded sets, and the inverse also maps bounded sets onto bounded sets. Thus by Proposition 3.9.1 A(X) is an invariant of an isomorphism. D PROPOSITION
3.9.7. Let Y be a subspace of an F*-space X. Then
A(Y):) A(X).
Proof Let {.An} E A(X). Let {xn} be an arbitrary bounded sequence in Y. Then it is also a bounded sequence in X. Therefore the sequence N
{YN} = {
.J.: AnXn} n=l
is bounded. This implies that {.An}
E
A(Y).
D
3.9.8. A(X) c [1. Proof. Each space X contains a one dimensional subspace X 0 • Since A(X0 ) = [1, by Proposition 3.9.7 the corollary holds. D CoROLLARY
3.9.9. Let a continuous linear operator T map an F-space X onto an F-space Y. Then PROPOSITION
A(Y):) A(X).
Proof Let {.An} E A(X). Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood ofzero in Y. The set T- 1( U) is open. Then there is a .neighbourhood of zero V in the space X such that
A1V+A.2 V+ ... C T- 1(U). then
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
161
By the Banach theorem (Theorem 2.3.1) the sets T(V) are open. The arbitrariness of Uimplies that{A.n} e A(Y). D As an immediate consequence of Propositions 3.9.6, 3.9.7 and 3.9.9 we obtain THEOREM
3.9.10. If
dimz
X~
dimz Y
(codimz X~ codimz Y),
then A(X)~A(Y).
PROPOSITION 3.9.11. If X is a locally p-convex space, then
A(X) ~ lP. Proof Let {llxllm} be a sequence of p-homogeneous pseudonorms determining the topology. Let {xn} be a bounded sequence in X. Let
llxnllm·
Mn =sup n
Let co
C=
};
IA.niP ·
n=l
Let N
YN
=}; AtXt. i=l
Then co
IIYNiim ~}; IA.tiP llxtllm ~ CMm.
(3.9.7)
D
i=l
CoROLLARY 3.9.12 (compare Mazur and Orlicz, 1948). If an F*-space X is locally convex, then A(X) = [1, PROPOSITION 3.9.13. Let X be a locally pseudoconvex space. Then A(X)~ /P.
n
p>O
Chapter 3
162
Proof Let {A.J
n
E
[P.
Let {llxJim} be a sequence of Pm-homogeneous
p>O
pseudonorms determining the topology in X. Let w
Cm = } ; IA.tJPm • i=l
Taking Xn and YN as in the proof of Proposition 3.9.11 we obtain an estimation similar to estimation (3.9.7)
IIYNIJm ::=;:;: CmMm. 0
This implies the proposition.
Now we shall prove propositions converse to Propositions 3.9.11, 3.9.13. PROPOSITION 3.9.14. (cf. Metzler, 1967). If A(X)) [P, then the space X is locally p-convex. Proof Suppose that an F*-space (X, II JJ) is not locally p-convex. Then there is a positive number e such that for any m there are points {Xm, 1 , ••• ... , Xm, km} such that i
= 1,2, ... , km,
(3.9.8)
and (3.9.9) Let for n, k 1 + ... +km-1
1 < n ::=;:;: k 1 + ... +km, let An--=----=-=--.---2mkl/Pm m
2mxm,t, where i = n-(k1 + ... +km-1). Since (3.9.8), the sequence {xn} tends to 0, and thus it is bounded. On the other hand, by (3.9.9) the sequence Xn =
N
{YN}
= {
.2; Anxn} n=l
is not bounded. Therefore {..1.n} does not belong to A(X). Since {..1.n} E /11, A(X) does not contain /P. 0
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
n
PROPOSITION 3.9.15. If A(X) :::>
163
/P, then the space X is locally pseudo-
P>O
convex. Proof The proof follows the same line as the proof of Proposition 3.9.14 if we replace, in the definition of A.n and in formula (3.9.9), p by
Pm tending to 0.
D
As follows from Proposition 3.9.15, locally pseudoconvex spaces are stricly galbed. There are also non-locally pseudoconvex spaces which are strictly galbed, as follows from PROPOSITION 3.9.16 (Turpin, 1975). For any sequence {..1n} belonging to all spaces lP (in a particular case for any geometric sequence qn, 0 < q < 1), there is a non-locally pseudoconvex space X such that {A.n} e A(X). co
Proof Let Cn
= }; IA.tl 1/n. Let X be the space of all sequences x = {xn}. i=l
such that Xn e L 1fn[o, 1] and for all positive integers k c~
lim
llxnllvm[o,l] = 0.
We introduce a topology in X by a sequence of F-pseudonorms llxllk = s~pc!llxnllvrn 10, 11 • It is easy to verify that X is an F-space. The space X is not locally pseudoconvex. Indeed, let Xn = {x eX: Xi= 0 for i =F n }. The space Xn is isomorphic with L lfn[o, 1]. Take any neighbourhood of zero Uin X such that U::PXn, n = 1,2, ... By the definition of topology in X, this is possible. Then the modulus of concavity of U can be estimated as follows c(U)
~
c(UnXn)
~
c(Xn) = 2n,
n
= 1,2, ...
Thus c( U) = +oo. This implies that X is not locally pseudoconvex. On the other hand, let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero in X. U contains a neighbourhood of zero U0 of the form U0
= {x: llxllk < e}.
Let V = {x: llxiiHI
< e}. co
Let JI, Y2• .•. E V, Yi = Yi, n• Let X = •
1: A.,y,. i=l
164
Chapter 3
Then 00
1\x\\ =
supc~ //}; AtYt, n//v,• n
i~1
~ supc~}; \A.t\ 11n 1\Yi, n\\L•I•[O,J] n
i~1
~ supc~+ 1 sup\IY«,n\\L•I•[o,1J n
Therefore x
E
i
U and {An}
E
<e.
A(X).
There are non strictly galbed spaces, as follows from 3.9.17. Let (D,E,p) be a measure space. Suppose that the measure f1 is not purely atomic (i.e. there is a set D 0 such that the measure f1 restricted to the set D 0 is a non-atomic measure which does not vanish identically). Then the space L 0(D,E,p) is not strictly galbed. Proof According to our hypothesis about the measure, we can find D 0 , O
+
11-+00
and 00
D0 C
U En
(3.9.11)
forK= 1,2, ...
n~K
Let {An} be an arbitrary sequence of positive numbers. Let n Xn
= An XEn•
By (3.9.10), {xn} tends to 0, and thus it is bounded. On the other hand, • the seque6ce N
YN(t) = };..tnxn(t) "~1
tends to infinity for
t E
D 0 • Thus it is not bounded.
3.9.18. Let X be the space l{P•}, 0 x = {xn} such that PROPOSITION
00
1\x\1 = }; \xn\P• n~1
< +oo,
D
< Pn ~ 1, of all sequences
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
165
with a topology given by the F-norm //xll. If p,-+0, then the space X is not strictly galbed. Proof Let {A.n} be an arbitrary sequence of positive numbers. Since p 11 ~0, for each n we can find an index k(n) such that A.~Jc
n=l
divergent. It is obvious that the sequence {x11 } = {~11 e11 }, where {e11 } denotes the standard basis in l{Pn}, tends to 0. Thus it is bounded. On the other hand, N
1/YN/1
N
=112: Anxn// =}; 1/A.nXn/1 n=l n=l
+,}; N
~
n=l
~ 11Pk(n) ~00. N
Therefore the sequence YN =}; A.11 x 11 is not bounded. This implies
n=l
that {A.n} ¢ A(X).
D
3.10. C-SEQUENCES AND C-SPACES
The following .notion of C-sequences is related to bounded multiplier convergence. We say that a sequence {xn} of elements of an F-space X is a C-sequence if for any sequence of numbers {t11 } tending to 0 the series 00
}; t 11 x 11
is convergent. Of course, a subsequence of a C-sequence is a
n=l
C-sequence, and the image of a C-sequence by a continuous linear operator is also a C-sequence. PROPOSITION 3.10.1. A sequence {x11 } of elements of an F-space (X, is a C-sequence if and only if the set 00
A= {}; anxn: /an/~ 1, n = 1, 2, ... } n=l
is bounded.
•
1/ //)
-Chapter 3
166
Proof. Sufficiency. Suppose that the set A is bounded. Let {en} be an arbitrary sequence of numbers tending to 0. Let Cn =sup JctJ. Of n~i
course, {C11 } also tends to 0. Let e be an arbitrary positive number. Since the set A is bounded, there is an index N 0 such that for n > N 0
JJCnxJJ <
(3.10.1)
B
for all x EA. Thus for n, m, N 0 < n < m,
since
Necessity. Suppose that the set A is not bounded. Then there are a sequence of numbers {tn} tending to 0, a sequence of numbers {an}, lanl ~ 1, and a sequence of indices {nk} such that the sequence n•+l { fk
};
GnXn}
does not tend to 0.
n=n•+l Let Cn
=
{~an
for nk < n ~ nk+I• elsewhere. 00
The sequence {en} tends to 0, but the series Therefore, the sequence
{xn}
2
CnXn
is not convergent.
n=l
is not a C-sequence.
D
An F-space X is called a C-space if for any C-sequence {Xn} the series 00
2
Xn n=l
is convergent. As an example of an F-space which is not a C-space
we can consider the space c0 (see Example 1.3.4.a). Indeed, the standard 00
basis {e11 } in c0 is a C-sequence, but the series
2 en is not convergent. n=l
A subspace of a C-space is also a C-space. Therefore, if an F-space X contains a subspace isomorphic to c0 , then X is not a C-space.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
167
Now we shall prove the following THEOREM 3.I0.2 (cf. Bessaga and Pelczynski, I958). Let X be an F-space with a basis {en}· If X is not a C-space, then X contains a subspace isomorphic to the space c0 • The proof is based on the following PROPOSITION 3.10.3 (Schwartz, 1969). Let (X, II II) be an F-space such that each C-sequence tends to 0. Then X is a C-space. Proof Suppose that X is not a C-space. Let {xn} be a C-sequence such 00
that the series
2
Xn is not convergent. Then there are an increasing
n~l
sequence of indices nk and a positive number /J such that IIYkll
> IJ, where
nk+t
Yk
=
.2.)
Xn.
n~n•+l
The sequence {Yk} is also a C-sequence, and it does not tend to 0. Proof of Theorem 3.10.2. If (X,
II II) is not a C-space, then there is a
0 C-se-
CD
quence {xn} such that the series
2 Xn
is not convergent. Basing our-
n~I
selves on Proposition 3.10.3, we can assume without loss of generality that the sequence {xn} does not tend to 0. Let {fk} be basis functionals corresponding to the basis {ek}. Since {xn} is a C-sequence, {fk(Xn)} are C-sequences for k = I ,2, ... Hence lim fk(Xn) = 0,
k =I, 2, ...
(3.I0.2)
.,_..00
By Theorem 1.2.2 we may assume that the norm II II is non-decreasing. Since {xn} does not tend to 0 and (3.10.2) holds~ we can find a subsequence {xflp} = {zp}, a positive number/Jand an increasing sequenceofindices {np} such that · '
1
llzp-Zpll < 2p IJ.
(3.I0.3)
Chapter 3
168
where n,+,
2,;
z~ =
fn(zp)en.
n=np+l
Corollary 2.6.6 implies that {z~} is a basic sequence. We sp.all show that it is equivalent to the standard basis of c0 • Let {tp} be a sequence of coefficients of x belonging to X 0 =lin {z~} with respect to the basis {z~}. Since //z~ll > 6/2, the sequence {tn} tends to 0. On the other hand, (zp} is a C-sequence. Therefore, by (3.10.3), {z~} is also a C-sequence. co
This means that if tn-+0, then the series}; tpz~ is convergent. Therefore, p=l
the basis z~ is equivalent to the standard basis of c0 • Thus, by Theorem 2.6.3, the space X 0 is isomorphic to the space c0 • D PROPOSITION 3.10.4. Let (X, II II) be a locally bounded space. with a basis {en}. Let Y be a subspace of the space X. Suppose Y is not a C-space. Then the space Y contains a subspace Y0 isomorphic to the space c0 • Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that I II is p-homogeneous. Using the same construction as in the proof of Theorem 3.10.2, we find elements {zp} and {z~}. By formula (3.10.3) and Theorem 3.2.16 the sequence {zp} is a basic sequence. The rest of the proof is the same as in Theorem 3.10.2. D Let X be a non-separable F-space. If Xis not a C-space, then it contains an infinite dimensional separable subspace X which is not a c~space. Indeed, if X is not a C-space, then there is a C-sequence {xn} such that 00
the series };
Xn
is not convergent. Let
X= lin{xn}. The space X has the
n=l
required properties. By the classical theorem of Banach and Mazur (1933), space C[O, I] is universal for all separable Banach spaces. The space C[O, 1] has a basis (Example 2.6.10). Thus we have PROPOSITION 3.10.5 (Bessaga and Pelczynski, 1958). If X is a Banach .space which is not a C-space, then X contains a subspace isomorphic to c0 • Now we shall prove
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
THEOREM 3.10.6 (Schwartz, 1969). The spaces LP(D,E,p), 0 ~ p are C-spaces.
169
< +oo,
The proof is based on the following propositions. PRoPOSITION 3.10. 7 (Kolmogorov-Kchintchin inequality ; see also Orlicz, 1933b, 1951, 1955). Suppose that in the space L 0(D,E,p,) a C-sequence {x,.(t)} is given. Then on each set D 0 of finite measure the series 00
}; lx,.(t)l 2 convergent almost everywhere. n=l
Proof(Kwapien, 1968). Let {r,.(s)} = {sign(sin2n211s)} be a Rademacher system on the interval [0, 1]. Since under our hypothesis {x11 (t)} is a C-sequence, the set of elements
"
{ Yn,s(t)
=}; rt(s) Xt(t):
n = 1, 2, ... , 0
~ s ~ 1}
i=l
is, by Proposition 3.10.1, bounded in the space L 0 (D,E,p). This implies that for any positive B there is a constant C such that, for all n = 1,2, ... and all s, 0 ~ s ~ 1, ~t({te
D 0 : IYn,s(t)i ~ C}) ~ ~t(D0)-B.
(3.10.4)
Let n be fixed al!d let
At= {s: IYn,s(t)i ~ C}.
(3.10.5)
By the Fubini theorem and (3.10.4) we find that the set E of those t for which the Lebesgue measure IAel of the set At is greater than l-ye has a measure greater than ~t(D0)-ye, i.e. if E
= {t e D0 : jAel
~
2-y'e},
then ~t(E) ~ ~t(D 0)-ye.
Lett e E. Formula (3.10.5) implies n
JI}; rt(s) Xt(t)r ds ~ C
Ao
i=l
2•
Chapter 3
170
Thus n
J _2/xt(t)/ 2 -2 J ( _2 A, i=l
A,
Re(xt(t)x,(t))rt(s) r;(s)) ds
~ C2 •
(3.10.6)
l~i<j~n
Applying the Schwarz inequality to (3.10.6), we obtain n
C ;;?: (1-y'B)}; /xt(t)/ 2 2
i=l
-2 (
_2
/xt(t)x1(t)J2) 112 (
l~i<j~n
_2
( Jrt(s)r1(s)dsrf' 2.(3.10.7)
l~i<j~n
A,
Since rt is a Rademacher system, J rt(s) r;(s)ds = A•
(3.10.8)
J ri(s) r,(s)ds, 1'\..A•
where I denotes the interval [0, 1]. The system {ri(s)rJ(s)}, 1 ~ i <j, is an orthonormal system in the space £2[0, 1]. The Fourier coefficients of the characteristic function X['\..A• of the set /~At are equal to fri(s)r,(s)ds, thus equalto- Jri(s)rJ(s) 1'\..A•
A,
ds, by (3.10.8). Therefore, by the Parseval inequality. _2
(
l~i<j~n
f rt(s) r,(s)dsr ~/!"'At/ <{e.
(3.10.9)
A•
Observe that
( l,
/xt(t)x,(t)/ 2
l~i<j~n
n
= ( };Jxt(t)/ 2 i-1
tt =
f'
2
~
(
_2 l~i,j~n
/xt(t)x1(t)J 2
f'
2
n
(3.10.10)
};Jxt(t)/ 2 • i~l
Formulae (3.10.7), (3.10.9), (3.10.10) imply n
(1-y'e -2tJe) _2/xt(t)/ 2 ~ C 2 •
(3.10.11)
i=l 00
Formula (3.10.11) implies that the series 2;/xi(t)/ 2 is convergent on the i=l
171
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
set E. Since p(E) > p(.Q0)-yc, the arbitrariness of 'e implies that the D series is convergent almost everywhere on .Q0 • 3.10.8. Let Then {xn} tends to 0.
CoROLLARY
{x11 }
be a C-sequence in the space LO(.Q,E,p).
LEMMA 3.10.9 (Schwartz, 1969). Let {x11 } be a C-sequence in a space LP(.Q,E,p), 0
represent the set .Q in the form .Q
=
U
Dt u N, where, on the set N,
i~I
all functions x 11 (t) are equal to 0 almost everywhere, .Q~, C .Qi+I• and for each i the sequence of functions {x 11(t)} tends uniformly to 0 on Dt. Suppose that the sequence {x 11 (t)} does not tend to 0 in LP(.Q,E,p). Then there is a positive number b' such that, for infinitely many n, J/xn(t)/Pdp
> b'.
Q
Let 0 < b < b'. We shall construct by induction a sequence of disjoint sets {Ak}, k = 1,2, ... , and increasing sequences of indices {nk}, {mk} such that Ak C Dm. and
J/x .(t)/P dp > b, 11
A•
(3.10.12)
forj=/=k.
Let n0 be an arbitrary index such that
J /x D
is an index m 0 and a set A 0 C Dm0 such that
110
(t)/ Pdp > b. Then there
J /x
110
(t)/Pdp >b. Suppose
A,
that Ak, nk, mk are defined for k
=
0,1, ... , r-1. Then there is an index
m~ and a set Br C Dm'T such that Ak C Br for k
k
= 0, 1, ... , r-1 and
= 0, 1, ... , r-1.
Since Br C !Jm'T and the sequence {x11(t)} tends uniformly to 0 on !Jm',T
172
Chapter 3
there is an index n,.
> nr-1 such that
Jlxnlt)l dp ~ 2~,
Br
and
J lxnr(t)IP dp >b.
(3.10.13)
t:J"-Br
Formula (3.10.13) implies that there is an index m, and a set A, C Qmr disjoint with the sets A 0 , ••• , Ar-1 such that
Jlxnr(t)IPdp >b.
(3.10.14)
Ar
In this way we have constructed by induction the required sequence. Let {en} be a sequence of positive numbers tending to 0 such that co
,2;c: = +oo.
(3.10.15)
n=1
Then r
r
r
f\2: CkXn.(t)\P dp ~ 2 J12: CkXn.(t)\p dp (J
k=O
j=O A1
r
k=O
r
J(cJixnlt)IP- L cflxn.(t)IP)dp
~};
j=OA1
k=O k#j
r
~b
2
j=O
r
cJ- C
2 2;~k
j,k=O
r
~ b}; cJ-4C,
(3.10.16)
;~o
where C =sup c!. n co
Then, by (3.10.15), the series}; Ck xn. is not convergent in LP(Q,E,p). k=1
Therefore, {xn} is not a C-sequence and we obtain a contradiction.
0
LEMMA 3.10.10 (Schwartz, 1969). If {xn} is a C-sequence in a space LP(Q,E,p), 1 ~p <+oo, then Xn-+0.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
173
Proof The proof is the same as the proof ofLemma3.10.9, but in (3.10.16) the Minkowski inequality is used. D Proof of Theorem 3.10.6. The proof is a trivial consequence of Proposition 3.10.2 and Lemmas 3.10.9, 3.10.10. 0 3.10.11. The space LD[O, 1] is not universal for separable F-spaces. Proof The space L 0 [0, 1] is a C-space. Hence it does not contain a subspace isomorphic to c0 • D CoROLLARY
The notions of C-sequences and C-spaces introduced by Schwartz (1969) are similar to what Matuszewska and Orlicz (1968) called condition (0). . A sequence {Xn} of elements of an F-space X is called perfectly bounded if the set N
A0 = {
.2;
Xpn:
Pn runs over all finite increasing systems of
n=l
positive integers} is bounded. An F-space X satisifies condition (0) if each perfectly bounded sequence is unconditionally convergent. It is easy to verify that for F-spaces satisfying condition (0) Theorem 3.10.2 holds. Therefore, if an F-space X can be imbedded into an F-space with a basis, then X is a C-space if and only if it satisifies condition (0). Matuszewska and Orlicz (1968) showed that a large class of modular spaces (in particular, spaces N(L(Q,E,p))) satisfy condition (0).
3.11.
LOCALLY BOUNDED ALGEBRAS
Let X be a linear space. We say that X is an algebra if there is an operation·: xxx~x, called multiplication, which is associative (x·y)·z
=
x·{y·z),
x,y, zeX
(3.11.1)
174
Chapter 3
and bilinear (x1+x2)·y = X1·y+x2·y,
(3.11.2)
X·(JI+Y~
= X·Y1+X·Y2
(3.11.3)
= t(x·y) = x·(ty)
(3.11.4)
(tx)·y
for x,y E X, t being a scalar. For brevity we shall write x·y = xy. We say that an algebra X is commutative if xy
=
yx.
(3.11.5)
We say that an algebra Xhas a unit ifthere is anelemente EX such that ex= xe
= x.
(3.11.6)
It is easy to verify that the unit is unique. If an algebra X has a unit, then (3.11.4) automatically holds. In the sequel only commutative algebras with a unit will be considered. For brevity we shall call them simply algebras. We say that an algebra X is an F*-algebra if it is an F*-space and the operation of multiplication is continuous. We say that an F*-algebra X is locally bounded if it is a locally bounded space. The theory of locally bounded algebras was developed by Zelazko (1960, 1962, 1962b, 1963, 1965). It is a generalization of the classical theory of Banach algebras. THEOREM 3.11.1 (:Zelazko, 1960). Let X be a locally bounded algebra. Then the topology in X can be determined by a p-homogeneous norm which is submultiplicative, i.e.
llxyll ~ llxiiiiYII·
llxll
(3.11.7)
If X is complete, then it is also complete with respect to the norm II 11. Proof By Theorem 3.2.1 the topology in X can be determined by a p-ho-
mogeneous norm
llxll
=
Observe that
llxll'. Let llxyll'
~1o TYIT''
llxll is finite, since the multiplication is a continuous oper-
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
ator (cf. Theorem 3.2.13). It is easy to verify that submultiplicative and [fell = 1. Since
175
llxll is p-homogeneous,
Jlxll ?: Jjxjj' lle!l' the norm llxll is stronger than the norm llxJ['.
(3.11.8)
Now we shall identify x e X with a continuous linear operator L.e mapping X into itself by formula Lxy = xy. Observe that the norm operator IILxll of the operator Lx is equal to llxll. Thus we can consider (X, II JJ) as a subspace of the space (B(X), II JJ). If { Xn} tends to x in the space (X, II II'), then, by the continuity of multiplication, Lx,. tends to Lx in (X, II II). Thus the norms II II and II II' are equivalent. D Let X be an algebra. An element x e X is called invertible if there is an element x- 1 e X, called inverse to x, such that (3.11.8) It is easy to verify that x- 1 is uniquely determined (provided it exists) and that (x- 1)- 1 = x. PROPOSITION 3.11.2. Let (X, II II) be a complete locally bounded algebra. Let x be an invertible element in X. Then there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that, for y e U, the element x-y is invertible. Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that II II is p-homogeneous and submultiplicative (see Theorem 3.11.1). We can write co
(x-y)-1
= x-1(e-.x-1y)-1 = x-1), (x-Iy)n, ..:....; n=O
where the series is convergent provided
IIYII < - 1-1 . llx- 11
D
Let X be an algebra. A set M C X, {0} =I= M =I= X is called ideal if it is a linear subset of X and for all x e X, xM C M. Let X be an F-algebra, by the continuity of multiplication we conclude that for any ideal M its closure M is also an ideal provided that M =I= X. We say that an ideal M C X is maximal, if for any ideal M1 such that M C M 1 we have M = M 1 •
Chapter 3
176
PROPOSITION 3.11.3. Let X be a complete locally bounded algebra. Then every maximal ideal is closed. Proof Let M be a maximal ideal in X. By Proposition 3.11.2, e ¢ M. Thus M is an ideal. Since M is maximal and M C M, M = M. D PROPOSITION 3.11.4. Let X be a complete locally bounded algebra over complexes. The function (x-.A.e)- 1 is analytic on its domain. Proof Let A.0 belong to the domain of the function (x-.A.e)- 1 • This means that the element x-A.0e is invertible. Let y = (A.-A. 0 )e. Then (x-A. 0 e)-y = x-A.e. Therefore (x-A.e)- 1
=
((x-A. 0 e)-y)-1 CXl
= (x-A. 0 e)-1 } ; (x-A. 0 e)-n(A.-A.0)n, n=1
where the series on the right is convergent provided
JA.-A.oJ ~ JJ(x-A.oe)-1 11-1 • Thus (x-A.e)- 1 is analytic.
D
Proposition 3.11.4 implies an extension of the theorem of Mazur and Gelfand (Mazur, 1938; Gelfand, 1941). THEOREM 3.11.5 (Zelazko, 1960). Let X be a complete locally bounded field over complex numbers. Then X= {A.e: A. being a complex number}. Proof Suppose that there is an x E X which is not of the form .A.e, i.e. x -=1= A.e for all A.. Since X is a field (x-A.e)- 1 is well defined on the whole complex plane. By Proposition 3.11.4 it is an analytic function. Observe that lim (x-A.e)-1 = 0 . .t.-..oo
Thus, by the Liouville theorem (Theorem 3.5.4), (x-A.e)- 1 = 0 and we obtain a contradiction. D Let X be a complete locally bounded algebra over the complex numbers. Let f be a linear functional defined on X (not necessarily continuous). We say that the functional/is a multiplicative-linear functional if f(xy) = f(x)f(y).
(3.11.9)
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
177
There is a one-to-one correspondence between multiplicative-linear functionals and maximal ideals. Namely, for a given multiplicative-linear functional f the set M1 = {x: f(x) = 0}
is an ideal. It is a maximal ideal since it has codimension 1. Since X is locally bounded, it is closed by Proposition 3.11.3. Thus the functional f is continuous. Thus we have proved PROPOSITION 3.11.6 (Zelazko, 1960). In complete locally bounded algebras all multiplicative-linear functionals are continuous.
Let M be a maximal ideal in the algebra X. Then X/ M is a complete locally bounded field. Therefore it is isomorphic to the field of complex numbers (see Theorem 3.11.5) and this isomorphism induces the required multiplicative-linear functional. A locally bounded algebra X is called semisimple if {x: F(x) = 0 for all multiplicative linear functionals} = {0}. If a complete locally bounded algebra X over complex numbers is semisimple, then x E X is invertible if and only if F(x) # 0 for all multiplicative-linear functionals F. Indeed, x is invertible if and only if x does not belong to any maximal ideal. In the case of complete locally bounded algebras this implies that F(x) # 0 for all multiplicative functionals. Now we shall present an application of locally bounded algebras to the theory of analytic functions. For this purpose we shall present the following example of a locally bounded algebra. Example 3.11.7 Let N(u) be a non-decreasing continuous function, defined for u?: 0, such that N(u) = 0 if and only if u = 0. We shall assume that for sufficiently small v, u ~
N(u+v)
and there is a C N(uv)
> 0 such that for sufficiently small u,
~
(3.11.10)
N(u)+N(v)
CN(u)N(v)
v
(3.11.11)
Chapter 3
178
> 0 such that
and there is a p
N(u) = N 0(uP),
(3.11.12)
where N 0 is a convex function in a neighbourhood of zero. Let X= N(l) be the space of all sequences x = {x0 ,x1 , that
••• }
such
co
llxll = PN(X) =
J: N(lxni) < +oo.
n=O
The space (X, II II) is an F-space (see Proposition 1.5.1). By Theorem 3.4.3 it is locally bounded. Now we shall introduce multiplication in X by convolution, i.e. if x = {xn}, y = {Yn} then we define n
X·y
=
{
.2: XkYn-k}·
k=O
By (3.11.10) and (3.11.11) we conclude that for sufficiently small xandy (3.11.13) llxyll ~ C llxiiiiYII. Formula (3.11.13) implies that the multiplication is continuous. Thus X is a complete locally bounded algebra. Now we shall give examples of functions satisfying conditions (3.11.10)-(3.11.12). The simplest are functions N(u) =uP, 0
l
0 -uP logu 2p- 1 e-2
foru = 0,
for 0 < u ~ e- 2/P, for e- 2/P < u.
We shall show that N(u) satisfies (3.10.10)-(3.10.12) By the definition, N(O) = 0. The function N(u) is continuous at point 0 since limN(u) = 0, U-+0
and at point e- 2/P since N(e- 21P) = 2p- 1 e- 2• In the interval (0, e- 2/P) it is continuous as an elementary function. The function N(u) is non-decreasing. Indeed, on the interval (0, e- 2/P) dN du
= -puP-1 logu-uP- 1 = -uP-1 (p logu+1) > 0,
because logu < -2/p.
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
179
. Now we shall calculate the second derivative d2 N du
-= -(p-l)uP-2(plogu+l)-puP- 2 2 = -uP-2(p(p-I)logu+2p-l) = -uP-2((p-I)(plogu+ I)+ I) < 0 for 0 < u ~ e- 2/P. Thus N(u) is concave on the interval (0, e- 21P). Now formula (3.Il.1I) will be shown. Suppose we are given u, v 0 < u, v ~ e- 2/P. Then (uv)Piloguvl = (uv)P llogu+ log vi
~
uP llogul vP llogvl,
because llogu, logvl ~ 2/p ~ 2. Let N 0(x) = -x 2 logx. It is easy to see that if x = uPI 2 , then N 0 (uP1 2) =
2p
N(u).
(3.Il.14)
We shall show that N 0 is convex in a neighbourhod of zero. Indeed, dN ---a:x= 0
-2xlogx-x,
dN~
dx 2 =. -2logx-2-1 = -2logx-3
and the second ?erivative is greater than 0 on the interval (0, e- 3/ 2). Therefore the function N 0 is convex in a neighbourhood ofO and (3.Il.12) holds. Example 3.11.8 Let N be as in Example 3.11. 7. By N~ (I) we shall denote the space of all sequences of complex numbers x = {xn}, n = ... , -2,-1,0,1,2, ... such that 00
llxll
= PN(x) =
.2;
N(lxni)
< +oo.
(3.11.15)
n=-c:o
In a similar way as in Example 3.11. 7 we can show that (N~(l),
II II) is
Chapter 3
180
a complete locally bounded space. We introduce multiplication a by the convolution +oo
xy
= { };
Xn-kYk}.
k=-00
In a similar way as in Example 3.11.7 we can show that N::_(t) is a complete locally bounded algebra. By NF we shall denote the algebra of measurable periodic functions, with period 2n, such that the coefficients of the Fourier expansions +oo
x(t)
= };
Xneint
n=-oo
belong to the space N-::_(1). The operations of addition and multiplication are determined as pointwise addition and multiplication. It is easy to see that the pointwise multiplication of functions in NF induces the convolution multiplication in the space N-::_(1). Thus the space NF can be regarded as a complete locally bounded algebra with topology defined by the norm (3.11.15). We shall show that each multiplicative linear functional defined on algebra NF is of the form F(x)
=
x(t0 )
(3.11.16)
Indeed, let z = eit. The element z is invertible in NF. We shall show that JF(z)J = 1. Suppose that JF(z)J > 1. Then there is a, 0 1 and we can repeat the preceding considerations. Thus JF(z)J = 1 and F(z) = eti, for a certain t 0 , 0 < t 0 ~ 2n. Since F is a multiplicative linear functional, we obtain for every polynomial n
p(z) =
.2 a,zi 1
i=k
(here n, k are integers not necessarily positive), F(p(z))
= p(F(z)) = p(eil•).
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
181
The polynomials are dense in algebra NF and hence the functional F is of the form (3.11.16). This implies THEOREM 3.11.9. Let N be a function satisfying the condition described in Example 3.11. 7. Let x(t) be a measurable periodic function, with period 2n, such that the coefficients {xn} of the Fourier expansion
+oo
x(t) =
L Xnetnt n=-oo
form a sequence belonging to the space N~(l). If x(t) #- 0 for all t, then the function Ifx(t) can also be expanded in a Fourier series +oo
.J:
_I-= Ynetnt x(t} n~-oo
such that {Yn} eN~(/).
For N(u) = u this is the classical result of Wiener. For N(u) =uP, 0 < p ~ 1 it was proved by Zelazko (1960). Let X be a locally bounded complete algebra over complex numbers. Let x eX. By the spectrum a(x) of x we mean the set of such complex numbers A. that (x- A.e) is not invertible. By Proposition 3.11.2, the set of such complex numbers A. that (x-A.e) is invertible is open. Moreover, if A.> llxll, the element (x-A.e) is also invertible. This implies that the set a(x) is bounded and closed. Hence it is compact. Let A. 0 e a(x). Then by the definition of a spectrum, the element (x-A.0e} is not invertible. Then there is a multiplicative linear functional F such that F(x- A.0e) = 0, i.e. F(x) = A. 0 • Conversely, if A.0 ¢ a(x), then, for each multiplicative linear functional F, F(x) #- A.0 • Thus a(x) = {F(x): Fruns over all multiplicative functionals}.
Let (1}(A.) be an analytic function defined on a domain U containing the spectrum a(x). Let FeU be an oriented closed smooth curve containing a(x) inside the domain surrounded by r. We shall define I
(1}(x) = 2ni
J(1}(A.)(x-A.e)-ldA.. r
Chapter 3
182
The integral on the right exists since r f"'\ a(x) = that, for any multiplicative linear functional F, F((/J(x)) = {/}(F(x)).
0.
It is easy to verify (3.11.17)
Applying (3.11.17) to the algebra NF, we obtain 3.11.10. Let x(t)ENF. Let (/J(A.) be an analytic functions defined on an open set U containing THEOREM
a(x) = {z: z = x(t),O
<
t::s;;2n}.
Then the function (/J(x(t)) also belongs to NF.
For N(u) = u we obtain the classical theorem of Levi. For N(u) = uP, 0 < p:::;;;; 1, Theorem 3.11.10 was proved by Zelazko (1960). Let N satisfy all the conditions described in Example 3.11. 7. By N H we denote the space of all analytic functions x(z) defined on the open unit disc D such that the coefficients {xn}, n = 0, I, ... of the power expansion 00
x(z) =
.2; Xnzn n=O
form a sequence {xn} belonging toN(!). There is a one-to-one corespondence between pointwise multiplication in N H and the convolution in N(l). Thus we can identify NH with N(l). Now we shall show that every multiplicative linear functional F defined on NH is of the form F(x) = x(z0), lzol:::;;;; 1. To begin with we shall show this for x(z) = z. Suppose that F(z) = a, lal > I. Then F(zfa) = I. Therefore F(a-nzn) = 1. On the other hand, a-nzn--*O, and this leads to a contradiction with the continuity of F. Observe that N(l) C 1. Therefore each function x(z) E NH can be extended to a continuous function defined on the closed unit disc D. Thus we have 3.11.11. Let x(z) E NH. Let (/J be an analytic function defined on an open set U containing x(D). Then (/J(x(z)) E NH. THEOREM
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
183
Theorems 3.11.10 and 3.11.11 can be extended to the case of many variables in the following way THEOREM 3.11.12 (Gramsch, 1967; Przeworska-Rolewicz and Rolewicz, 1966). Let x 1, •.• , Xn E NF (or NH). Let
=
{(x1(t), ... ,Xn(t)): 0
~
t ~ 2n}
a(x) = {x1(z), ... , Xn(z)): lzl ~ 1}).
Then the function <J>(xl> ... , Xn) belongs to NF (or respectively, to NH).
We shall not give here an exact proof. The idea is the following. Replacing the Cauchy integral formula by the Weyl integral formula, we can define analytic functions of many variables on complete locally bounded algebras. ·
3.12.
LAW OF LARGE NUMBERS IN LOCALLY BOUNDED SPACES
Let (Q, .E, P) be a probability space. Let (X, [[ I[) be a locally bounded space. Let the norm II II be p-homogeneous. As in the scalar case, a measurable function X(t) with values in X will be called a random variable. We say· that two random variables X(t), Y(t) are identically distributed if, for any open set A C X P({t: X(t)
E
A})= P({t: Y(t)
E
A}).
A random variable X(t) is called symmetric if X(t) and -X(t) are identically distributed. Random variables X 1(t ), ... , Xn(t) are called independent if, for arbitrary open sets AI> ... , An
n n
P({t: Xt(t) EAt, i
=
1, ... , n})
=
P({t: Xt(t) EAt}).
i=l
A sequence of random variables {Xn(t)} is called a sequence of independent random variables if, for each system of indices n1o ... , nk, the random variables Xn 1 (t), ... , Xn.(t) are independent.
Chapter 3
184
3.12.1 (Sundaresan and Woyczynski, 1980). Let X be a locally bounded space. Let II II be a p-homogeneous norm determining the topology in X. Let {Xn(t)} be a sequence of independent, symmetric, identically distributed random variables. Then
THEOREM
E(IIX1ID
=
JIIXl(t)lldP < +oo
(3.12.1)
a
if and only if (3.12.2)
almost everywhere. Proof. Necessity. To begin with we shall show it under an additional hypothesis that X1 takes only a countable number of values x1,x2 , ... Since Xn are identically distributed, all Xn admit values x 1, ... For each positive integer m we shall define new random variables Xk'(t)
= { ~k(t)
if Xk(t) = x 1 , elsewhere.
... , Xm,
By Rk'(t) we shall denote Xk(t)-xr(t). For each fixed m, {IIXrll} constitutes a sequence of independent identically distributed symmetric random variables taking real values. Moreover, (3.12.3)
The random variables {xr} takes values in a finite-dimensional space. Thus we can use the strong law of large numbers for the one-dimensional case (see for example Petrov, 1975, Theorem IX.3.17). Let an = n11P. Then CX)
.}; ak-2 n=k
CX)
= .}; n-2/p n=k = O(n- 2/P+l) =
O(na;: 2 ).
(3.12.4)
Having (3.12.3) and (3.12.4), we can use the strong law of large numbers by coordinates (here we use the fact that xr takes values in a finite dimensional space).
Locally Pseudoconvex and Locally Bounded Spaces
185
Thus (3.12.5) almost everywhere. At the same time, IIR::'II is a sequence of independent identically distributed real random variables with finite expectation, so that, by the classical strong law of large numbers,
IIR~II+ ... +IIR::'II -+E(IIR~II) n
(3.12.6)
almost everywhere. Since IIR~II tends pointwise to 0 as m tends to infinity and IIR~II ~ !lXIII, by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem E(IIR~II) tends to 0. The set D 0 of those t for which (3.12.5) and (3.12.6) converge at t is of full measure, i.e. P(D0 ) = P(D) = 1 Let 8 > 0. Choose an m > 0 such that m
8
E(IIR1 ID < 4· For any t E D 0, we can find anN= N(8,t,m) such that
lln-liP(X~(t)+ ... X~(t))ll < ; for n > N. Thus, for t E D 0 and n
(3.12.6)
> N,
This completes the proof under the condition that Xn are countable valued. To complete the proof of necessity we shall use the standard approximation procedure. For each 8 > 0, there is a symmetric Borel function T, taking values in a countable set in X such that
IITs(x)-xll <
8.
(3.12.7}
Chapter 3
186
Hence lln- 11P(X1+ ... +Xn)ll ~ 1 n +lln- 11P(T,(X1)+ ... +T.(Xn))ll.
~- CIIX1- T.(X1) II+ ... + IIXn- T.(Xn)ll)
Since the first term is less than e and the second one tends to 0 we obtain (3.12.2). Sufficiency. Observe that (3.12.2) implies that n-1
n- 1/PXn =n- 11P(X1+ ... +Xn)- ( -n-
)1/p(n-1)- 1P(X 1
1
+ ... +Xn-1) . IIXnll tends to 0 almost everywhere. Thts means that-- -70 almost everyn where. The random variables {IIXnll} are independent. Then, using the classical result from probability theory (see for example Petrov, 1975, Theorem IX.3.18), we obtain that co
}; P({t: IIX1(t)ll ;;::o n}) < +oo. n=O
Renee co
E(IIX111) ~}; nP({t: n-1 ~ IIX1(t)ll n=1
< n})
co
=}; P({t: IIX1(t)ll ;;::on}) < +oo.
0
n=O
Other results concerning convergence of random variables in nonlocally convex spaces the reader can find in Woyczynski (1969, 1974), Ryll-Nardzewski and Woyczynski (1974); and Marcus and Woyczynski (1977, 1978, 1979).
Chapter 4
Existence and Non-Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Continuous Linear Operators
4.1. CONTINUOUS
LINEAR
F UNCTIONALS
AND
OPEN CONVEX
SETS
Let X be an F*-space. Let f be a continuous linear functional defined on X. We say that functional f is non-trivial iff =I= 0. If there is a nontrivial linear continuous functional defined on X, we say that X has a non-trivial dual space X* (briefly X has a non-trivial dual). If each linear continuous functional defined on X is equal to 0, we say that X has a trivial dual. Let U =
{x: Jf(x)l < 1}.
The set U is open as an inverse image of the open set {z: lzl < 1} under a continuous tra,nsformation. Moreover, the set U is convex, since if x,y e U, a,b ~ 0, a+b = 1, then if(ax+by)i < aif(x)i+blf(y)i < 1. This implies that if an F*-space X has a non-trivial dual, then there is an open convex set U C X different from the whole space X. We shall show that the converse fact is also true. Namely, if in an F*-space X there exists an open convex set different from the whole space X, then there is a non-trivial continuous linear functional. To begin with we shall prove this for real F*-spaces. Let X be a real F*-space. Let us suppose that there is a convex open subset U of X different from the whole space X, U =I= X. Since a translation maps open sets on open sets, we may assume without loss of generality that 0 e U. 187
Chapter 4
188
Let
= inf{t > 0:
llxllu
~ E u}.
Evidently, (4.1.1)
llxllu:?::-0 and U
= {x: llxllu < 1}.
Moreover lltxllu
= tllxllu for t > 0
(positive homogeneity)
(4.1.2)
and llx+yllu ~ llxllu+IIYIIu.
(4.1.3)
Formula (4.1.2) is trivial. We shall prove formula (4.1.3). Let e be an arbitrary positive number. The definition of llxllu implies and The set U is convex; therefore llxllu x IIYIIu Y (1-e) llxllu+II.YII~ llxllu- +(1-e) llxllu+II.Ylk7" IIYIIu
x+y
= (1-e) llxllu+IIYIIu
E
U.
Since e is an arbitrary positive number, we obtain llx+yllu =:;::: 1 llxllu+IIYIIu ""' ' and this implies (4.1.3). A functional satisfying conditions (4.1.1)-(4.1.3) is called a Minkowski functional. If we replace (4.1.2) by llxllu
= ltlllxllu
for all scalars t,
(4.1.2')
then a Minkowski functional becomes a homogeneous pseudonorm (see Section 3.1). Let us remark that llxllu is a homogeneous pseudonorm if and only if the set U is balanced.
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
189
Let X be an F*-space. Let f(x) be a linear functional defined on X. If there is an open convex set U containing 0 such that Jf(x)J
< llxllu,
then the functionalf(x) is continuous. On the other hand, if f(x) is a continuous linear functional and
{x: Jf(x)J < 1 }.
U=
then lf(x)J
< llxllu.
THEOREM 4.1.1 (Hahn 1927, Banach 1929). Let X be a rea/linear space. Let p(x) be a real-valued functional (generally non-linear) such that: (1) p(x+y)
< p(x).
Then there is a linear functionalf(x) defined on the whole space X such •that f(x) =fo(x)
for x
f(x) <,.p(x)
for xe X.
E
X0
and (4.1.4)
Proof We say that a iinear functional h(x) is an extension of a linear functional g(x) if the domain of the functional h(x) contains the domain of the functional g(x) and both functionals coincide on the domain of the functional g(x). Let m: be the set of all extensions of the functional fo such that g(x)
for x belonging to the domain of g.
We can introduce a relation of partial order in m: in the following way. We say that h -3 g if g is an extension of h. By the Kuratowski-Zorn lemma there is a maximal element of the family m:. Let {f(x) be such a maximal element. To complete the proof it is sufficient to show that the domain of the functionalf(x) is the whole space X.
Chapter 4
190
Suppose that the above does not hold, i.e. that the domain Y of the functionalf(x) is different from the whole space X. Let y 0 e Y and let us denote by Y0 the space spanned by Y and y 0 • Obviously each element x e Y0 can be written uniquely in the form x = y+ay 0 , where y e Yanda is a scalar. Let x',x" e Y. Then f(x')+f(x")
= f(x' +x") ~ p[(x' +Yo)+(x" ~p(x' +yo)+p(x" -y0 ).
-Yo)]
Hence f(x")-p(x" -y0 )
~
-f(x')+p(x'+y0 ).
Since x' and x" are arbitrary elements of Y, we obtain A= sup (f(x)-p(x-y 0 ))
~
XEY
B
=
inf(-f(x)+p(x+y0 )). XEY
Let c be an arbitrary number such that A tional/1 in Y 0 in the following way: f1(y+ayo)
=
~
c ~ B. We define a func-
f(y)+ca.
Obviously, ];_ is an extension of the functional
f We shall show that
f~e~.
Let a be a positive number. Then f1(y+ayo)
=
ca+f(y)
+J(y) =
=
~ aB+f(y) ~a(-!(~ )+P(Yo+ ~))
-f(y)+p(ayo+Y)+f(y)
p(y+ayo).
In the case where a is negative, the proof is similar, but the inequality c ~ A is applied instead of c ~ B. Hence f is not a maximal element of A and we obtain a contradiction. D 4.1.2. Let X be a real F*-space. Let U be an open convex set in the space X different from X. Then there is a non-trivial continuous linear junctional in X. Proof Without loss of generality we can assume that 0 e U. Since U is different from the whole space X, there is an element x 0 such that CoROLLARY
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
191
llxollu =F 0. Let X 0 be the space spanned by x 0 • Let fo be a functional defined on the space X, in the following way: fo(x) = fo(axo) = allxollu.
Obviously,f0(x) ~ llxllu for x E X 0 • By Theorem 4.1.1 we can extend the functionalfo to a linear functional f(x) defined on the whole space X and satisfying the condition f(x) ~ llxllu for x EX. Therefore, the functional f(x) is continuous. D CoROLLARY 4.1.3. Let X be a complex F*-space. Let us suppose that there is an open convex subset U C X different from the whole space X. Then there is in the space X non-trivial functional, continuous and linear (with respect to complex numbers). Proof Obviously, the space X can also be regarded as a linear space over reals. Therefore, by Corollary 4.1.2. there exists a non-trivial functional g(x), continuous and linear (with respect to reals). Let f(x) = g(x)-ig(ix). Obviously, f(x) is a non-trivial functional, continuous and linear (with respect to reals). We shall show that f(x) is also linear with respect to complex numbers. Indeed, letz = a+ ib ; then f((a+ib)x) = g((a+ib)x)-ig(i(a+ib)x) = ag(x)+bg(ix)-iag(ix)+ibg(x) = (a+ib)(g(x)-ig(ix)) = (a+ib)f(x).
D
THEOREM 4.1.4. Let X be a B~-space. Thenfor any x 0 =F 0 there is a continuous linear functional f such that f(x 0 ) is different from 0. Proof Since the space X is locally convex, there is a convex neighbourhood of zero U such that x 0 rt U. Then, of course, llxollu =F 0. The rest of the proof follows the same line as the proof of Corollaries 4.1.2 and 4.1.3. D THEOREM 4.1.5 (Bohnenblust and Sobczyk, 1938). Let X be a normed space and let Y be a subspace of the space X. Let f 0(x) be a continuous linear functional defined on Y. Then there is an extension f(x) of the functionalfo(x) to the whole space X such that IIIII = llfoiiProof In the real case the theorem is a trivial consequence of Theorem
192
Chapter 4
4.1.1. Indeed, if we put p(x) such that
=
lllollllxll, then there is an extension
I
l(x) ~ p(x) = 11/ollllxll· This implies that II/II~ 11/oll· On the other hand, since I is an extension offo, we have 11/11 ;:::, ll.foll· Let us now consider the complex case. We shall define two linear real valued functionalsl1 andl2 on Y by the equality
fo(x) = };_(x)+ih_(x). Of course, II!III ~ ll.foll and lll2ll ~ 11/oll· Moreover, for x
E
Y,
l1(ix)+if2(ix) = lo(ix) = ifo(x) = i.h(x)-12(x). Hence j;(x) = - };_(ix). Therefore fo(x) = };_(x)-if1(ix). Let F 1(x) be a real-valued norm preserving extension};_(x) to the whole space X. Of course, by definition, IIF1II = ll.hll. Letl(x) = F1(x)-iF1(ix). The functional f(x) is a continuous functional linear with respect to complex numbers (compare Corollary 4.1.3). Since F 1is an extension of};_, I is an extension of the functional fo. To complete the proof it is enough to show that 11/11 ~ ll.foll. Let x be an arbitrary element of X. Let 8 = argf(x). Then lf(x)l = lf(e-i0x)l = IFI(e-iOx)l ~ 11Fllllle-i0xll ~ ~ ll/1llllxll ~ lllollllxll· Hence 11/11 ~ llloll· COROLLARY
D
4.1.6. Let X be a normed space. Then
llxll = sup lf(x) I, 11/11~1
where the supremum is taken over all continuous linear lunctionalsle X*. Proof Let x 0 be an arbitrary element of X. Let X 0 be the space spanned by x 0 , i.e. the space of all elements of the type ax0 • Let us put fo(x) = allxoll for x E X 0 • The functional fo is of norm one. Basing ourselves on Theorem 4.1.5, we can extend it to a continuous linear function F 0 of norm one. Then llxoll = fo(x 0) = F0(x0 ). Hence D
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
193
Duren, Romberg and Shields (1969) gave an example of an F-space X with a total family of continuous linear functionals such that X possesses a subspace N such that the quotient space X/N has trivial dual. Shapiro (1969) showed that /P, 0 < p < 1, also contain such subspaces N. Kalton (1978) showed that every separable non-locally convex F-space has this property.
4.2.
EXISTENCE
AND
NON-EXISTENCE OF CONTINUOUS
LINEAR
FUNCTIONALS
4.2.1 (Rolewicz, 1959). Let
THEOREM
. . f N(t) 1tmtn --
> 0.
t Then in the space N(L(Q,E,p.)) there are non-trivial continuous linear functionals. Proof Corollaries 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 imply that it is enough to show that. in the space N(L(D,E,p.)) there is an open convex set U different from the whole space. Let E E E, where p.(E) = a, 0 < a < +oo. Since 1->-00
lim inf N(t) 1->-00
> 0, there are a positive constant a and a posii:ive number
t
T such that, for t > T, N(t) >at. Let U be a convex hull of the set {x: PN(x) < 1}. The set U is an open convex set. We shall show that it is different from the whole space N(L(Q,E,p.)). Let x1 , ••• , Xn be arbitrary elements such thatpN(xt) ~ 1, i = 1,2, ... , n Let Bt = {s: lxi(s)l > T}. Let Xt(s) xi(s) = { 0
for SE Bt, elsewhere,
and
Let
,
xi+ ...
+x~
,
xi'+ ...
+x~'
Xo = --=----and xo = --=-------'-'n n Since lx;'(s)l~ T(i= l,2, ... ,n),lx"(s)I~T. It implies that (lx~'(s)ldp. il ~
Ta. Moreover a
Jlxi(s)ldp. ~JE N(lxi(s)ldJi.~PN(Xt) < 1
E
(i= 1,2, ... ,n).
Chapter 4
194
Hence
J/x~(s) /dp < 1/a. Therefore, the function z(s) = (T+ 1/a)xE does E
D
not belong to the set U.
If the measure f-l has an atom E 0 of finite measure, then there is a non-trivial continuous linear functiomil in the space N(L(Q,E,p). Indeed, by the definition of measurable function, x(t) is constant on E0 p-almost everywhere, x(t) =c. Let us put f(x) = c. It is obvious that f(x) is a continuous linear functional. If the measure Jl is atomless, the following theorem, converse to Theorem 4.2.1, holds :
THEOREM 4.2.2 (Rolewicz, I959). Let Jl be an atomless measure. N(t) 0 . . fI1m1n -= ,
(4.2.1)
t
t-->-00
If
then there are no non-trivial continuous linear functionals in the space N(L(Q,E,p)). Proof Lets be an arbitrary positive number. Suppose that (4.2.1) holds.
Then there is a sequence {tm} tending to infinity such that N~:m) -J>-0. Let km be the smallest integer greater that N(tm)/s. Let E be an arbitrary set belonging to E of the finite measure. Since the measure Jl is atomless, there are measurable disjoint sets E 1 , ••. , Ek., such that km
E=
U Et i=l
(i
and
= I, 2, ... , km).
Let xi,.(s)
for s E Et (i = I, 2, ... , km), elsewhere.
tm
= {0
Obviously, for sufficiently large m, PN(x:J:::::::;; s. On the other hand, for seE Ym (s)
I
km
\1
t
tm
= k...::.... Xm(s) = k' m
i=l
m
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
Since
~= -+oo, every function
195
of the type axE belongs to the convex hull
U of the set {x: PN(x) <e}. The setEis an arbitrary setoffinitemeasure. Hence all simple functions with suports of finite measures belong to U. The set U is open and convex. Therefore U = N(L(Q,E,J1)).
4.2.S (Day, 1940). In the spaces LP(Q,E,p), 0 <,p < 1, there is no non-trivial continuous linear functional provided the measure p is atomless. COROLLARY
Let X be an F-space. We say that a family X' of continuous linear functional is total if f(x) = 0 for all f EX' implies that x = 0. Theorem 4.1.4 implies that, if X is locally convex, then the family of all continuous linear functionals is total. Let Y be a subspace of the space X. If there is a total family X' of continuous linear functionals on X, then the family X' is a total family of functionals on the space Y. Problem 4.2.4. Does every infinite-dimensional F*-space X contain an infinite dimensional subspace Y with a total family of continuous linear functionals?
We do not kpow the solution of the even simpler Problem 4.2.5. Does every infinite-dimensional F*-space X contain an infinite-dimensional subspace Y with a non-trivial continuous linear functional?
We do not know whether Problems 4.2.4 and 4.2.5 are equivalent. There is also a sequence of weaker questions, for example : Problem 4.2.6. Does every infinite-dimensional locally bounded space contain an infinite-dimensional space with a non-trivial continuous linear functional?
We know only the following sufficient condition.
Chapter 4
196
We say that an F-space Y contains arbitrarily short lines if, for each positive s, there is an element x E Y, x -=ft. 0, such that
< s.
sup lltxll t-scalars
PROPOSITION 4.2.7 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1957). If an F-space X contains arbitrarily short lines, then it contains a subspace X 0 isomorphic to the space (s) of all sequences (see Example 3.l.a"). Proof Let r(x) = sup lltxll· Let {en} be a sequence of elements of X /-scalars
such that r(en+J)
<-} r(en).
(4.2.2)
Formula (4.2.2) implies that for each sequence of scalars {tn} the 00
series~ tnen
is convergent.
n=1 00
We shall say that ~ tnen = 0 implies tn = 0 for n = 1, 2, ... n=1
Indeed, suppose that the above does not hold. Let tc be the first scalar different from 0. From the definition of r(x) it follows that there is a number a such that (4.2.3.) 00
On the other hand,
2
atnen
= 0. Hence
n=1 00
00
llateill :::;; }; llatnenll :::;; }; r(en):::;; n=i+1
n=i+l
00
(14 )n-tr(et) = 31 r(ei),
~
:::;; ~
n=i+l
and this contradicts (4.2.2). By a simple calculation we find that if 00
a sequence {xn} =
{2 tfet} is convergent i=1
00
to x =
2
ttet, then tj-+tt,
i=1
n = 1,2, ... and conversely. Therefore, the set of all elements of type 00
2
n=l
tnen constitutes a subspace X 0 isomorphic to (s).
D
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
197
4.2.8. If an F-space X contains arbitrarily short lines, then X contains an infinite-dimensional subspace X 0 with a total family of continuous linear functionals. Proof Proposition 4.2.7 implies that the space X contains a subspace isomorphic to (s) and in the space (s) there is a total family of continuous linear functionals, because the space (s) is locally convex. D COROLLARY
Kalton (1979) has shown that any strictly galbed space that is not locally bounded contains an infinite dimensional locally convex space. Let us observe that there is an F-space X with a total family of continuous linear functionals and a subspace Y of the space X such that in the quotient space X/Y there are no non-trivial continuous linear functionals. Indeed, let X= lP, 0
Chapter 4
198
L 0[0, 1]/En is isomorphic to L 0 [0, 1]/Em, where Ei, i = 0, 1,2, ... , denote ani-dimensional subspace of L 0 [0, 1] if and only if n = m. Let us consider functions x(t) of the real argument t, 0 ~ t ~ 1, with values in an F-space X. In the same way as in the calculus we can define the derivatives. We say that a function c(t) has a derivative at ·point t if there is a limit '( ) _ . x(t+h)-x(t) x t - 1tm h . h-+o
In the calculus there is a theorem which states that if a function x(t) has a derivative at each point and that derivative is equal to 0 on the whole interval, then the function x(t) is constant. 4.2.10. Suppose that in an F-space X there is a total family X' of continuous linear functionals. Then each function x(t) defined on the interval [0, I] with values in the space X and such that the derivative x'(t) exists and is equal to 0 at each point tis constant. Proof LetfE X'. We consider the scalar valued function F(t) = f(x(t)). We have:
PROPOSITION
F'(t) =lim f(x(t+h))-f(x(t)) h-+0 h = t(lim x(t+h)-x(t)) = f(x'(t)). h-+0 h Hence, if x'(t) = 0, thenf(x'(t)) is equal to 0 for all/EX'. Therefore, by the above mentioned theorem from the calculus, f(x' (t)) is constant. The totality of the family X' implies that x(t) is constant. 0 Without the assumption of the existence of a total family of continuous linear functionals the statement is not true, as follows from 4.2.11 (Rolewicz, 1959b). Let x 0 be an arbitrary element in the space S[O, 1]. Then there is a function x(t) defined on the interval [0, I] with values in the space S[O, 1] such that: (I) x(O) = 0, (2) x(1) = x 0 , (3) x'(t) = 0 for all t, 0 < t < 1.
THEOREM
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
199
Proof Let x(t) = x 0(s)x[o,tJ
where X[otJ is the characteristic function of the interval [0, t]. It is easy to verify that the function x(t) has the required properties. 0 Kalton (1981) has proved that Theorem 4.2.11 hold for arbitrary F-spaces without non-trivial linear continuous functionals.
4.3.
GENERAL
FORM
OF
CONTINUOUS
LINEAR
F UNCTIONALS
IN CONCRETE BANACH SPACES
Let X be a Banach space. We recall that the space of all continuous linear functionals is called the conjugate space to the space X. The conjugate space is usually denoted by X*. Theorem 2.2.4 implies that the conjugate space to a Banach space is a Banach space with the norm of functionals on X as a norm of elements in X*. Now we shall give without proof the general forms of continuous linear functionals in some concrete Banach spaces. Example 4.3.1 Spaces N(L(Q,E,p,)). Let N(u) be a convex function. Since N(u) is convex we can- represent N(u) in the form u
Jp(t)dt,
N(u) =
0
where p(t) is a non-negative non-decreasing function. Let q(s) =sup {t > 0: p(t) ~ s}. If p(t) is an increasing function, then q(s) is the inverse function to the function p(t ). u
Let M(u) =
J q(s)ds.
The function M(u) is called complementary
0
to the function N(u). It is easy to verify that if M(u) is complementary to N(u), then N(u) is complementary to M(u). The functions N(u) and M(u) satisfy the Young inequality: uv
~
M(u)+N(v).
Chapter 4
200
If N(u) satisfies condition (.::l2), then each continuous linear functional defined on N(L(D,l:,f.l)) is of the form F(x) =
Jy(t)x(t)df.l,
a
(4.3.1)
J M(Jy(t)l)df.l <+oo.
where PM(y) =
n
Example 4.3.1a
p-1 Let N(u) =uP, 1
J
Example 4.3.1a' Each continuous linear functional defined on the space [P, 1 < p < +oo, is of the form F(x)
"'
= }; YnXn,
(4.3.2)
n=l
where {Yn}
[a. The norm of the functional F is given by the formula
E
IIFII
= ll{Yn}llzq.
Example 4.3.2 Each continuous linear functional F(x) defined on the space L(!J,.E,f.l) with the norm llxll = J Jx(t)J df.l is of the form n F(x)
=
Jy(t)x(t)df.l.
(4.3.3)
n
where y(t) E M(D,l:,f.l) and the norm of the functional F is given by the formula
IJFII = (i.e.
IJFII =
esssupJy(t)J ten,
IIYIIM
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
201
Example 4.3.2a
Each continuous linear functional F defined on the space 1is of the form (4.3.2), where {Yn} em. The norm of the functional F is given by the formula
IIF/1 =max IYnl· n
Example 4.3.3
Each continuous linear functional F(x) defined on the space C(.Q) is of the form F(x) =
Jx(t)d,u,
(4.3.4)
u
where ,u is a countable additive scalar valued function defined on Borel subsets of .Q. Moreover, ,u is regular (i.e. for any Borel set E and for any positives there are an open set G and a closed set F such that F C E C G, and J,u(G""F)J < s) and the total variation is bounded, V(,u, .Q) =
sup E,vE,=U E, Borel sets
J,u(E1)J+J.u(E2)J < +oo.
If we take in C(.Q) the standard norm
JJxJJ
=
sup Jx(t) I, lEO
then the norm of the functional F is equal to the total variation of the measure. Example 4.3.3a In the space C[O, 1] each continuous linear functional is of the form 1
F(x) =
J x(t)dy(t),
(4.3.5)
0
where y(t) is a function of the bounded variation. The norm of the functional F is given by the formula 1
IIFII = Var y(t). 0
Chapter 4
202
Example 4.3.3b In the space c each continuous linear functional is of the form co
F(x)
=
1 YnXn+Yo lim Xn, 1
. (4.3.6)
n--+co
n=l
where {yp} Eland the norm of the functional F is given by the formula co
IIFII = IYol+
L IYnl.
n=l
Example 4.3.3b' Each continuous linear functional defined on the space c0 is of the form (4.3.6), where of course Yo= 0. Example 4.3.4 In the Hilbert space H each continuous linear functional is of the form F(x)
=
(4.3.7)
(x, y),
and the norm of the functional F is equal to the norm of y. Formulae (4.3.2)-(4.3.7) define continuous linear functionals in the respective spaces. The proof of formulae (4.3.2)-(4.3.7) can be found for example, in Dunford and Schwartz (1958). The proof of formula (4.3.1) is given in Krasnosielski and Ruticki (1958).
4.4. CONTINUOUS LINEAR
F
UNTIONALS IN E 0-SPACES
Let X be a E 0-space with the topology determined by a sequence of homogeneous pseudonorms {llxlln}. As a simple consequence of the considerations of Section 4.1 we obtain THEOREM 4.4.1 (Mazur and Orlicz, 1948). Let X be a E0 -space with the topology determined by a sequence of pseudonorms {jjxJJ,.}. A linear functional f(x) defined on the space X is continuous if and only if there are a pseudonorm llxlln, and a constant Kt such that
I*J(x)l < Ktllxlln,.
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
203
4.4.2. Let X be a B0 -space with the topology determined by a sequence of pseudonorms //x//n. Let COROLLARY
X!= {x:
Jlxlln = 0}
and
Xn= X/X~.
The pseudonorm Jlxlln induces the norm in the space X. Then the conjugate space X* is the union of the space conjugate to Xn :
x:
ux:. 00
X*=
n=l
Let us remark that if
then
ll.f//1 ~ ll.fl/2 ~/Ill/a~···
and
for norms of functionals. The topology of bounded convergence in X is equivalent to the topology given by the following basis of neighbourhoods of zero: U
= {.f: /E
xz, /l.fl/k <
8
for a positive 8 and an index k}.
If X is not a 8*-space, then the space X is not metrizable; in fact, if X is not a B*-space, then there is a system of pseudonorms JlxJ/ 1 < Jlxl/ 2 < ... determining the topology equivalent to the original one such that X~::;t=x;_ 1 • Let .fn be an arbitrary sequence of functionals such that In Ex; and In¢ 1. Of course, for any sequence of scalars {tn}, tn -=I= 0, n = 1, 2, ...
x;_
ln.fn Ex:
and
Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero in X*. It is easy to verify that only a finite number of elements tnfn belong to U. Since {tn} is an arbitrary sequence of scalars different from 0, the space X* is not a linear metric space. Theorem 4.4.1 and the knowledge of the general form of continuous linear functionals in Banach spaces permit us to give the general form of continuous linear functionals in B0-spaces
Chapter 4
204
Example 4.4.3
Each continuous linear functional defined on the space Example 1.3.6) is of the form F(x) =
Jx(t)d,u,
e (.Q) 0
(see
(4.4.1)
flk
for a certain k and some measure in Example 4.3.3.
.u satisfying the conditions described
Example 4.4.4 Each continuous linear functional defined on the space C""(.Q) (see Example 1.3.7) is of the form
(4.4.2)
for a certain positive integer m and some measure .Uk satisfying the conditions described in Example 4.3.3. Example 4.4.5 Each continuous linear functional on the space LP(am, k), 1 < p < +oo, is of the form 00
F(x) =
.2; YnXn,
(4.4.3)
n=l
where {Yn} is such a sequence that, for a certain index m, 00
~ IYn-1lq < +oo am,n
n=l
and 1/p+ 1/q
=
1.
Example 4.4.6
Each continuous linear functional defined on the space L(am,n) is of the form (4.4.3), where {Yn} is such a sequence that, for a certain index m,
-1 < +oo.
1 suplynam,n
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
205
TitEOREM 4.4.7 (Eidelheit, 1936). Let X be a B 0 -space. Let {in} be a . sequence of linearly independent continuous linear functionals defined on X. Let us suppose that for any continuous pseudonorm llxll there is only a finite number of functionals fn,, ... ,fnm continuous with respect to the pseudonorm llxll (i.e. for i =/=- nk sup {fi(x): llxll < 1} = +oo). Then for any sequence ofscalars {an} there is in X such an element x 0 that fn(x 0) = an. Proof. Let llxllk be an increasing sequence of pseudonorms determining the topology
llxll1 ~ llxll2 ~ llxlla ~ ··· The hypothesis implies that for any k there is an index nk such that for n > nk the functional fn is not continuous with respect to the pseudonorm II Ilk· Now we construct by induction a sequence of elements {xn} such that for
fi(xn)
=
0
fn(Xn)
=
an-fn(xl+ ... +xn-1),
if n
i= 1,2, ... ,n-1,
(4.4.5)
1
llxnllk < 2n·
> nk,
(4.4.4)
(4.4.6)
Since the functionals fn are linearly independent and only a finite number of them are continuous with respect to II Ilk such a construction is possible. · 00
Condition (4.4.6) implies that the series}; Xn is convergent. Let us ~
n=l
denote its sum by x 0 • Conditions (4.4.4) and (4.4.5) imply that x 0 has the required property. D COROLLARY 4.4.8. Let {a 11 } be an arbitrary sequence of numbers and let {tn} be an arbitrary sequence of points of the interval (0, 1). Then there is an infinitely differentiable function x(t) defined on the interval [0, 1], vanishing together with all its derivatives at point 0 and 1 and such that x
206
Chapter 4
with all their derivatives at 0 and I, satisfy the hypotheses of Theorem 4.4.7. [] 4.4.9. For any B0 -space X which is not a Banach space there is a continuous linear operator T mapping X onto (s).
COROLLARY
4.5.
NON-EXISTENCE OF NON-TRIVIAL COMPACT OPERATORS
Let X, Y be two F-spaces. An operator T mapping X into Y is called compact if there is an open set U such that the closure of its image,
T( U), is compact. An operator T mapping X into Y is called finite-dimensional if dim T(X) -f-oo. Of course, each finite-dimensional operator is compact. If there is a non-trivial linear continuous functional f defined on X, then there are finite-dimensional operators mapping X into Y, namely operators of the form T(x) = f(x)y, y E Y, y :;i= 0. Kalton and Shapiro (1975) showed that there is an F-space X with a trivial dual, such that there is a compact operator K :;i= 0 mapping X into itself. Pallaschke (1973) proved that in certain spaces N(L(Q, l:,Jl) there is no compact operator different from 0 acting in those spaces.
<
4.5.1 (Pallaschke, 1973). If J1 is non-atomic and finite, then each compact operator T acting in the space L 0 (Q,l:,J1) is equal to 0. Proof Sppose that Tis a compact operator mapping L 0(Q,l:,J1) into itself and that T :;i= 0. The~ there is a compact set K and a positive integer k such that THEOREM
where, as usual,
B(O,r)={x: llxlf
=
1, 2,
000
••. ,
Ak
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
207
Then, for each positive integer nand fori= 1,2, ... p(Q) llnxXA,II ~ - k - ,
and therefore k
n(T(x))
= T(nx) =}; T(nxxA,) E K, i=l
which contradicts to the fact that K is compact.
0
There are also spaces N(L(Q,E,p)) with unbounded N such that each compact operator mapping N(L(Q,E,p)) into itself is equal to 0. The proof of this fact is based on the following lemma: LEMMA
each s have
4.5.2. Let K be a compact set in a space N(L(Q,E,p)). Then, for 0, there is a IJ > 0 such that for each A such that p(A) < IJ we
>
SUPPN(XXA)
<
S.
XEK
Proof Suppose that the lemma does not hold. Then there are s0 > 0, and a sequence {Xn} C K and a sequence of sets {An} such that p(An)--+0 and P.v(XnXA.) :;;:: s0 • Now we shall choose by induction subsequences {xn.} and {An) in the following way. As Xn 1 we shall take an arbitrary element of the sequence. Suppose that the elements {xn 1 , ••• , xn.} are chosen. Of course, there is a number IJ > 0 such that for each set A, p(A) < IJ, we have
i = l, 2, ... , k.
(4.5.1)
Now take as An.+> a set from the sequence {An} such that p(An.+) < IJ and as xn.+, the corresponding element. By the property of the sequence {xn} and (4.5.1) for i-::j::j. Formula (4.5.2) implies that the set K is not compact.
(4.5.2)
0
Chapter 4
208
THEOREM 4.5.3 (Pallaschke, 1973). If a measure J1 is non-atomic and . . f 1 Itmtnn-+co
n
N(N-l(n)) =a> n
0
,
(4.5.3)
then each compact operator T mapping N(L(Q,E,p)) into itself is equal to 0. Proof Let T =F 0 be a compact operator mapping N(L(Q,E,p)) into itself. Let r > 0 be such a number that T(B(O, r)), where B(O, r) = {x: PN(x) < r}, is compact. Since simple functions are dense in N(L(Q,E,p)), there exists a set A, 0
Let . {sgnz(t) J(t) = c- 1 sgnz(t)
for for
tE
Q""-. B,
tE B,
where sgnz = 0 for z = 0 and sgnz =
z JZT for z =F 0 and a denotes the
number conjugate to a. Suppose that T1(x) = j(t) T(x)t, i.e. that T1 is a composition of the compact operator T and the operator of multiplication by the function j(t). Of course, T1 also maps B(O, r) into a compact set K1 • Observe that (4.5.4) Let oc = p(A). We take a partition of the set A, An, 1 , ••• , An,n, such that oc p(An, i) =
n-.
Let
Then N- 1(n)
1
---XA = -(Yn,l+ ··· -l-yn,n). n n
(4.5.5)
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
Let
In,k
{ te Q; JT1(yn,k)Jtl
=
N- 1
209
(n)} ·
> -n-
Then by (4.5.4) and (4.5.5) N- 1(n)
( N- 1(n)
)I
-n-Xn(t)~ T 1 -n-XA t =
~ Tl(yn,t)lt n1 -61_
and (4.5.6)
Let
M =sup
J N(JxJ)dJl.
xEK 1 0
Since the set K 1 is compact, M is finite. By the choice of the set A, PNCYn,i) < r, i = 1,2, ... , n. Hence
N-l(n)) N ( - n - Jl(Jn,k) ~ M and
M
p(ln,>),;;
N( N-~(n)) .
(4.5.7)
Let e < {- a(l(B), where a is defined by (4.5.3). The set K 1 is compact, hence by Lemma 4.5.2 there is a (J > 0 such that
PN(ITI(Yn,k)IXA)
<e.
provided Jl(A) < b. By (4.5.7) and (4.5.3) we can choose an m0 such that for m Jl(lm,k) < b, k = 1,2, ... , m and _I N(N-l(m))
m Thus by (4.5.6)
m
>}:_a. 3
> m0
Chapter 4
210
Hence
2 1 (N-m(m)) ~
3a~mN
1
s p(B)
a
<2,
and we obtain a contradiction.
D
Now we shall give an example of a function N(u) satisfying (4.5.3). Let N(u) = log(1 +u). Then
en)
en
1 1 (N1 l o(n-1 1 -N - -(n)) - =g - - + - ;:?:-log-
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
= 1 _ logn --+ 1. n Kalton (1977b) showed that for any F-space Y every continuous linear operator T-=/= 0 mapping LP(O, 1]), 0 < p < 1, into Y is not compact. ~6.EXISTENCE
OF RIGID SPACES
In the preceding section we showed that there are F-spaces in which each compact endomorphism is identically equal to 0. In this section we shall show that there are F-spaces in which each continuous endomorphism is of the form al, where a is a scalar and I denotes the identity operator. The F*-spaces with this property will be called rigid spaces. The first example of a rigid F*-space was given by Waelbroeck (1977) however, his space is not complete. Roberts (1976) gave an example of a rigid F-space, but his construction was only published in 1981 in a paper written jointly with Kalton (see Kalton and Roberts, 1981). We shall present this example, following the paper mentioned above. The construction of a rigid F-space is based on several notions and lemmas. Let (X, II I[) be a locally bounded space and let I II be ap-homogeneous norm. A function
[x]
=
llxll1iP
Existence of Cof'tinuous Linear Functionals and Operators
211
is called a quasi-norm (see Hyers, I939). It is easy to observe that if and only if x = 0,
[x] = 0 [ax]
= IaI[x] for
(4.6.1)
a being a scalar,
x E X,
(4.6.2)
:s;; 211P([x]+[y])
[x+y]
(4.6.3)
and [x] = inf{t
where B =
> 0:
~ E B},
(4.6.4)
{x: llxll :s;; I}.
4.6.I (Peck; see Kalton and Roberts, I98I). Let (X, II II) be an n-dimensionallocally bounded space and let II II be p-homogeneous. Then LEMMA
(4.6.5) Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that = I, ... , m. Since X is finite-dimensional, the set B = {x:
# 0, i llxll :s;; I}
Xi
is compact. Let
Of course, u E conv B. Since X is n-dimensional, by the classical Caratheodory result we obtain u = c1 v1 +
where Vi
... +cnVn,
= I, ... , n,
E
B, i
c1
+ ... +en= I.
Ci ~
(4.6.6) 0, i = I, ... , n and (4.6.7)
Therefore n
u=
lluii 11P:s;; (_r lctiPIIvtiiY'P i=l
n
:s;; sup {(_r lctiP)1/P: c1 + ...
+en
:s;; I} =
n11P- 1.
i=1
This trivially implies (4.6.5).
D
Chapter 4
212
The next lemmas concern the spaces LP, 0 < p standard norm in LP. We shall write
<
1. Let /I!IIP be the
1
[f]P
iifii~P =
=
(f if(t)jPdtY'P·
(4.6.8)
0
4.6.2. Let 0 < q ~ p ~ 1. Let f E Lq. Then there is a continuous linear operator T: LP -+Lq such that T I (here I denotes a constant function equal to one) and LEMMA
[Tx]q
~
for x
[f]q [x]p
E
LP.
f
(4.6.9)
Proof. To begin with we shall prove the theorem for p that inflf(t)i > 0. Let ~ fo
=
=
q. Suppose
f
[.f]q ·
=
Thus [fo]q = 1. Let T0(x) = x(F(t))fo(t), where t
F(t)
=
Jlfo(t) qdt. 0
The operator T0 is linear and 1
IITo(x)iiq
=
1
Jix(F(t)).f (t)/q dt Jix(F(t))iq dF 0
0
=
=
llxllq.
0
It is easy to verify that Tl = [f]qT0 l = f(t).
We recall that, in general, Lq :::> LP and, for yELP, [y]q
~
[y]p.
Thus [Tx]q
~
[x]q[.f]q
~
[x]p[f]q.
(4.6.9)
holds provided infl.f(t)i > 0. Since the functions f with this property are dense in Lq, by continuity arguments we find that (4.6.9) holds for all functions belonging to Lq. D
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
213
Let C be a one-dimensional subspace of the space LP, 0 :::::;;; p < 1 consisting of constant functions. Let p0 : LP-+LP/0 be the quotient map associating with each x E LP the coset containing x. Of course by the definition of the quotient space IIPofll~
= inf {llf-aiiP:
a being scalar}
where II II denotes the quotient norm. Since there is no danger of confusion, we shall denote II II~ also by II liP· The space LP/0, 0 < p < I is not isomorphic to the space LP (see Kalton and Peck, 1979); nevertheless, it embeds into LP, as follows from LEMMA
4.6.3. There is a-linear operator S: LP-+LP, 0 :::::;;p
<
I, such
that (4.6.II)
IIPofiiP:::::;;; JIS(f)IIP:::::;;; 2IIPofllv·
Proof By the classical results of measure theory the space LP is isometric to the space LP([O, I] X [0, I]). We define S: LP-+LP([O, 1] X [0, I]) by Sf)(x,Y) = f(x)-f(y). Then 1
liS/liP~
1
1
JJJf(x)-f(y)IPdxdy:;? JIIPo!IIPdy = IIPofllv·
0
0
0
On the other hand, 1
IISfiJp:::::;;;
1
f f (Jf(x)IP+ lf(y)IP)dxdy:::::;;; 2JIJIIP·
(4.6.I2)
0 0
Observe that S(f)
= S(f-a)
for all costant functions a. Thus by (4.6.I2) IIS(f)IIP = infiiS(f-a)IIP:::::;;; 2inf[jj-a1Jp = 2IIPofiJp. a
a
D
Chapter 4
214 LEMMA
4.6.4. Let {en}, n = 0, 1,2, ... , be a sequence such that 00
.J:
Cn1f2
< -}.
(4.6.13)
n=1
Then we may select sequences {Pn}, {en}, n = 0, 1, ... , and a sequence of finite-dimensional subspaces V11 C LPn such that
en> 0, Pn is increasing, Po= 1/2, limpn = 1,
(4.6.14)
n--+oo
(4.6.15)
1 E Vn, nMnen
<
n = 1, ... ,
Cn,
where n-1
Mn =
.J: dim Vi,
(4.6.16)
i=O
for each n ~ 0 there exists {vn,k: I~ k ~ r(n)} such that Vn,k e Vn, k =I, ... , r(n) and r(n)
.J: Vn,k = 1,
(4.6.17)
k=1 r(n)
.J: [vn,k]pa <en,
(4.6.18)
k=1 r(n)
~ [v ]Pn+t L.,; n,k Pn
< BnPn+t •
(4.6.19)
k=1
Proof We select the sequences by induction. We begin by takingp0 = 1/2, eo= 2, V0 = C, V0 C Ljll 2 , r(O) = 1 and v0 , 1 = 1. Observe that (4.6.15) and (4.6.17)-(4.6.19) hold. Condition (4.6.16) ought to be valid for n ~ 1. Suppose that (p 0 , ... , Pm- 1), (e0 , ... , sm_ 1), ( V0 , ... , Vm_ 1) are chosen so that (4.6.15)-(4.6.18) hold for n = m-1 and (4.6.19) holds for n = m-2. Since r(m-1)
.J: [Vm-1,k]Pm-1 <
k=1
Bm-1,
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
215
we can find Pm sufficiently close to 1, such that Pm > Pm-~> Pm > 1-1 fm and (4.6.19) holds for n = m-1. Now take em such that (4.6.16) holds Since 1 belongs to the convex hull of every neighbourhood of zero in LPm, we can find Vm, 1 , ••• , Vm,r(m) E LPm such that (4.6.18) holds for n = m. Finally, we put Vm = lim(vm, 1 , ••• , Vm,r(m))· 0 Let Z be a space of real valued functions f defined on (0, oo) such that oo
A(j)
n±l
=};I
< +oo.
/J(t)/Pn dt
n=On
A is an F-norm on Z and (Z,A) is an F-space. It is easy to verify that the space Z is locally bounded and that the unit ball B = {x: A (x) ~ 1} is -convex. Thus there is a -homogeneous norm II II such that
t
4
B = {x:
llxll ~ 1}. Write [x] = llx// 2 •
Let Z(a,b) be a subspace of Z supported on the interval (a,b). Let Pn, En, Qn be the natural projection of Z onto Z(O,n), Z(n,n+1) and Z(n, oo) respectively. Then I= Pn+Qn = Pn+En+Qn+I
and 1/En/1 = 1/Pn/1 = 1/Qn/1 = 1.
Note that iff, g Z(n, oo) then [f+g]Pn
~
[f]Pn+[g]Pn.
(4.6.20)
There is a natural isomorphism -rn: LPn-+Z(n,n+1) given by f(t-n) 7:nf= { O
forn
Let Un = 't'nVn, en= 't'n1, en, k = 't'n Vn,k, n = 0, 1, ... k = 1,2, ... , r(n) 00
Let Y =
U Un,
M =lin {en}. Let p be the natural quotient map
a=l
p: Z-+Z/ M. Thus 1/pf/1 = infl/f-g/1, gEM
Chapter 4
216
where we denote the norm in the quotient space induced dy the norm II 1/ also by// 1/. Note that iffe Z(n,n+I), then 1/pf/1 = inf//f-aen/1 = min//f-aen/1. aER
aER
LEMMA 4.6.5. Suppose that /E Z(O,n) and 1/fli - . I. Then there exists a linear operator A: Z(n,n+ I)--)-Z(O,n) such that A(en) = f and //A//~ I. Proof Suppose thatf = h0 + ... + hn-1 , where hiE Z(i,i+ I), i = 0, I, ... . . . , n-1. Since 1/f/1 = I implies A(f) = I, we have n-1
1
= 1/f/1 = A(f) =}; [hi]P•. i=O
By Lemma 4.6.2 there exist linear operators Fi: Z(n,n+1)--)-Z(i,i+I) such that [Fi(/)] ~[hi][/] and Fien =hi, i = 0, I, ... , n-1. Let A= F 0 +... + Fn_ 1 • Then, of course, Aen = f If g E Z(n,n+1) and 1/g/1 = 1 = A(g), then n-1
n-1
A(Ag) = }; [Fi(g)]P• ~}; [hi]Pt ~ 1. i=O
This implies that 1/A/1
i=O
~
I.
D
Now let {B7,}, n = 0, I, ... , be a partitioning of the set N of non-negative integers into infinite disjoint subsets with the property that n ~ minBn. For each n, let {yk: k E Bn} be a dense subset of the set {!: fe U0 +... + Un, 1/f/1 =I}, with the property that Yk =en infinitely often. By Lemma 4.6.5 we can find operators Ak: Z(k, k+I)--)-Z(O, k) with 1/Ak/1 ~ 1 so that Akek = Yk, k = I, 2, ... Define T: Z-+Z so that 00
T
=
'),
~
CkAkEk
k=O
with the convention A0 = 0. By simple calculations we obtain 00
1/TI/ ~}; Ck1/2 ~~-. k=1
(4.6.2I)
Existence of Continuous Linear Functionals and Operators
217
Moreover T(Z(O, k+ 1)) C Z(O, k)
(4.6.22)
T(Z(O, 1)) = 0.
(4.6.23)
and By (4.6.21) the operators S =/-Tis invertible. Observe that T(M) C Y. Let M 1 = S(M) C Y. Let 1t: Z--'?-Z/M be the quotient map and let X be equal to n(Y) (isomorphic to YfM1 ). We shall show that X is a rigid space. LEMMA
4.6.6. For je Z(O,n+l).
/lpEnf/1 ~ 2llnfll.
(4.6.24)
where the both norms in quotient spaces Z/M and Z/M1 are denoted in the same way by II 11. Proof Take an arbitrary number b > 1. By the definition of the norm in the quotient space there is a g E M such that
11/-Sgll ~ lln/11. Then
IIPEnf-pEnSgll ~ blln/11·
(4.6.25)
By the definition of M, pEng = 0 forgE M. Thus by the .definition of S
IIPEnf+pEnTgll ~ b/lnf/1. By (4.6.22), EnTg = EnTQn+ 1 g, and so
IIPEnf/1 ~ b/lnJ/1+/IEnTQn+lg/1
~ b/lnf/1+-} /IQn+Ig/1. Since Qn+ 1 f= 0, Qn+ 1 (f-Sg) = Qn+I S g and
/IQn+ISg/1 ~ b/lnf/1. Hence, by the definition of S,
(4.6.26)
Chapter4
218
so that IIQn+lgll ~ 2ll1t/ll. Thus, by (4.6.26), IIPEn/11 ~ 215ll1t/ll. Since 15 is an arbitrary number greater than 1, we obtain (4.6.24).
0
LEMMA 4.6.7. The space X is infinite-dimensional. Proof By (4.6.16) en--+0, and by (4.6.17) and (4.6.18) dim Vn--+oo. Thus dim Un--+oo. For fe Un, by Lemma 4.6.6, ll1t/ll
> ~ IIP/11 =
Hence dim 1t(Un)
~
~ minl!f-aenll· a
dim Un-1 and dimX =
+oo.
D
LEMMA 4.6.8. The set {a1t(en): a e R, n eN} is dense in the space X. Proof Suppose thatfe U0 Un and A(f) = 1 = IJ/11· Then by the definition of {Yk}, there is a subsequence ~ C N such that
+ ... +
limy;= f. j~
By the definition ofT, T(c;- 1e;) =
Yf,
and so
n(c;- 1 e,) = n(yJ) --+ n(f). The multiples off are dense in Y and this completes the proof.
D
THEOREM 4.6.9. The space X is rigid. Proof Suppose that a linear continuous operator A maps X into itself and that IIAII < 1. We shall show that, for each n, 1t(en) is an eigenvector of A. Fix n eN and let B~ = {j e Bn: YJ =en}. For j e B~, Te1 = CJen. Hence 1t(e,) = c11t(en). Now
and r(j)
~ [eJ,k] < BJ. k=l
Existence of Continuous Linear FunctiOnals and Operators
Since [[A[[
< 1, there are gi,k E
n(gi,k)
219
Y such that
= An(ei,k)
and
k= 1,2, ... ,r(j). Let
Then Now Pigi,kE U0 +
... +Uj-1,
and so, by Lemma 4.6.1 (for p = 2), r(j)
~Mi _27 [Pigi,k] ~ MteJ ~-c~.
[P1h1]
k=1
}
Similarly Qj+Jgj,kE Z(j+ 1, oo),
and by (4.6.19) and (4.6.20) 1
r(j)
[QJ+lhi]
~ (,27 [gi,k]PJ+~ )vs-t-1 < ej ~ _c4 . J
k=l
Thus ·
[hi-Eihi]
4c·
= [Pthi+Q;-t-1hi] < --!-.
This implies that, for j
E
B:,
[A:n(en)-ci- 1 :n:Eihi]
< ~.
[c£ 1 :n:Eiht-cj 1 :n:Eihi]
<
s(! +;).
Observe that Cj- 1 :n:EthJ-ci 1:n:Etht E
Z(O,j+ 1),
and by Lemma 4.6.6
<
(4.6.28)
}
By (4.6.28) we trivially obtain for i,j E B:, i
[ci- 1PEihi]
(4.6.27)
}
32(! +;).
< j,
Chapter 4
220
Thus, by the definition of p, there is a A = A(i,j) such that [c;- 1 EJhJ-AeJ] < 32 ( This implies [c;- 1 n(E1h1-Ae;)]
++;). ++ ; ).
< 32 (
Since, by the definition of B~ cj 1n(e;) = n(en), [An(en)-n(en)]
< 64 (
++;).
As i,j E B~ can be chosen arbitrarily large, we deduce that there is a real f1 such that An(en) = pn(en). Thus, by Lemma 4.6.8, there is a dense set of eigenvectors. Using the continuity of A, we can deduce that each element x EX is an eigenvector corresponding to an eigenvalue Ax. Taking two eigenvectors x, y, we infer, by simple considerations in the two-dimensional space lin({x,y}), that x+y is an eigenvector if an only if the eigenvalues are D equal Ax = Ay = A. Thus A = AI. Kalton and Roberts (1981) proved also that the constructed rigid space is isomorphic to a subspace of LP for all 0 ~ p < 1. Refining the construction described above, they constructed a rigid space such that each quotient is rigid, and formulated the following problems: Problem 4.6.11 (Kalton and Roberts, 1981). Does LP(O
< 1) have
a rigid quotient? Or, more generally, does every F-space with a trivial dual have a rigid quotient? Problem 4.6.12 (Kalton and Roberts, 1981). Does every F-space with a trivial dual have a closed rigid subspace?
Chapter 5
Weak Topologies
5.1.
CONVEX SETS AND LOCALLY CONVEX TOPOLOGICAL SPACES
Let X be a linear space over real or complex numbers. A set A C X is said to be convex if, for arbitrary non-negative, a, b such that a+b = 1, x,y E A implies ax+by E A (see Section 3.1). The intersection of an arbitrary family of convex sets is a convex set. Let A be a convex set and let a 1 , ••• , an be non-negative numbers such that n
Then
l
n 1
ai.XiEA
i=l
for an arbitrary system of elements x 1, ••• , Xn E A. Let A be an arbitrary set. By conv(A) we denote the intersection of all convex sets containing A. The set conv(A) is called the convex hull of the set A. It is easy to verify that the convex hull of the set A may be characterized in the following way : m
conv(A) =
{2: anxn:
m
XnE
n=l
A,
an~ 0, .2; an= 1}.
(5.1.1)
n=l
The algebraic sum of two convex sets is a convex set. The image of a convex set A under a linear operator Tis a convex set. A counterimage of a convex set under a linear operator is a convex set. Let M be an arbitrary subset of X. We say that a point p E M is 221
Chapter 5
222
a C-internal point of the set M if, for each x e X, there is a positive numbers such thatp+tx eM for [t[ <e. A point p e X is called a C-bounding point of the set M if it is neither a C-internal point of the set M nor a C-internal point of the complement ofM. Let K be a convex set containing 0 as a C-internal point. Then we can define a functional p(x) (generally non-linear) in the following way: p(x)
=
inf{t
> 0:
~ e K}.
(5.1.2)
Let us remark that the functional p(x) has the following properties (compare Section 4.1) : (1) p(x) ~ 0, (2) p(x) <+=for xe linK (3) p(x) = tp(x) for positive t, (4) p(x+y) ~p(x)+p(y), (5) if x e K, then p(x) ~ 1, (6) if xis a C-internal point of the set K, then p(x) < 1, (7) if xis a C-bounding point of K, then p(x) = 1. We say that a linear functional f(x) separates two sets M and N if there is a constant c such that ~
c
for xeM
Ref(x)<: c
forxeN.
Ref(x)
and Here by Re z we denote the real part of a complex number z. Obviously, if X is a linear space over reals, then Ref(x) = f(x). Of course, a functional f(x) separates the sets M and N if and only if it separates the sets M- Nand {0}. PROPOSITION 5.1.1. Let M and N be two disjoint convex sets in a linear space X. Suppose that M has a C-internal point. Then there is a linear functionalf(x) separating the sets M and N. Proof Without loss of generality we can assume that 0 is a C-internal point of the set M. To begin with, we shall consider the case where X is a linear space over reals. Let -y be an arbitrary C-internal point of the set M-N.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
223
Since the sets M and N are disjoint, the point 0 does not belong to the set M-N, Let K = M-N+y. Obviously, 0 is a C-internal point of the set K and the point + y does not belong to K. Let p(x) be the functional defined by formula (5.1.2). Obviously, p( +y) ~ 1. Let X0 be the space spanned by the element y. We define on the space X0 a linear functionalfo in the following way fo(ay) = ap(y). Of course, for x E X0, fo(x) ~p(x). By the Hahn-Banach theorem (Theorem 4.1.1) the functional fo(x) can be extended to the functional f(x) defined on the whole space X such thatf(x) ~p(x). This implies thatf(x) ~ 1 for x E K andf(y) ~ 1. Hence the functional f separates the sets M-N and {0}. Therefore, it separates the sets M and N. Now we shall consider the complex case, i.e. the case where X is a linear space over complex numbers. The space X may obviously be considered as a linear space over reals, too. Then there is a real-valued linear functional f(x) separating the sets M and N. Let g(x) = f(x) -if(ix) (cf. Corollary 4.1.3). The functional g(x) is linear with respect to complex numbers and it separates the sets M and N. 0 We recall that X is a linear topological space if it is a linear space with a topology and if the operations of addition and multiplication by scalars are continuous. Let A be a subset of a linear topological space X, If A is a convex set, then the closure A of the set A is also a convex set and the interior Int(A) of the set A is also convex. The continuity of multiplication by scalars implies that each internal point of the set A is a C-internal point of this set. If a convex set A contains internal points, then the necessary and sufficient condition for the point x E A to be C-internal is that x be an internal point. By conv(A) we denote the intersection of all closed convex sets containing A. The set conv(A) is called the closed convex hull of the set A. It is easy to verify that conv(A) = conv(A), conv (aA) = a conv (A) for all scalars a.
(5.1.3) (5.1.4)
Chapter 5
224
PROPOSITION 5.1.2. If conv(A) is a compact set, then conv (A+ B) = conv (A)+ conv (B). The above formula is a consequence of the following lemma: LEMMA 5.1.3 (Leray, 1950). Suppose we are given a topological space Y, a compact space K, and a continuous mapping f(t,k) of the product Xx K into a topological space X. Let F be a closed subset of the space X disjoint with the set f(t 0 , K). Then there is a neighbourhood V of the point t0 such that the set F does not have common points with the set f( V, K). Proof Let k E K. The continuity of the function f implies that there are a neighbourhood V(k) of the point t0 and a neighbourhood W(k) of the point k such that Fnf(V(k), W(k)) =¢.The set K is compact, hence we can choose a finite cover of the set K by the sets W(k1 ), ••• , m
... , W(km), Kc
U W(kt). Let i=l
n V(kt). m
V=
•=1
The set Vis an open set with the required properties.
D
LEMMA 5.1.4 (Leray, 1950). Let X be a linear topological space. Let F be a closed set in X and let K be a compact set in X. Then the set F+K is closed. Proof If x ¢= F+K, then the set F does not have common points with the set x- K. Therefore, by Lemma 5.1.3, there is a neighbourhood V of the point x such that Fn (V-K) =¢.Hence vn(F+K)=¢.
D
The proof of Proposition 5.1.2 is a trivial consequence of Lemma 5.1.4 and of the fact that the algebraic sum of two convex sets is con~L
D
Let us note some further properties of convex sets. By similar considerations to those in Corollary 4.1.2 we can prove that if a functional f(x) separates two sets M and N and one of them contains an internal point, then the functionalf(x) is continuous.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
225
Conversely, Proposition 5.1.1 implies that if M and N are two disjoint convex sets and one of them contains an internal point, then the sets M and N can be separated by a continuous linear functional f(x). We say that a linear topological space is locally convex if each neighbourhood of zero contains a convex neighbourhood of zero (compare Section 3.1). THEOREM 5.1.5. Let X be a locally convex topological space. Let M and N be two disjoint convex closed sets. If, in addition, M is compact, then there are constant c, and e > 0 and a continuous linear functional f(x) defined on the space X such that Ref(x)~c-e
Ref(x)
~
c
for xEN, for XEM.
(5.1.6)
Proof Lemma 5.1.4 implies that the set M- N is closed. Since M and N are disjoint, the set M- N does not contain the point 0. The space X
is locally convex, and therefore there is a convex balanced neighbourhood of zero U such that U n (M- N) = 0. Proposition 5.1.1 implies that there is a continuous linear functional f(x) which separates the sets U and M- N. The set U is open, whence sup{Ref(x): x E U} = e > 0. Therefore, Ref(x) osition.
~
e for x
E
(5.1.7)
M-N. This trivially implies the prop-
D
5.1.6. Suppose that in a linear space X there are two locally convex topologies (X, -r1) and (X, -r 2). If both topologies designate the same continuous linear functionals, then a convex set A is closed in the first topology -r1 if and only if it is closed in the second topology "l'2 • Proof Let K be a convex set closed in the topology -r1 . Then for each point p f. K there is a linear functional f(x) which is continuous in the topology -r1 and there are numbers c,e > 0, such that Ref(x) ~ c-e for x E K and Ref(p) ~ c. But the hypothesis implies that the functional f(x) is continuous in COROLLARY
the topology -r2 • Hence p could not belong to the closure K 2 of the set K in the topology -r2 • This implies that K 2 = K.
226
Chapter 5
If K is a convex set closed in the topology -r2 , then using the same 0 arguments we infer that it is closed in the topology -r1 •
5.2.
WEAK TOPOLOGIES. BASIC PROPER TIES
Let X be a linear space over real or complex numbers. Let X' denote the set of all linear functionals defined on the space X. A subset of the set X' is called total if f(x) = 0 for all f E F implies that X = 0 (compare Section 4.2). Let F be a total linear set of functionals. By the F-topology of the space X we shall mean a topology determined by the neighbourhoods of the type
r
N(p,fi, ... ,Jk; a 1 , ... , ak) = {x: Jfi(x-p)J < ai (i = 1, 2, ... , k)}, where at> 0 andfi E F. Obviously, the space X with a F-topology is a locally convex space. We say that a set A C X is F-closed (F-compact) if it is closed (compact) in the F-topology. The closure of a set A in the F-topology will be called the F-closure. A functional f(x) is said to be F-continuous if it is continuous in the r-topology. Let X be a locally convex topological space. Let X* be the set of all continuous linear functionals defined on X (conjugate space). The X*-topology is called the weak topology. Obviously, the weak topology is not stronger than the original one. Let X be the space conjugate to a locally convex space X-. Let us recall that in the conjugate space we have the topology of bounded convergence. Each element X-EX- induces a continuous linear functional F on the space X by the formula F(x) = x(x_).
(5.2.1)
We shall indentify the set of functionals defined by formula (5.2.1) with the space X-. The X--topology in X is called the weak topology of functionals or the weak-*-topology. Since we always have X*:::> X-, the weak topology offunctionals is not stronger than the weak topology.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
227
5.2.1. Let X be a linear space. Let r be a total linear set of functionals. A linear functional f(x) is continuous in the F-topology if and only iffe PROPOSITION
r.
The proof is based on the following lemma : LEMMA 5.2.2. Let X be a linear space. Let g, ];_, ... .fn be linear functionals defined on X. If
ji(x) = 0,
i = 1, 2, ... , n,
implies g(x)
=
0,
then g(x) is a linear combination of the functionals ft, ... .fn. Proof Without loss of generality we can assume that the functionals ft, ... .fn are linearly independent. Let X0
=
{xe X: Ji(x)
=
0, i
=
1, 2, ... , n}.
(5.2.2)
Let X be the quotient space XJX0 • The functionals ];_, ... ,fn induce linearly independent functionals ];_, ... ,fn on X. The assumption about g(x) implies that the functional g (x) also induces a linear functional g(x) defined on X. Then space X is n-dimensiona1, therefore, g (x) is a linear combination of];_, ... ,f,,
-
-
i=
-
-
ad1 + ... +an/n.
It is easy to verify that g
=
ad1 + ... +anfn·
D
Proof of Proposition 5.2.1. Sufficiency. From the definition of neighbourhoods in the r-topology it trivially follows that each functional fer is r-continuous (i.e. continuous in the r-topology). Necessity. Let g(x) #- 0 be a functional continuous in the T-topology. Then there is a neighbourhood of zero U in that topology such that sup jg(x)l < 1. But the neighbourhood U is of the type XEU
U= {xeX: i.fi(x)i
=
1,2, .... , n}.
228
Chapter 5
This implies that g(x) = 0 for x E X 0 • Therefore, by Lemma 5.2.2, it follows that g(x) is a linear combination of f 1 , ••• Jn. Since is linear, gET. D
r
PROPOSITION 5.2.3. Let X be a linear space and c(x) a non-negative valued function defined on X. Let X' be the set of all functionals defined on X. Let K={JEX': /f(x))::o:;;c(x)}. Then the set K is compact in the X-topology of the space X'. Proof Let
I(x) ={a: a scalar, /a/::::;; c(x)}
and
/ I= " /"I(x). xEX
It is well known (the Tichonov theorem) that the set I is compact in
the product topology. We define a mapping T of the set K into the set I by the formula
"/
(5.2.3)
Tf= /"f(x). xEX
It is easy to verify that T is a homeomorphism. In order to finish the proof it is sufficient to show that the image T(K) of the set K is closed. Obviously, I may be considered as a set of functions defined on X Let A(x, y) = {gE I: g(x+y) = g(x)+g(y)} (5.2.4) and B(a, x) = {gE I: g(ax) = ag(x)}. (5.2.5)
The sets A(x,y) and B(a,x) are closed. Hence the set T(K) = (
n
x_yEX
A(x, y)J n [
n
B(a, x)]
xEX
a scalars
is also closed.
D
TliEOREM 5.2.4 (Alaoglu, 1940). The closed unit ball of the space X* conjugate to a Banach space X is compact in the weak-*-topology. Proof By definition, the closed unit ball of the space X is the set S* = {fE X': /f(x)/::::;; 1/x/1} and by Proposition 5.2.3 we trivially obtain the theorem.
0
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
229
COROLLARY 5.2.5. A set A of the space X* conjugate to a Banach space X is compact in the weak-*-topology if and on/ y if it is closed in that topology and bounded in the norm topology. Let X be a Banach space. Let X** denote the space conjugate to the space X*. The space X** is called the second conjugate. As we have seen before, each element x E X can be regarded as a continuous linear functional on the space X* (see formula (5.2.1)). This means that there is a natural embedding n(X) of the space X into the space X**. Corollary 4.1.6 implies that the embedding n is norm preserving, i.e. that lln(x)ll = =llxll. THEOREM 5.2.6 (Goldstine, 1938). Let X be a Banach space and let x** be its second conjugate. Let SandS** denote the unit balls in the spaces X and X** respectively. Then the set n(S) is dense in the set S** in the X*-topology. Proof By S1 we denote the %*-closure of the set n(S). Theorem 5.2.4 implies that S** is closed in the X*-topology, thus S 1 C S**. Since S 1 is a closure of a convex set, it is a convex set. We shall show that S1 = S**. Suppose that this does not hold. Then there is an element X** E S** which does not belong to S1 • Applying Theorem 5.1.5, we can find an %*-continuous functional f(x), a constant c and a positive number s such that Ref(x) ~ c for xE S 1 . Rej(x**) ): c+s.
(5.2.6)
Since the functional f(x) is %*-continuous, by Proposition 5.2.1 we find that there is an element x* EX* such thatf(x) = x(x*) for all XEX**. Since n(S) C S 1 , Rex*(x) ~ c for xES. The set S is balanced, which implies lx*(x)l ~ c for all xES. Therefore llx*ll ~c. Hence 1/(x**)l = lx**(x*)l ~ cllx**ll ~ c and we obtain a contradiction of formula (5.2.6).
D
As an obvious consequence of Theorem 5.2.6 we find that the set n(X) is dense in X** in the %*-topology. A Banach space X is said to be reflexive if n(X) =X**.
Chapter 5
230
5.2. 7. A Banach space X is reflexive if and only if the closed unit ball is compact in the weak topology (i.e. the %*-topology). Proof Necessity. If X is a reflexive space, then n(S) = S** and (X**)* =X*. Therefore the weak topology in S** is equivalent to the %*-topology. Hence, by the Alaoglu theorem (Theorem 5.2.4) S** is compact in the %*-topology. Since S = S**, the set Sis compact in the weak topology. Sufficiency. Let us now suppose that the unit ballS is weakly compact. The natural embedding n is obviously a homeomorphism between S and n(S) in the %*-topology of both sets. Therefore n(S) is compact, and hence closed, in the %*-topology. Theorem 5.2.6 states that n(S) is dense in S in the %*-topology. Therefore, n(S) = S** and n(X) =X**. D THEOREM
5.2.8. A Banach space X is reflexive if and only if each bounded weakly closed set is weakly compact.
CoROLLARY
5.2.9. Let X be a reflexive Banach space. Let A be a bounded closed convex set in X. Then the set A is weakly compact. Proof Let p ¢ A. By Theorem 5.1.5 there are a continuous linear functional f(x), a constant c, and a positive number e such that PROPOSITION
Ref(p)~c-s
and
Ref(x) ;;;::, c for x EA.
This implies that the point p does not belong to the weak closure of the set A. Therefore, the set A is weakly closed and, by Corollary 5.2.8, D it is weakly compact.
5.3.
WEAK CONVERGENCE
Let X be a Banach space. We say that a sequence {xn} of elements of X is weakly convergent to x E X if, for each continuous linear functional f(x), limf(xn) =f(x). n-HO
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
231
THEOREM 5.3.1 (Eberlein, 1947; Smulian, 1940). Let A be a subset of a Banach space X. Then the following three conditions are equivalent: A. The weak closure of the set A is weakly compact. B. Each sequence of elements of A contains a subsequence weakly convergent to an element of X. C. Each countable subset A 0 of the set A has a cluster point x 0 E X in the weak topology (this means that, for each neighbourhood of zero U, A 0 n (x 0 + U) ::;i: 0). The proof included here was given by Whitley (1967) and it is based on the following lemmas : LEMMA 5.3.2. Let X be a Banach space and let the conjugate space X* contain a total sequence {x:} of functionals. Then the weak topology on a weakly compact subset of the space X is metrizable. Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that llx!/1 = 1, n = 1,2, ... Define a metric for X by 00
d(
X,
Y
)=
~ ixn(x-y)i
L.J
2n
.
n=l
Let A be a weakly compact set. The identity mapping of A with the weak topology onto A with the metric topology induced by d is clearly continuous and thus it is a homeomorphism, since A is weakly compact. D LEMMA 5.3.3. Let F be a finite-dimensional subspace of the space Y* conjugate to a Banach space Y. Then there is a finite system of elements Y1, ... , Ym E Y such that for ally* E F max /ly*(y,)/1 ~
l~i~m
1
2 /ly*ll.
Proof The surface of the unit sphere of the space F is compact. Therefore, there is a f-net on this surface, i.e., there is a system of points y,! C F such that, for any element y* E F of norm one, inf lly*-y:11 < f. Let y1 , ••• , Ym be elements of Y, each of norm one,
Yi, ... , l~i~m
Chapter 5
232
such that IY7{yt)l
>
i· Then
max ly*{yt)l
max ly*(y,)-yt(Yt)+y7{yt)l
=
l~i~m
r=:;;;i~m
for ally* E F of norm one.
D
Proof of Theorem 5.3.1. A_,.B. Let {an} be a sequence of elements of A. Let X 0 denote the space spanned by {an}· The set X0 is weakly
closed as a linear subspace. Therefore, the intersection of the weak closure w(A) of the set A with the space X0 is a weakly compact set in X. By Lemma 5.3.2 the weak topology on w(A) n X 0 is metrizable, because the space X 0 is separable. Therefore, there is a subsequence {an.} weakly convergent to an element a E X0 , i.e. lim f(an.)
=
f(a)
(5.3.1)
k-Ht:J
xr
for all f E Hence this is also true for f E X*. B_,.C. This is clear. C_,.A. Suppose that a set A satisfies condition C. Then, for each continuous linear functional f(x), the set of scalars f(A) = {f(x): x E A} also satisfies this condition. Therefore it is bounded. Hence the BanachSteinhaus theorem implies that the set A is also bounded. Let.n denote the natural embedding X into X**. Let w*(n(A)) be the closure of the .set n(A) in the X*-topology. Now we shall show (5.3.2)
w*(n(A)) C n(X).
Let X** be an arbitrary element of the set w*(n(A)). Let xt be an .arbitrary element of the space X* of norm one. Since x** belongs to the set w*(n(A)), there is a point a1 E A such that l(x**-n(ai))(xi)l
< 1.
(5.3.3)
The space spanned by x** and x**-n(a1) is two-dimensional. Hence by Lemma 5.3.3 there are points x:, ... , x: <2> each of norm one, xt EX*,
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
i
233
= 2, 3, ... , n (2), such that max jy**(x*)l
>
!..lly**ll
(5.3.4)
2
2
for ally** belonging to the space spanned by x** and x**-n(a1). Again using the fact that x** is in w*(n(A)), we can find a point a 2 E A such that max
j(x**-n(a2))(x!)l
< {-.
l<m.,;n(2}
Then find
x! <2>+1 , ••• , x! (a) of norm one in X* so that
max
jy**(x!)l
> {-lly**ll
n(2)<m..;n(3)
for ally** belonging to the space spanned by the elements x**, n(a1 ), n(a2). Once more using the fact that x** is in w*(n(A)), choose a 2 E A so that max I(x**-n(a3))(x!)l < 1/3 and continue the construction. I.,;m..;n(3)
Then we obtain : (1) an increasing sequence of positive integers {n(k)}, (2) a sequence of elements X, {xi> x 2, ••• } , (3) a sequence of elements of A, {a1oa 2, •• •} such that max
jy**(x;)j
>
(5.3.5)
{-lly**ll
I.,;m.,;n(k)
for ally** belonging to the space xk spanned by the elements x, n(al), ... . . . , n(ak_ 1). And max
jx**-n(ak))(xm)l
1
< -k.
(5.3.6)
I.,;m..;n(k)
Let X 0 be the space spanned by the elements x, n(a1), ... By hypothesis there is a point x 0 EX which is a cluster of the sequence {an} in the weak topology of X. Since X 0 is weakly closed as a closed subspace of X, x 0 EX. Formula (5.3.5) implies that max jy**(xm)l ~ flly**ll for y E X 0 • m
In particular, for x**-n(x0) we have max I(x**-n(x0)) (x!)j
>
m
fllx**-n(x 0)11.
On the other hand, formula (5.3.6) implies that for m j(x**-n(ak))(x!)i
<
lfp.
< n(p) <
k
Chapter 5
234
Thus
The point x 0 is a cluster point of the sequence {an} in the weak topology. Therefore, there is a number k such that
* /xm(ak-x)/
1
form= 1, 2, ... , n(p).
Obviously, we can assume that k imply that for all p l/x**-n(x0 )1/
>
n(p). Therefore, (5.3.6) and (5.3.7)
4 p
~ -.
(5.3.8)
Hence x** = n(x0). This means that w*(n(A)) C n(X). Since n is a homeomorphism between X and n(X), both with X*-topology, the weak closure of the set A is exactly w*(n(A)). The Alaoglu theorem (Theorem 5.2.4) implies that the set w*(n(A)) is compact. 0
5.4.
EXAMPLE
OF
AN
INFINITE-DIMENSIONAL
BANACH
SPACE
WHICH IS NOT ISOMORPHIC TO ITS SQUARE
In the majority of known examples of infinite-dimensional Banach spaces, those spaces are isomorphic to their Cartesian squares. Now we shall give an example which shows that this is not true in general. The example is based on the following 5.4.1 (James, 1951). Let X be Banach space with a basis {xn}· Let Xn denote the space spanned on the elements en+~> en+ 2 , ••• If for any functional f belonging to X* LEMMA
lim 1/f/xn/1 = 0,
(5.4.1)
where f/y denotes the restriction of the functional f to a subspace Y, then the basis functionals {In} (see Corollary 2.5.3) const~tute a basis in X*.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
235
00
Proof Letfe X*. Let x EX, x
=.};
fn(x)en. Then
n=l 00
f(x)
00
00
=J(}; fn(x)en) =}; fn(x)f(en) = n=l
n=l
[ ~ f(en)fn](x). n=l
00
Formula (5.4.1) implies that the series }; f(en)fn is convergent to fin n=l
the norm of the functionals and that this expansion is unique.
D
Example 5.4.2 (James, 1951) Let x = {x1 ,x2 , .. • } be a sequence of real numbers. Let us write n
JJxll =
Sup(
.2 (Xp
2;_1
r
-Xp2;)2 +(Xp2nH)2
i=l
2
,
where the supremum is taken over all positive integers n and finite increasing sequences of positive integers p 1 , ••• , p 2n+ 1 • Let B be a Banach space of all x such that llxll is finite and lim Xn = 0.
llxll is a norm. Indeed, llxll = 0 if and only if x = 0, lltxll = it lllxll for all scalars t. Now we shall show the triangle inequality. Let x = {x~>x2 , ... }, y = {Y~>Y2• ... }.From the definition of the norm llx+yll it follows that for any positive 8 there is an increasing sequence of indices PI> ... , p 2n+l such that n
Jlx+yJJ ~ ( .2; (xp,i-1+YP•i-1-Xp,;-yp,i) 2 +(xp,n+>+ i=l +YP•nH)2]1/2+8 n
~ [}; (xp.t-1-xp.;)2+(xp•n+>)2Y' 2 i=l n
+(
L (ypai-1 -yp,;)2+(YP•n+>)2r' +8 ~ llxll + JJyJJ+8 · 2
i=l
Thus the arbitrariness of 8 implies that
llx+yli ~ llxii+IIYII. Let zn
= {0, ... , 0, 1, 0, ... }. ~
Chapter 5
236
It is easy to verify that the linear combinations of the elements zn are dense in the whole space B, because lim Xn = 0. Moreover, for all posn-->-oo
itive integers n and p,
Then Theorem 3.2.15 implies that {zn} is a basis in B. We shall show now that the space B is not reflexive. For this purpose we shall prove that the closed unit ball in B is not weakly compact. Let Yn = z1 + ... +zn. Of course, IIYnll = 1. If the closed unit ball is weakly compact, then {Yn} converges to a y E B. Since {zn} is a basis, y ought to be of the form (1, 1, ... ). This is impossible, because, for all x €: B, lim Xn = 0. n--->-00
Now we shall describe all functionals f belonging to the second conjugate space B**. Let {gn} be the basis functionals with respect to the basis {en}. According to Lemma 5.4.1, {gn} constitute a basis in the conjugate space B*. Let F be a functional from B**. Then the functional F is of the following form: there is a sequence of real numbers 00
00
{Fi} such that F(f) = 2 Fi}i for any /E B, f = 2 figi. Let us calcui=I
i=l
late the norm of the functional F. We have n
n
I}; Fi/il
=
n
If(}; Fizi)l ~ 11/11[12 Fizill
i=l
i=l
i=l
n'
- 11/11 sup -
[
"\' L..J (Fp,i-1- Fp,;) 2 +(Fq,n'+>)2]1/2 ,
i=l
where the supremum is taken over all positive integers n' and increasing sequences of indices PI> ... , p 2n'+l with Fpk replaced by 0 if Pk > n. The arbitrariness of n implies n
IIF II~ sup [}; (Fp,i-1-Fp.t)2 +(Fp,n'+t)2 i=l
r. (5.4.2)
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
237
n
Let us now fix nand let un =
1: F;zi. Let us define a linear functional i=l
f on the space Yn spanned by the elements un: zn+l, zn+2, ... in such a way that and
f(zi) = 0
fori= n+l, n+2, ...
Then 00
L
jJ(aun+
00
atzi)j=JiaunJI~jjaun+};
i=n+l ~
Thus
11/11 =
atzijj.
i=n+l CD
f = }; figi be an extension of the functional f to
1. Let
i=l
whole space B of norm one. Thenfi = 0 fori> nand oo
F(f) =
n
j}; Ftfi\j = j}; Ftfij = /f(un)/ = i=l
//unJI
~ //F//.
i=l
Hence, calculating the norm of un, we obtain (5.4.3) for all positive integers n and all finite increasing sequences of integers .. • ,p 2n+l· C~mbining (5.4.2) and (5.4.3), we obtain
p1,
(5.4.4) where the supremum is taken over all positive integers n and finite increasing sequences p 1 , ••• , p 2n+l· The norm IIF II is finite if and only if there is a limit lim Fn. Since the space B is not reflexive, B** contains n=co
an element which does not belong to n(B). Then the only possibility is B** that n(B) is a subspace of codimension 1, i.e. that dim n(B) = 1. There-
(BXB)** X** fore, dim n(B X B) = 2, and since dim fl(X) is an invariant of an isomorphism, the space B is not isomorphic to its Cartesian square (see Bessaga and Pelczynski, 1960b).
Chapter 5
238
Pelczyiiski and Semadeni (1960) showed another example of a space which is not isomorphic to its square. Their example is of the type C(.Q). An example of a reflexive Banach space non-isomorphic to its square was given by Figiel (1972). Problem 5.4.3. Does there exist a Banach space non-isomorphic to its Cartesian product by the real line?
The answer is positive for locally convex spaces, as will be shown in Corollary 6.6.12. Rolewicz (1971) gave an example of normed (non-complete) space X non-isomorphic to its product by the real line. Dubinsky (1971) proved that each B 0-space contains a linear subset X which is not isomorphic to its product by the real line. Bessaga (1981) gave an example of a normed space which is not Lipschitz homeomorphic to its product by the real line.
5.5.
EXTREME POINTS
Let X be a linear space over the real or the complex numbers. Let K be an arbitrary subset of X. We say that a point k e K is an extreme point of the set Kif there are no two points k1 , k 2 e K and no real number a, 0 < a < 1 such that k = ak1 +(1-a)k2 •
(5.5.1)
The set of all extreme points belonging to K is denoted by E(K). A subset A of the set K is called an extreme subset if, for each k e A the existence of k 1 ,k2 , 0 A. Since the set K is compact, the intersection of a decreasing family of closed sets is a closed non-void set, and obviously it is also an extreme set, provided the members of the family belong to m.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
239
Then, by the Kuratowski-Zorn lemma, there is a minimal element A 0 of the family m. We shall show that the set A 0 contains only one point. Indeed, let us suppose that there are two different points p, q e A 0 • Then there is a functional x* e X* such that Rex*(p) o:F Rex*(q). (5.5.2) Let (5.5.3) A1 = {xe A0 : Rex*(x) = inf Rex*(y)}. yEA,
Since the set A 0 is compact, the set A1 is not empty, Moreover, formula (5.5.2) implies that the set A1 is a proper part of the set A 0 • Let k1ok 2 be points of K such that there is an a, 0 < a < 1, such that ak1 +(1-a)k2 eA 1 •
(5.5.4)
Since A 0 is an extreme subset, k1 and k 2 belong to A 0 • Since (5.5.4) aRex*(k1)+(1-a)Rex*(k2) = inf Rex*(y). yE.Ao
This is possible if and only if Rex*(k1) = Rex*(k 2) = inf Rex*(y). yE.A,
This implies that k1 ,k2 e A1 • Hence A1 is an extreme set. Thus we obtain a contradiction, because A 0 is a minimal extreme subset. Therefore, A 0 is a one-point set, A 0 = { x 0 } and, from the definition, x 0 is an extreme point. D THEOREM 5.5.2 (Krein and Milman, 1940). Let X be a locally convex topological space. Let K be a compact set in X. Then conv E(K) ) K.
(5.5.5)
Proof Suppose that (5.5.5) does not hold. This means that there is an element k e K such that k ¢ conv E(K). Then there are a continuous linear functional x* and a constant c and positive e such that
Rex*(k) ~ c
(5.5.6)
and Rex*(x);;, c+e
for x e conv E(K.).
(5.5.7)
Let K 1 = {xe K: Rex*(x)
= infRex*(y)}. yEK
(5.5.8)
Chapter 5
240
Since the set K is compact, the set K1 is not empty. By a similar argument to that used in the proof of Proposition 5.5.1, we can show that K1 is an extreme set. By formula (5.5.7) the set K1 is disjoint with the set E(K). This leads to a contradiction, because, by Proposition 5.5.1, K1 contains an extremal point. 0 5.5.3.
COROLLARY
If a set K
is compact, then
conv K = conv E(K), 5.5.4. For every compact convex set K,
COROLLARY
K
= conv E(K).
5.5.5. Let X be a locally convex topological space. Let Q be a compact set in X such that the set convQ is also compact. Then the extreme points of the set conv Q belong to Q. Proof Letp be an extreme point of the set convQ. Suppose thatp does not belong to the set Q. The set Q is closed. Therefore, there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that the sets p+ U and Q are disjoint. Let V be a convex neighbourhood of zero such that PROPOSITION
v-vc u. Then the sets p+ V and Q+ V are disjoint. This implies that p E Q+ V. The family {q+ V: q E Q} is a cover of the set Q. Since the set Q is compact, there exists a finite system of neighbourhoods of type qi+ V, 11
i = 1,2, ... , n, covering Q, QC
U (qi+V).
i=l
Let Kt
= conv ((qi+ V) n Q).
The sets Ki are compact and convex; therefore conv(K1 u ... u Kn) = conv (K1 u ... u Kn) = convQ. Hence n
p =
.J; atki, i=l
n
at~ 0,
.J; at =
1, kt E K t.
i=l
Since p is an extreme point of conv Q, all at except one are equal to 0.
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
241
This means that there is such an index i that pEKt C Q+V, which leads to a contradiction.
0
REMARK 5.5.6. In the previous considerations the assumption that the space X is locally convex can be replaced by the assumption that there is a total family of linear continuous functionals T defined on X. Indeed, the identity mapping of X equipped with the original topology into X equipped with the T-topology is continuous. Thus it maps compact sets onto compact sets. Therefore, considering all the results given before in the space X equipped with the T-topology we obtain the validity of the remark.
5.6. EXISTENCE OF A CONVEX COMPACT SET WITHOUT EXTREME POINTS Roberts (1976, 1977) constructed an F-space (X, II ID and a convex compact set A C X, such that A does not have extreme points. The fundamental role in the construction of the example play a notion of needle points (Roberts, 1976). Let (X, II ID. be an F-space. We say that a point x 0 EX, x 0 ::j::. 0, is a needle point if for each c; > 0, there is a finite set F C X such that x 0 EconvF,
(5.6.1)
sup{llxll: xEF}<s,
(5.6.2)
conv {0, F} c conv {0, x 0 }+B.,
(5.6.3)
where, as usual, we denote by B. the ball of radius c;, B.= {x: llxll < s}. A point x 0 is called an approximative needle point if, for each c; > 0, there is a finite set F such that (5.6.2) and (5.6.3) hold, and moreover x 0 E conv F+B•.
(5.6.4)
Since c; is arbitrary, it is easy to observe that x 0 is a needle point if and only if it is an approximative needle point. Let E denote the set of all needle points. The set Eu {0} is closed.
242
Chapter 5
From the definition of needle points and the properties of continuous linear operators we obtain PROPOSITION 5.6.1. Let X, Y be two F-spaces. Let T be a continuous linear operator mapping X into Y. If x 0 EX is a needle point and T(x0) #- 0, then T(x0 ) is a needle point. We say that an F-space (X, II II) is a needle point space if each x 0 EX, x 0 #- 0 is a needle point. The construction of the example is carried out in two steps. In the first step we shall show that in each needle point space there is a convex compact set without extreme points, in the second step we shall show that a large class of spaces (in particular, spaces LP, 0 < p < 1) are needle point spaces. THEOREM 5.6.2 (Roberts, 1976). Let (X, II II) be a needle point F-space. Then there is a convex compact set E C X without extreme points. Proof Without loss of generality we may assume that the norm II II is non-decreasing, i.e. that lltxll is non-decreasing for t > 0 and all x EX. Let {sn} be sequence of positive numbers such that co
,2;
Sn
< +oo.
(5.6.5)
n~o
Let x 0 #- 0 be an arbitrary point of the space X. We write £ 0 = conv({O,x0}). Since X is a needle point space, there is a finite set F = E 1 = {x~, ... , x~} such that (5.6.1)-(5.6.3) holds for s = s0 • For each xt, i = 1, ... , n~> we can find a finite set Ft such that x}Econv({O} u Fi), sup{llxll: XE Fl}
(5.6.6)1
< ~,
(5.6.7)1
n1
conv({O} u Ft) C conv{O, xl}+B~.
(5.6.8)1
n,
Observe that (5.6.8)1 implies conv({O} u E 2) C conv({O} u E1 )+Be,,
(5.6.9)1
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
243
where (5.6.10\ The set E 2 is finite, and thus we can repeat our construction. Finally, we obtain a family of finite sets En such that for each x E En we have XE
conv({O} u En+ 1),
(5.6.6)n
sup{JJxJJ: XEEn} <en, conv({O}
U
(5.6.7)n
En+ 1 ) C conv({O} U En)+Ben·
(5.6.9)n
Let <X>
K 0 = conv(
U En U n=O
{0}).
The set K 0 is compact, since it is closed and, for each e a finite e-net in K0 • Indeed, take n0 such that
>
0, there is
00
.2; en< e. n=n0 no
By (5.6.9)n the set
U En constitute an e-net in the set K
0•
n=O
Observe that no x =I= 0 can be an extremal point of K0 , since 0 is the 00
unique point o£ accumulation of the set
U En,
and, by construction,
n=O
no x E En is an extremal point of K 0 • Thus the set K 0 - K 0 does not have extremal points. D Now we shall construct a needle point space. Let N(u) be a positive, concave, increasing function defined on the interval [O,+oo) such that N(O) = 0 and lim N(u) = 0. u
11-+00
(in particular, N(u) could be uP, 0 < p < 1). Let Q = [0, 1]"' be a countable product of the interval [0, 1] with the measure p, as the product Lebesgue measure. Let E be a u-algebra induced
Chapter 5
244
by the Lebesgue mesurable sets in the interval by the process of taking product. 1
Take now any function f(t)
E
L co[O, I] such that
J f(t)dt = I. We 0
shall associate with the function fa function St(j) defined on· [0, I]w by the formula St(f)lt = f(tt),
where t = {tn}. Observe that the norm of Si(/) in the space N(L(Q,E,Jl.)) is equal to 1
IISt(f)JI =
f N(f(t))dt,
i~
(5.6.11)
I, 2, ...
0
Of course Si(f) can be treated as an independent random variable. Thus, using the classical formula n
£2
n
2; (Xt- E(Xt)) = 2; E (Xt- E(Xt)) 2
i=l
i=l
n
we find that, for at ;:?o 0 such that }; ai = I, i=l
n
n
f [2; at(St(f)-I)r dJi. = 2; af a~(St(f)-1)2dJ1
a
i=l
i=I n
:::=;::;a
2; at J (St(/)-1) dJ1. 2
a
i=I 1
=
J(f(t)-1) dt,
a
(5.6.12)
2
0
where a = max {aI>
••• ,
an}.
By the Schwartz inequality we have n
n
( j 12; a,S(fi)-IJdJl.r::::;::; f 2; at(St(f)-1) dJ1. 2
a
i=1
a
i=1
(5.6.13)
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
245
The function N(u) is concave, hence the following inequality results directly from the definition (compare the Jensen inequality for convex functions) n
n
(5.6.14)
N(); atut} ) ' ) ; atN(ut). i=1
i=1
As an intermediate consequence of formula (5.6.14), we infer that for each g E N(L(Q,E,p)) n L(Q,E,p), we have
JlgJJ ~ N(
j
(5.6.15)
JgJ dp).
!1
By (5.6.12), (5.6.13) and (5.6.15) we obtain n
1
J[); atSt(f)-1[[ ~N( a( J(f(t)-1) dtr' 2
i=1
2
(5.6.16)
).
0
Now we shall introduce the notion of IJ-divergent zone. Letfe L 00 [0, 1] 1
be such that
I
f(t)dt = 1 and let IJ
> 0. An interval [a,b], 0
0
is called a IJ-divergent zone for thefunctionfiffor arbitrary real numbers, a 1 , ••• ,an, ai )' 0 such that a 1 + ... +an= 1 we have (5.6.17) and sup[[
2: atSt(f)[[ < IJ.
(5.6.18)
at:::;a
LEMMA 5.6.3 (Roberts, 1976). Let N(u) be as above. Then for each b .
there are a non-negative function fe L ""[0, 1] such that
1
I
N(Jf(t)J)dt
>0 < IJ
0
1
and
I f(t)dt =
1 and a number a, 0
0
is a IJ-divergent zone for the function f Proof In view of the properties of the function N it is easy to to find
Chapter 5
246
a functionfe L"'[O, 1] such that
J f(t)dt =
1 and
0
b
1
j
N(jj(t)j )dt
o
< --.
(5.6.19)
m
where m ~ 1/b. Take al> ... , an such that a 1 + ... +an ~ 1 and at ~ b, i = 1,2, ... , n. Thus n ~ m and, by (5.6.11) and the triangle inequality, we obtain m
1
II}; atSt(/)11 ~m j N(if(t)i)dt
(5.6.20)
0
For chosen/, by (5.6.16) there is an a such that (5.6.18) holds.
D
5.6.4 (Roberts, 1976). A function equal to 1 everywhere is a needle point in the space N(L(Q,E,p)). Proof. Let s be an arbitrary positive number. Let a positive integer k be chosen so that N(Ifk) < s/3. Let b = s/3k. By Lemma 5.6.3 we can PROPOSITION
1
choose functions h,
... ,/k F. L "'[0, I]
such that .fi(t) ~ 0,
J.fi(t)dt = I, 0
1
JN(ifi(t)i)dt < b i =
I,2, ... , k and .fi have disjoint b-divergent zones
0
[at,hd. Let
By (5.6.I6) there is ann such that I/n
< min ai and
I _n!_ i; St(f)-III < s. i=1
I
Thus, for the set F = {S1(f), ... , Sn(f)}, (5.6.4) holds. By the choice of .fi we trivially obtain k
IIIII =
II
k
! 4 Jill~ 4 11./ill < ~=1
and this implies (5.6.2).
~=1
k
3~ .
= ;'
Weak Topologies in Banach Spaces
247
Now we shall show (5.6.3). Take cx1 , •.• , cxn ~ 0 such that cx1 1, ... , k, we shall write
+ ... +
+an= 1. For eachj,j =
Lj = } ; CXt St(li)' «t~bJ
Mj =
};
CXtSt(fi),
lli~«c
Rt =
}; CXtSt(fi). «c
Of course, l
n
}; cxtSt{f) =
k
k}; Lt+ Mt+ Rt.
i=l
j=l
By the definition of the €5-divergence zone we have
< €5, JIRJ-CJJI < €5,
(5.6.21)
JILt!!
(5.6.22)
where
Thus (5.6.23) and
1
1
k
k
Ilk~ Rj-kj~ Cjl
<;.
The intervals [a1, b1] are disjoint. Thus each ext can belong to at most one interval [a1,b1]. Therefore
1
k
k
Jk _27 Mtdfl. = aj ~ }; };
a
j=l
cxtSt(fi) dp.
J=l «<E[tli,bJ]
1
k
=k};
2:
j=l «cE[tli,bJ]
1
CXF';;;,k
n
1
2: CXt~k'
i=l
Chapter 5
248
and by (5.6.15) 11
~
t. ~ N( n M111
< ;.
k
Finally, for c = -}
,2;
CJ,
j=l
n
!I}; <XtSt(/)-cll <
1
(5.6.24)
i=l
and (5.6.3) holds. Thus 1 is an approximative needle point and it is also a needle point. D THEOREM 5.6.5 (Roberts, 1976). For N, (Q,E,p) as above, the space N(L(D,E,p)) is a needle point space. Proof Take agEL 00 (Q,E,p), g-::/=- 0. The function g induces a continuous linear operator Tg, Tgf = gf mapping N(L(Q,E,p)) into itself. Observe that Tu(l) =g. Thus, by Propositions 5.6.1 and 5.6.4, g is a needle point. Since each element of the space N(L(D,E,p)) can be approximated by bounded functions and the set of needle points with added 0 is closed, each element different from 0 is a needle point. D. By the classical measure theory, there is a one-to-one mapping of the interval [0, 1] onto [0, I]<" preserving the measure. This implies that the spaces N(L(E, D,p)) and N(L) are isomorphic. In this way we obtain CoROLLARY 5.6.6. If the function N has the properties described above, then there is in N(L) a convex compact set without extreme points. Shapiro (1977) formulated the problem of the existence of an F-space X with a trivial dual in which each convex compact set has extreme
points. Kalton (1980) showed that certain spaces N(L) have these properties. Some further information can be found in Kalton and Peck (1980).
Chapter 6
Montel and Schwartz Spaces
6.1.
COMPACT SETS IN F-SPACES
The definition of compact sets implies that if K is a compact set in an F-space X, then for any neigbourhood of zero U there is a finite system of points x1 , •.• , Xn such that n
K C
U (xt+U). i=l
(6.1.1)
PROPOSITION 6.1.1. Let X be an F-space. Let K be a closed subset of the space X such that, for every neighbourhood of zero U, there is a finite system ofpoints x1 , ••• , Xn such that (6.1.1)holds. Then the set Kis compact. Proof Let
Un
= (x: llxll <
!),
where, as usual, llxll denotes the F-norm in X. Let {Yn} be an arbitrary sequence of elements of the set K. The property of the set K implies that there are an infinite subsequence {y~} of the sequence {Yn} and a point x1 such that Y! E K1 = (x1 + ~). The set K1 is a closed subset of K, therefore, there are an infinite subsequence {y!} of the sequence {y!} and an element {x2} such that Y! E K2 = (x2 + UJ. Repeating this argument, we find by induction that there are a family of sequences {Y!} is a subsequence of the sequence {Y!- 1} and a sequence of points {xk} such that n, k =I, 2, ... 249
(6.1.2)
Chapter 6
250
Let {Yn} = {y:}. The sequence {Yn} is fundamental. Indeed, if n,m > k, then Yn, Ym are elements of these sequences {y!}, thus by (6.1.2) llYn-Ymll < < 2/k. The space X is complete, hence there is a limit y of the sequence {Yn}· Since the set K is closed, y E K. This means that each sequence of elements K contains a convergent subsequence. Then the set K is com-
0
pKL
Proposition 6.1.1 holds also for complete linear topological spaces but here we shall restrict ourselves to the metric case. Let X be a finite dimensional space. It is easy to verify that each closed bounded set in X is compact. Since a finite-dimensional space is locally bounded, this means that there are neighbourhoods of zero such that their closures are compact sets. We say that an F-space is locally compact if there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that the closure U of the set U is a compact set. THEOREM
6.1.2 (Eidelheit and Mazur, 1938). Each locally compact space
X is finite-dimensional. Proof Let V be such a neighbourhood of zero that the closure V of V is a compact set. Let Y be an arbitrary finite dimensional subspace different from the whole space X. Obviously, X# Y + V. Suppose that VC Y+ V. Then Y+ V = Y+ V. Lemma 5.1.4 implies that the set Y + V is closed. On the other hand, the set Y + V is open. and we obtain a contradiction. Therefore, there is an a E V such that a¢ Y+V. Now we shall construct by induction the following sequence. y 1 is an arbitrary element. Suppose that the elements y 1 , •.• , Yn are defined. Let Yn be the space spanned by those elements. Let Yn+I be such an element that Yn+1 E V and Yn+I ¢ Yn+ V. It is easy to verify that if the space X is infinite-dimensional, we could construct such an infinite sequence {Yn}. But this sequence would not contain any convergent subsequence, because, fork# n, yk-Yn ¢ V. This leads to a contradiction since the set Vis compact. Therefore, the space X is finite dimensional. 0
Monte) and Schwartz Spaces
251
PROPOSITION 6.1.3 (Mazur, 1930). Let X be a B0 -space. If a set A C X is compact, then the set conv A is also compact. Proof Let U be an arbitrary convex neighbourhood of zero. Since the set A is compact, there is a finite system of elements xi> ... , xn such that n
A C
U (xt+U). i=l
K
conv({x1, •.. , xn}).
{6.1.3)
Let =
The set K is bounded and finite-dimensional, therefore, there is a finite system of points y 1 , ... , Ym such that m
K C
U (Yi+U). i=l
Thus, by (6.1.3), conv A c conv(K+ U) Therefore m
convA C
=
(6.1.4)
K+ U. m
U (yd-U)+U = i=l U (Yt+2U). i=l
The arbitrariness of U and Proposition 6.1.1 implies the proposi~.
D
Since Proposition 6.1.1 holds for complete topological spaces, Proposition 6.1.3 holds for complete locally convex spaces. Therefore, in the case of complete spaces, we can omit in Corollary 5.5.5 the assumption that the set conv Q is compact.
6.2. MONTEL SPACES In the preceding section we proved that each locally compact space is finite-dimensional. In finite dimensional spaces each bounded closed set is compact. There are also infinite-dimensional spaces with this property. Examples of such spaces will be given further on. F-spaces in which each closed bounded set is compact are called Monte/ spaces.
Chapter 6
252
PROPOSITION 6.2.1. Locally bounded Monte/ spaces are finite-dimensional. Proof Let X be a locally bounded Montel space. Since X is locally bounded, there is a bounded neighbourhood of zero U. The space X is a Montel space, hence the closure U of the set U is compact. Therefore, the space X is locally compact and, by Proposition 6.1.2, finite-dimensional. D PROPOSITION 6.2.2 (Dieudonne, 1949; Bessaga and Rolewicz, 1962). Every Monte/ space is separable.
The proof of the theorem is based on the notion of quasinorm (Hyers, 1939; Bourgin, 1943), similar to the notion of pseudonorm. Let X be an F-space. By ~ we denote the class of all open balanced set. Let A E ~. The number [x]A=inf{t>O:
~ EA}
is called the quasinorm of an element x with respect to the set A. Quasinorms have the following obvious properties: (a) [tx]A = It I[x]A,, (b) if A) B, then [x]A :::( [xB], (c) the quasinorm [x]A is a homogeneous pseudonorm (i.e., satisfies the triangle inequality) if and only if the set A is convex. PROPOSITION 6.2.3. [x+y]A+B :::( max((x]A, [y]B). Proof Let us write r = max([x]A, (y]h). Let e be an arbitrary positive number. By the definition of the quasinorm,
XE(1+e)rA
and
yE(1+e)rB.
Hence
x+yE(1+e)r(A+B). Therefore [x+y]A+B :::( (1 +e)r. The arbitrariness of e implies the proposition. D PROPOSITION 6.2.4. Let a sequence {An} C ~ contitute a basis of neighbourhoods of zero. Then a sequence {xm} tends to 0 if and only if lim [xm]An = 0 ~0
(n = 1, 2, ... ).
(6.2.1)
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
253
Proof. Necessity. Suppose that Xm-+0; then, for arbitrary s > 0, and n, there is an m 0 dependent on n and s such that for m > m 0 , Xm E sAn, whence [xm]A,. :::;;;; s.
Sufficiency. Let us suppose that (6.2.1) holds; then for every n there is an m 0 dependent on n such that, for m > m 0 , [xm]A,. :::;;;; 1. This means that Xm E An. Since {An} constitutes a basis of neighbourhoods of zero,
D
~~
PROPOSITION 6.2.5. Let {An} C m: constitute a basis of neighbourhoods of zero. A set K is bounded if and only if there is a sequence of numbers {Nm} such that sup[x]A .. :::;;;; N,. XEK
Proof. Sufficiency. Suppose that a sequence {Nn} with the property
described above exists. Let {xm} be an arbitrary sequence of elements of K and let {tm} be an arbitrary sequence of scalars tending to 0. Then [tmXm]A,.:::;;;; ltmiNn-+ 0.
Hence, by Proposition 6.2.4, the sequence {tmxm} tends to zero. Therefore, the set K is bounded. Necessity. Suppose that there is an index n such that sup[x]A. = +=. xEK
Then there is a sequence {xm} C K such that 0 < [xm]A .. -+oo. Let tm = 1/[xm]A ..· The sequence {tm} tends to 0. On the other hand [tmxm]A .. = 1, l).ence, by Proposition 6.2.4, the sequence {tmxm} does not tend to 0. This implies that the set K is not bounded. D Proof of Proposition 6.2.2. Let X be a non-separable F-space with the F-norm llxll· Since the space X is non-separable, there are a constant ~ > 0 and an uncountable set Z such that liz -z'll > ~ for z, z' E Z, z -i= z'. Let Kn = {x: llxll < 1/n}, and le~ us write briefly [x]n = [x]x..·
Since the set Z is uncountable, there is a constant M 1 such that the set Z 1 = Z n {x EX: [x] 1 :::;;;; M 1 } is also uncountable. Then there is a constant M 2 such that the set Z 2 = Z 1 n {x EX: [x] 2 :::;;;; M 2 } is uncountable. Repeating this argumentation, we can find by induction a sequence of uncountable sets {Zn} and a sequence of positive numbers {Mn} such that the set Zn is a subset of the set Zn-1 and sup[x]t:::;;;; Mn for XEZn
i= 1,2, ... ,n.
Chapter 6
254
Let us choose a sequence {zn} such that Zn E Zn and Zi =I= Zk fori =I= k. Then sup [zn]k ,;;; max (Mk, [z1]k, ... , [zk-t]k) n
<
+oo
for k = 1, 2, ...
Therefore, by Proposition 6.2.5, the sequence {zn} is bounded. On the other hand, Zn E Z, hence llzi-Zkil > t5 for i =F k. This implies that the D set {.Zn} is not compact. Therefore, X is not a Montel space. The following question has arised: is it sufficient for separability if we assume that each bounded set is separable? The answer is negative. Basing on the continuum hypothesis Dieudonne (1955) gave an example of a non-separable -space in which each bounded set is separable. For F-spaces such an example was .given by Bessaga and Rolewicz (1962). For D0 -spaces it was given by Ryll-Nardzewski.
D:
PROPOSITION 6.2.6 (Ryll-Nardzewski, 1962). There is a non-separable D0 -space in which all bounded sets are separable. Proof Let S denote the class of all sequences of positive numbers. We introduce in S the following relation of order ~. We write that {In} ~ {gn} ifln < gn for sufficiently large n. A subclass S1 of class Sis called limited if there is a sequence {hn} E S such that {fn} ~ {hn} for all sequences {In} E S1 • Let us order class Sin a transfinite sequence {I:} of type w 1 (here we make use of the continuum hypothesis). Now we define another sequence of type w 1 as follows: {g~} is the first sequence (in the previous order) which is greater in the sense of relation ~ than all {I~} for oc < {3. It is easy to see that no non-countable subclass of this sequence is limited. Let us consider the space X of all transfinite sequences {x"} (oc < w1) of real numbers such that x" vanishes except for a countable number of indices and ,, p
ll{xp}lln = L.J gnjxpj < +oo,
n
=
1, 2, ...
P<w,
Let us introduce a topology in the space X by the sequence of pseudonorms ll{xp}lln· The space X with this topology is a Dri -space. We shall
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
255
show that the space X is complete. Let {xn} be a fundamental sequence of elements of the space X. Let A= {a: x::;t=o for certain n}.
The definition of the space X implies that the set A is countable. Therefore, the subspace X 0 spanned by the elements {x!}, {x!}, ... is of the type V(am,n). Thus it is complete. Therefore, the sequence {x:} has the limit {xa} E X 0 C X. To complete the proof it is enough to show that each bounded set Z C X is separable. If the set Z is bounded, then there is a sequence of positive numbers {Mn} such that sup ll{xa}/ln ~ Mn,
n = 1, 2, ...
{x..)EZ
Let k be a positive integer. By h we denote the set of all such indices that there is an x ={xu} E Z and such anindex p such that [xp] > 1/k. Then we 1
have kg~< ll{xa}lln ~ Mn. Hence, for
P E h, we have {g!} -3
{Mn} and 00
by the property of the class {g~} the set h is countable. Let I= ,._..
U Ik. k=l
Then the set I is, of course, also countable. Let y be the smallest ordinal greater than all the terms of the set I. Then from the definition of the set I it follows that if {xa} E Z, then X 0 = 0 forb > y. Thus the set Z is separable. 0
6.3.
SCHWARTZ SPACES
Let X be an F*-space. We say that a set K is totally bounded with respect to a neighbourhood of zero U, if, for any positive c:, there is a finite system of points xi> ... , Xn. such that ~ C
00
U (xi+c:U). A set which is totally i=l
bounded with respect to all neighbourhoods of 0 is called totally bounded or precompact. Proposition 6.1.1 implies that if a set K is closed and totally bounded with respect to all neighbourhoods of zero, then it is compact.
Chapter 6
256
An F-space X is called a Schwartz space if, for any neighbourhood of zero U, there is a neighbourhood of zero V totally bounded with respect to U. 6.3.1. Let X be a Schwartz space. Then its completion also a Schwartz space. PROPOSITION
X
Proof Let U0 be a neighbourhood of 0 in X. Let U = U0 n X. Since X is a Schwartz space, there is a neighbourhood of zero V C X such that for any s > 0 there is a system of points x1 , ••• , Xn such that n
V C
U (xi+sU). i=l •
Thus n
V C
n
U (xi+sU) c U (xi+2sU). i=l
D
i~l
6.3.2. Every Schwartz F-space is a Monte/ space. Proof Let K be a closed bounded set. Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Since we consider a Schwartz space, there is a neighbourhood of zero V totally bounded with respect to U. The set K is bounded. Then there is a positive a such that K C a V. The neighbourhood Vis totally bounded with respect to U, and so there is a finite PROPOSITION
system of points Then Kc aV c
Y~> ... , Yn
such that V C
0 1
(Yi+
~). Let
Xi
= ayi.
co
U (xi+U). i=l
Since the set K is closed and U is arbitrary, the set K is compact (see Proposition 6.1.1). D There are also Mantel spaces which are not Schwartz spaces. An example will be based on PROPOSITION 6.3.3. Let am, n ~ am+I,n. The space M(am, n) (or LP(am, n)) (see Example 1.3.9) is a Schwartz space if and only. if, for any m, there
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
257
is an index m' such that
. am.n O 1Im --= '
(6.3.1)
am•,n
lnl~oo
where lnl = lnii+In2l+ ... +lnkl· Proof. Sufficiency. Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Let U0 be such a neighbourhood of zero that U0 + U0 C U. Let m be such
an index that the set
~
{x: llxllm <
Um =
(resp. Pm(x) <
~)}
is contained in U0 • Let m' be such an index that (6.3.1) holds. Let 8 beanarbitrarypositive number. Since (6.3.1) holds, there is a finite set A of indices such that, for n ¢ A, am.n
<
8.
(6.3.2)
am',n
Let L be a subspace of M(am,n) (resp. LP(am,n)) such that {xn} E L if and only if x 71 = 0 for n ¢A. The space L is finite-dimensional. Let KL = {x E L: am'.n lxnl < I}. The set KL is compact. Then there is n
a finite system_ of points y 1 ,
••• ,
Yn such that KL C
U (Yt+ U
0 ).
i=l
Let V = {x: llxllm• < 1/m}. Let x be an arbitrary element od V. By (6.3.2) there is an x 0 E VnL such that x-x0 EBUmC8U0 • Since VnLcKL, we have n
V C V n L+8U0 C KL+8U0 C
U (yi+eU +8U 0
0)
i=l
n
C
U (Yi+8U).
i=l
Thus the set Vis totally bounded with respect to U. Necessity. Let us suppose that there is such an m that for all m'
. sup-'amn I1m lnl-+oo
am•,n
..:
= um
> O.
>m
(6.3.3)
Chapter 6
258
Let U = {x: Jlx!Jm < 1 (resp. Pm(x) < 1)}. Let V be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Then there are a positive number b and an index m' such that V:> {x: l!xm•ll < b}. Let A be the set of such indices n that amn bm' ' - >2- . am•,n Since (6.3.3) holds, the set A is infinite. Let yn =
{y~},
where
fork= n, fork =I= n. It is obvious that yn E V (n = 1,2, ... ). On the other hand, if n,n' E A, n-=/= n', then llyn-yn'll > Mm.f2 (resp. Pm(yn-yn') > [Mm,f2]P). Since the set A is finite, this implies that Vis not totally bounded with respect to U. The arbitrariness of V implies the proposition. D Example 6.3.4 (Slowikowski, 1957) Example of a Monte! space which is not a Schwartz space. Let k, m, n~> n2 be positive integers. Let
ak,m,n,,n, = n~max(l,n~-n·).
Let X denote the space of double sequences x = {xn1,n 2} such that l!xllk.m = sup ak,m,n,,n, Jxn,.n,l < nhna
+ 00
with the topology determined by the pseudonorms l!xl!k,m· X is a B0 -space of the type M(am, n). The space X is not a Schwartz space. Indeed, let us take two arbitrary pseudonorms l!xl!k,m and l!xllk',m'· Let n~ > m,m'. Then lim n 2~co
ak,m,n~.n. = (n?)k-k'
Therefore lim sup ak,m,n,,n, lnl-+o:>
> 0.
ak',m',nY,na
ak','11'tnl,nl
> 0,
and from Proposition 6.3.2 it follows that the space X is not a Schwartz space.
Monte) and Schwartz Spaces
259
Now we shall show that the space X is a Montel spac~. Let A be a bounded set in X. Since X is a space of the type M(am, n), it is enough to show that lim ak,m,n.,n,sup lxn,,n,l = 0.
lnl--+oo
(6.3.4)
XEA
Let us take any sequence {(n~,nD}, such that lim ln~l+ln~l
= +oo.
We have two possibilities : (1) n~-+oo,
(2) nr is bounded. Let us consider the first case. Let x = {Xn 1, n 2} E A and let k' > k, m' > m. Since the set A is bounded, there is a constant Mk',m' such that
Then for sufficiently large
n~
(6.3.5) Let us consider the second case. Let m' Then
> m and m' >
n~,
k'
>k
Therefore, by (6.. 3.5) and (6.3.6) formula (6.3.4) holds. This implies that X is a Monte! space. D
6.4.
CHARACTERIZATION OF SCHWARTZ SPACES BY A PROPERTY OFF-NORMS
In the previous section we introduced the notion of Schwartz spaces. Now we shall give a characterization of those spaces by a property of F-norms. Let Y be an arbitrary F*-space with the F-norm llxll and let 8 be an arbitrary positive number. We write c(Y, 8, t)
= inf {lltxll : x E Y, llxll = 8}
260
Chapter 6
if there is such an element x c(Y, e, t)
if sup
llxll <
=
{~
E
llxll =
Y that
e and
for t#O, fort=O,
e.
xeY
THEOREM 6.4.1 (Rolewicz, 1961). Let X be a Schwartz space. Then, for every increasing sequence of finite-dimensional subspaces {Xn} such that 00
the set X*=
U Xn is dense in the whole space X, thefunctionsc(X/Xn,e,t) n=l
are not equicontinuous at 0 for any e. Proof Let us write K 11 = {xeX:
llxll <1]}.
Suppose that the theorem does not hold. Then there are a positive e and a sequence of finite-dimensional spaces {Xn} such that Xn C Xn+I> 00
the set X* =
U Xn is dense in the space X and the functions c(X/ Xn,e,t) n=l
are equicontinuous at 0. Let 15 be an arbitrary positive number. By A.0 we denote such a positive number that c(X/ Xn, e, t) <
15
T
for 0
< t < A.0 •
Since the set X* is dense in X, this implies that c(X*/Xn,e, t)
< ~
for 0
< t < A.0 •
We shall choose by induction sequences of positive integers {kn} and of elements {xn} such that (1) llxnll < 15, (2) (3)
Xn E
Xkn>
Xn - Xi ¢ AoKe/2" As k 1 we take 1 and as x 1 we take an arbitrary element of X 1 • Let us suppose that for some n we have chosen the elements xi> ... , Xn and the integers lei> •.. , kn. By hypothesis, there is in th~ space X/Xkn a coset Z
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
261
such that IIZII = E and llxoZII ~ b/2. By xn+I we denote an arbitrary element of the coset XoZ such that llxn+ 1 ll < CJ, and by Xk•+• we denote a subspace containing the element xn+I· Since for every x E Xk.• (xn+1-x) E EAoZ,
II
Xn+).1 -x 0
!I ~ IJZII =
E
--}--we have
fori= 1,2, ... ,n-1,n. Thus, by (3), the set K 0 is not totally bounded with respect to the set K, 12 • The arbitrariness of (J implies that X is not a Schwartz space. 0 It is not known whether the inverse theorem to Theorem 6.4.1 holds in the general case. THEOREM 6.4.2 (Rolewicz, 1961). Let X be an F-space for which there is a positive Eo such that for every x E X, x =I= 0, sup lltxll > E0 • If there is t>O
a sequence of finite-demensional spaces {Xn} such that Xn C Xn+l and the functions c(X/Xn,E, t) are not equicontinuous at 0 for any E, then the space X is a Schwartz space. Proof Let us write
K~=
U tKrr.
ttl
Let E be an arbitrary positive number such that (6.4.1) Suppose that there is a sequence of finite-dimensional spaces {Xn} such that Xn C Xn+ 1 and the functions c(X/Xn,E, t)are not equicontinuous at 0. This means that there are a sequence {nk} of positive integers and a positive number (J such that for each tt > 0 and for sufficiently large k sup c(X/Xn.,E,t) > CJ,
(6.4.2)
O~t~Jl
i.e. there is a Jlk, 0
<
< tt such that > CJ.
Jlk
c(X/Xn., E, Jlk)
(6.4.3)
This implies that in the quotient space X/ Xn. Kli C ttkK; C ttK;.
(6.4.4)
262
Chapter 6
Thus (6.4.5) Let x be an arbitrary element of a norm less than b, llxll < b. Let Z denote the coset containing x. Since (6.4.5), IIZ/.ull <e. Let x0 E Z be such an element that llx0 /.ull <e. This implies that (6.4.6) Let us write
x = x0 +(x-x0 ). Then
(6.4.7)
(x-x0) E Xn. and x-x0 eK/5+.uK;
c
,U(K;+K;).
(6.4.8)
Since the space Xn. is finite-dimensional, by (6.4.1) the set XnJI (K; + K;) is bounded. Thus it is totally bounded with respect to the set .uK;. Therefore, by Proposition 6.2.3 and by (6.4.8), there is a finite system of points y 1 , •.• , Yn such that m
Ko
c
U (Yi+.u(K;+K;+KD).
i~l
Hence the set K8 is totally bounded with respect to the set K = K; +K; +K;. Since the set K.. constitutes a basis of neighbourhoods of zero, the space X is a Schwartz space. D CoROLLARY 6.4.3 (Rolewicz, 1961). Let X be an F-space with a basis {en}· Suppose that there is a positive e0 such that sup O
lltxll >eo
for every x E X, x i=- 0. Then the space X is a Schwartz space if and only if the functions c(X~,e, t), where X~ are the spaces generated by the elements en+r. en+ 2 , ••• , are not equicontinuous at 0 for any e. Basing ourselves on Corollary 6.4.3, we shall give an example of a Schwartz space which is not locally pseudoconyex.
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
Example 6.4.4 Let {Pn} be a sequence of real numbers 0
263
< Pn <
1. By
[(p•)
we deriote
the space of all sequences x = {xn} such that co
[[x[[ = }; [xn[P• < +oo n=l
with the F-norm [[x[[. It is easy to verify that [(p•) is an F-space. The sequence {en}, en= {0, ... , 0,2,0, ... }, constitutes a basis in the space n-th place
[CPn).
By simple calculation we find that
c(X~, s, t) = s[tJP., where X~ is the space spanned by the elements en+I,en+ 2 , Pn = inf{pi: i
•••
and
> n}.
Therefore, by Corollary 6.4.3, the space !(p•) is a Schwartz space if and only if Pn~O. Let us remark that if Pk~o, then the space l(p.) is not locally pseudoconvex. Indeed, let() be an arbitrary positive number. Let Xn = {0, ... , 0, (b) 11P•, 0, ...}. Then [[xnll = b. Let p be an arbitrary positive number
-n-th place
and let np be such an index that, for n > np, Pn ~p/2. Let us take the p-convex combination of the elements xn»+l, ... , Xn,+k· Then
I XnP+;+ ..• +xnP+k II= klfp
n\.±,k . .:::..
CJ(-1)Pn
\=np+l
;;:;, (Jk ( k;fp
klfp
t'2 =
(Jkl/2
The arbitrariness of p and b implies that the space pseudoconvex.
6.5.
~ 00 .
z(pn)
is not locally
APPROXIMATIVE DIMENSION
Let X be an F*-space. Let A and B be two subsets of the space X. Let ·B be a starlike set. Let M(A,B,s) = sup{n: there exist n elements xi> ... , Xn e: A such that Xi-Xk ¢ sB for i =1= k}.
Chapter 6
264
The quantity M(A,B,s) is called the s-capacity of the set A with respect to the set B. Obviously, M(A,B,s) is a non-increasing function ofs. Let M (A, B)= {qJ(e): qJ(e)- real positive function, .
qJ(e)
}
hm M(A, B, s) = +oo . Let us denote by 0 the family of all open sets and by c:f the family of all compact sets. The family of real functions
nn
M(X) =
M(A, B)
.AE() Be:J
is called the approximative dimension of the space X (see Kolmogorov, 1958). PROPOSITION
6.5.1.
If two
F*-spaces X and Yare isomorphic, then
M(X)= M(Y). Proof Let T be an isomorphism mapping X onto Y. Then a set A is open (compact) if and only if the set T(A) is open (compact). Hence M(X)=
nn
M(A,B)
.Ae:J BE() .AcX BEX
=
n n M(T(A), T(B)) = M(Y).
.AE':J BE() .A eX BcX
PROPOSITION
6.5.2. Let X be a subspace of an F*-space Y. Then
M(X) :::> M(Y). Proof Let U be an open set in X. Let x
E
rx=inf{Jix-yjj: y¢U,yeX}. Let us put V=
U {ze Y:
XEU
jjz-xjj
<+rx}.
U and let
D
265
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
The set V C Y is open as a union of open sets. On the other hand, it is easy to verify that U = V tl X. Then M(Y)=
nn
AE~
BEQ
Ac:Y Bc:Y
= =
nn
M(A,B) C
AE~
BEQ
M(AnX,B)
Ac:Y Bc:Y
n n M(A n X, B n X) n n M(A, B)= M(X).
A~ BeY Ac:Y Bc:Y
AE~
BEQ
D
Ac:X Bc:X
CoROLLARY
6.5.3. If
dimzX ~ dimzY(dimzX = dimzY), then
'
(resp. M(X) = M(Y)).
M(X) :::> M(Y)
In order to prove a similar fact for linear codimension, we shall use the following 6.5.4. Let Y be an F-space and let X be a subspace of the space Y. Let us consider the quotient space Y/X. Let K be a compact set in Y/X. Then there is a compact set K0 C Y such that PROPOSITION
K= {fx]: xEK0}, where, as usual, we denote by [x] the coset containing x. Proof Since no confusion will result, we denote by the same symbol II 1/ the F-norm in Yand the norm induced by it in the quotient space Y/X. We shall say that a finite system of elements Zr. ••. , Zn constitutes a finite s-net in a set A if for any x E A there is an index i such that 1/zi-X/1
<s. Let r0 be an arbitrary positive number. Since the set K is compact, there is a finite ro-net z~, ... , Z!, inK. Let Xi, i =I, 2, ... , no, be arbitrary elements such that Xi E z?. Let n
A 0=
U {xE Y: i=l
1/x-xt/1
From the definitions of an r0-net and of a quotient space it follows that
Chapter 6
266
A0}. Let a~= sup {p: there {x: !!x-xzl/
K C {[x]: x
E
2r1
IS
an Xz
E
Z
such that
= inf a~ > 0. ZEK
Indeed, let us suppose that there is a sequence {Zn}, Zn E K, such that a~n -+0. Since the set K is compact we can assume without loss of generality that {Zn} tends to Z 0 e K. Therefore, for sufficiently large n,
IIZn-Zoll <-}a~,. This implies that ~n :;;>fa~,, and we obtai11 a contradiction, because a~n -+0. Let us take a finite r1-net inK, Z~, ... , z;,. The definition of r 1 implies that there are points xf E Zf, i = 1, 2, ... , ni> such t~at n
A1 =
.U {x: llx-xfll < r 1}
C
Ao.
t=l
Repeating this argument, we can choose by induction a sequence of systems of cosets {Z~, ... , z~.} and a sequence of positive numbers {nc} tending to 0 such that (1) Z~, .. . , z~. constitute an r~c-net inK, (2) A~c C Ak-1> where Ai =
rn
U {x:
llx}-xll < ri}.
i=l
Let n•
oo
Kri
=
U U {xn.
k=l i=l
The set K0 = Kri is compact. Indeed, let 8 be an arbitrary positive number. Let us take an'" such that r~c. The finite set
k
nt
U U {xj} constitutes i=l j=l
an r~c-net in K 0 , because Am C A~c for m > k. Since the set K0 is closed, the arbitrariness of 8 implies that the set K is compact. Let K 1 = {[x]: xe K 0}. Since the set K0 is compact, the set K1 is also compact. Moreover, [~] oo
= Z! and the set
n•
U U {Zf} is dense inK. Hence K = k=l i=l
'
K1•
D
Monte) and Schwartz Spaces
267
Proposition 6.5.4 implies the following fact. Let The a continuous linear operator mapping an F-space Y onto an F-space X. Then for every compact set Kin X there is a compact set K 0 in Y such that T(K0) = K. Indeed, let Z = {x: Tx = 0}. Then the space X is isomorphic to the quotient Y/Z and the operator T induces the operator T' mapping y E Y into the coset [y] E Y/Z. 6.5.5. Let X and Y be two F-spaces. linear operator T mapping Y onto X, then
PROPOSITION
If there
is a continuous
M(X) C M(Y). Proof To begin with, les us remark that if Tis a linear operator, then M(A, B,
e)~
M(T(A), T(B), e).
Hence M(A, B) C M(T(A), T(B)).
Since the inverse image of an open set is always open and in our case, by the Banach theorem (Theorem 2.3.1 ), the image of an open set is open,
n M(A, B) c n M(T(A), B).
BE(j
BEQ
BcX
BeY
On the other hand, for any compact set K c X there is a compact set K 0 C Y such that T(K0) = K. Therefore M (X)= COROLLARY
nn M(A, B) c nn
AE':J BEO
AE':f BEO
AcXBcX
AcYBcY
6.5.6. If
codim1 X~ codim1 Y (codiml X= codim1 Y), then, M(X) ::> M(Y)
(resp. M(X) = M(Y)).
By a simple calculation we obtain PROPOSITION
6.5. 7. If X is ann-dimensional space, then
M(X) = {tp(e): lim entp(e) = n~oo
+=}.
_
M(A, B)- M(Y).
268
Chapter 6
PROPOSITION 6.5.8. Let X be an F*-space. If X is not a Schwartz space, then the set M(X) is empty. Proof If X is not a Schwartz space, then there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that, for any neighbourhood of zero V, there is a positive number ev such that
M(V, U, ev) = +oo.
(6.5.1)
Let Vn = {x: llxll < 1/2n}, where llxll denotes, as usual, the F-norm in X. Let us write, for brevity, en = evn· Let rp(e) be an arbitrary positive function. Formula (6.5.1) implies that there is a system of points x~, ... , x~n such that mn > rp (en), x£ E Vn, i = I, mn
oo
2, ... , mn, xj-x~¢enUforj=f= k. LetK =
U U {x£}. The set Khas a n=l i=l
unique cluster point 0. Then the set K is compact. On the other hand, M(K, U, en)> mn > rp(en). Therefore rp(e) does not belong to M(K, U). The arbitrariness of rp(e) implies that the set M(X) is empty. D The Kolmogorov definition of approximative dimension has some disadvantages. Simply there are "too many" open and compact sets. This is the reason why in many cases it is more convenient to consider a definition of approximative dimension introduced by Pelczyri.ski (1957). The Pelczynski approximative dimension of a space X can be defined (after certain modifications) as the set of functions M'(X)=
Do lJOnpOive M(nV,
U).
integers
In other words, M'(X) = {rp(e): for each open set U there is an open . 'P(e) set Vsuch that, for all n, hm M( V U ) = +oo}. £--* 0 n , ,e Let { Ui} be a basis of neighbourhoods of zero. Let M~(X) = {rp(e): for each i, for almost allj, for all n, lim M( e--->0
~(e) U
n i+i•
)
i, e
=
+=}.
6.5.9. For all F*-spaces, M'(X) = M~(X). Proof The definitions of M'(X) and M~(Y) imply that M'(Y) C M~(Y). Suppose that rp(e) ¢ M'(Y). This means that there is a.neighbourhood of
PROPOSITION
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
269
zero U such that for all neighbourhoods of zero V there is a positive integer n such that lim M( '1'~8)U ) < +=. Let Ut be an arbitrary e~o n ' ,8 neighbourhood contained in U. Putting V = Ut+i(j = 1, 2, ... ),we find that rp(8) does not belong to M 0(X) C M'(X). D In applications the most useful class is the class M~(X), because it is described by a countable family of functions. PROPOSITION
6.5.10. Let X be a Schwartz space. Then the set M'(X) is not
empty. Proof Let us choose a decreasing basis of neighbourhoods of zero { Ut} in such a manner that M(nUt+~o Ui, 8) < for all positive integers n. Such a choice is possible, because X is a Schwartz space.
+=
Let
n n
rp(8)
=
_.!._
M(nUi+I, Ut, 8)
8 i=l
1 1 for--<8<-. n-l n
Let us take an arbitrary index i and an arbitrary n trary j and 8 < 1/n,
> i. Then, for arbi-
0 s M(nUi+j• Ut, 8) sM(nUi+l, Ui,8) s ~ rp(8) ~ rp(8) ~ 8·
This implies that rp(8) E M~(X). Therefore, by Proposition 6.5.10, rp(8) E M'(X). D PROPOSITION
6.5.11. Let X be an F-space. Then
M(X) :) M'(X). Proof Let K be a compact set and let V be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Then there is a positive integer n such that K C n V. Therefore, M(nV, U,8)
~
M(K, U, 8).
Thus M(n V, U) C M(K, U). This implies the proposition. From Propositions 6.5.8, 6.5.10, 6.5.11 follows
D
Chapter 6
270 CoROLLARY
6.5.12. X is a Schwartz space if and only if the set M(X) is not
empty. CoROLLARY
6.5.12'. X is a Schwartz space
if and only if the set M'(X)
is
not empty.
Proposition 6.5.11 shows that M(X)) M'(X). We do not know whether the converse inclusion is true. It is so in the case where X is a finitedimensional space. For infinite-dimensional spaces only the following partial answer is known. PROPOSITION 6.5.13. Let X be an infinite-dimensional Schwartz space. Suppose that, for each neighbourhoods of zero U and V, there is a neighbourhood of zero W such that for, all n,
M(nW, U, s) ~ M(V, U, s)
(6.5.2)
for sufficiently smalls. Then M(X) = M'(X). Proof Formula (6.5.2) implies that M(n W, U) J M( V, U). Then the
n n
set M'(X) is equal to the set Mv (X)=
nn
M(V, U).
UEQ VE(j
By Proposition 6.5.11 Mv (X) C M(X).
Now we shall show the converse inclusion. Suppose that a function tp(s) does not belong to Mv (X). This means that there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that for all neighbourhoods of zero V . . f 1Imin e-o
tp(s) M(V,2U,s)
<
+oo.
Since the space X is infinite dimensional, lim M(V, 2U, s) M(V, U, s)
•-o
=
O .
Thus 1.
· f
Imin e-~o
tp(s) 0 M(V, U, B) = .
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
This means that there is a sequence {s
271
Dtending to 0 such that
v
rp(sk) _ . I liD v - 0. k->oo M(V, U,sk)
Let Vn
=
{x: j[x[[
< 21n
},
(6.5.3)
where, as usual, [[x[[ denotes the F-norm in
the space X. Basing ourselves on formula (6.5.3) we can choose by the diagonal method a sequence {en} tending to 0 and such that lim rp(en) = 0. n-.ro M(Vn, U, en) This implies that for sufficiently large n there are systems of points {x~, ... , x~ln}, mn > rp(en), such that xf E Vn (i = 1, 2, ... , mn) and xjoo
-xj f# snU fori =I= j. Let K
=
mn
U U {xf}. The set K has a unique clusn=l i=l
ter point 0. Therefore, the set Kis compact. Moreover M(K, U, en))' mn
>
rp(en).
This implies t4at the function rp(s) does not belong to M(X). Hence M'(X) = Mv (X)) M(X).
0
Since it is not known whether the equality M'(X) = M(X) holds in general, we shall prove for M'(X) propositions and corollaries similar to Propositions and Corollaries 6.5.1-6.5.6. PROPOSITION 6.5.14. Let X andY be two Schwartz spaces. If the spaces X and Yare isomorphic, then
M'(X) = M'(Y).
Proof The above follows immediately from the definition of M'(X) and · the fact that the image (the inverse image) of an open set under an isomorphism is an open set. D
Chapter 6
272
6.5.15. Let X be an F*-space and let Y be a subspace of the space X. Then PROPOSITION
M'(X) C M'(Y). Proof The proof is the same as the proof of Proposition 6.5.2. CoROLLARY
0
6.5.16. If
diml X:;:;;; dimlY
(dimlX =dimlY),
then M'(X)
~
M'(Y)
(resp. M'(X) = M'(Y)).
PROPOSITION 6.5.17. Let X andY be two F-spaces. LetT be a continuous linear operator mapping X onto Y. Then
M'(X) C M'(Y). Proof The Banach theorem (Theorem 2.3.1) implies that the image of an open set is an open set. In general, the inverse image of an open set is an open set. The rest of the proof is the same as the proof of Proposition 6.5.6. 0 COROLLARY
6.5.18. If
codiml X:;:;;; codiml Y
(codimlX = codimlY),
then M'(X)
~
M'(Y)
(resp. M'(X) = M'(Y)).
It is easy to calculate approximative dimensions of spaces M(am,n). For the calculation of M'(X) it is enough to know the functions M(Ui+1• Ui, s) for a basis of neighbourhoods of zero {Un} (see Proposition 6.5.9). PROPOSITION
6.5.19. Let X= M(am,n) be a real Schwartz space. Let
Ut = {x: JJxllt < 1}. Then (6.5.4) where E'(r) is the greatest integer less than r.
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
273
Proof Letx = {xn} andy= {Yn} be two elements of U;+i· Letx-y E eU;. Then there is an index n such that a;,nlxn-Yni >e. On the other hand, ai+i•nXn and ai+i•nYn are less than 1. Since there may exist no E'(1+l:__at.n )numbersbksuch thata;+f,nlbkl < 1 and e ai+j,n . Jbk-bk,Ja;,n > e fork-=!= k', and systems with this number of elements
more than
exist, the proposition holds.
D
Proposition 6.5.13 and formulas (6.5.4) and (6.3.1) imply that M'(M(am,n))
=
M(M(am,n)).
If X= M(am,n) is a complex space, then tp(e) E M(X) if and only if
y cp(e) belongs to M(Xr), where Xris a real space M(am,n).
Propositions 6.5.19 and Corollaries 6.5.12', 6.5.16, 6.5.18 imply 6.5.20 (Pelczynski, 1957). There is no Schwartz space universal (or co-universal) for all Schwartz spaces. Proof Since for every Schwartz space X the set M'(X) is non-empty, it is sufficient to show that for any functionf(e) there is a Schwartz space X1 such thatf(e) ¢; M'(X,). Let a!= 2/k for nk-l < n ~ nk, where nk = logd(l/k)+l. Let X1 = M(am,n), where am,n = (a!) 11m. By proposition 6.3.3 the PROPOSITION
space X1 is a Scl].wartz space. On the other hand,
M( U;+i, U;, !)= ~
i1 E'(1+k(a~) ~- i:i) [1 E'(l+ka~) ~ > 1(!).
Therefore,J(e) <j M'(XJ).
2n•
D
Let us observe that, for any sequence {Xn} of Schwartz space, there is a Schwartz space X universal for the sequence {Xn}. Indeed, let X be the space of all sequences x = {xn}, Xn E Xn with the F-norm 00
~ 1
llxll = ;21
2n
llxnlln l+JJxnlln'
Chapter 6
274
where JjxJJn denotes the F-norm in Xn. It is easy to verify that X is a Schwartzspace and that it is universal and co-universal for all spaces Xn.
6.6.
DIAMETRAL DIMENSION
In this section we shall consider another definition of approximative dimension, so-called diametral approximative dimension or briefly diametral dimension (see Mityagin; 1960, Tichomirov, 1960; Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1961, 1963). Let A, B be arbitrary sets in a linear space X. Let B be balanced. Let L be a subspace of X. We write c5(A, B, L)
= inf(e > 0: L+eB >A).
Let us write c5n(A, B)= infc5(A, B, L),
where the infimum is taken over all n-dimensional subspace L. Let c5(A, B) denote the class of all sequences t = {tn} of scalars such that lim
tn c5n(A, B)
n-+co
=
0.
The following properties of the class c5(A, B) are ob':ious: if A' C A and B c5(aA, bB)
~
B', then c5(A', B') C c5(A, B);
= c5(A, B) for all scalars a, b different from 0.
(6.6.1) (6.6.2)
Let X be an F-space. Let 0 denote the class of open sets and c;J the class of compact sets. Let c5(X) =
U U c5(B, U).
UE() BE':f
The class c5(X) is called the diametral approximative dimension (briefly diametral dimension) of the space X. PROPOSITION
6.6.1. Let X andY be two isomorphic F-spaces. Then
c5(X)
~
c5(Y).
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
275
Proof The proposition immediately follows from the fact that the classes of open sets and compact sets are preserved by an isomorphism. D In many cases diametral dimension is easier to calculate than approximative dimension. Unfortunately we do not know the answer to the following question: do we have b(X) C o(Y) is X is a subspace of an F-space Y? As we shall show later, the answer is affirmative under certain additional assumptions. PROPOSITION 6.6.2 (Mityagin, 1961). Let X andY be two F-spaces. LetT be a continuous linear operator mapping X onto Y. Then
b(X) :::> b(Y). Proof The definition trivially implies that, for arbitrary A, B C X and an arbitrary subspace L, b(A, B, L) ?= o(T(A), T(B), T(L)). Since dim T(L)
~
dimL, this implies
bn(A, B)?= On(T(A), T(B))
and
o(A, B) :::> o(T(A), T(B)).
The inverse image of an open set is an open set. For any compact set K C Y there is a compact set K 0 C X such that T(K0 ) = K (cf. Proposition 6.5.4). Then
o(X) =.
U BEO U o(A, B) :::> U BEO U b(T(A),
AE~
~
:::>
AE~
T(B))
AE~
A eX BeX
AeX Be X
U b(A, B)= o(Y).
BEO
AeY BeY
COROLLARY 6.6.3.
/f
codim1 X~ codim1 Y
(codim 1X= codim1 Y),
then (resp.b(X)
b(X) C o(Y)
=
o(Y)).
PROPOSITION 6.6.4 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1963). Let 3(X) =
U
n
UEO VEO
UeX VeX
b(V, U).
D
Chapter 6
276
Then b(X) = b(X). Proof Let B be an arbitrary compact set and V, U arbitrary neighbourhoods of zero. Since the set Bis compact, there is a positive number a such that BcaV. Then by (6.6.1) and (6.6.2) we obtain r5(B, U)Cb(V, U) for all B and V. Hence
U b(B, U) C
BE~
BcX
n
b(V, U).
VEO VeX
Therefore
u ub(B, u) c u n b(v, u),
UEO BE~
UEO VEO
i.e. b(X) C '"" b(X). Now we shall show the converse inclusion. Let U0 be a neighbourhood of zero and let
{tn}E
n
b(V, Uo).
VEQ
Let { V1c} be a decreasing countable basis of neighbourhoods ofzero. Fort mula (6.6.3) implies that~~ bn(V:, Uo) = 0 (k = 1, 2, ... ).Then we can choose an increasing sequence of indices kb k 2 , tn lim =0 11--+CO bn( vkn, Uo) . For every V1cn there is a finite Zn C V1cn such that
•••
such that
1
bn(Zn, Uo) ~ 2b(VTcn, Uo). co
Let B =
U Zn. Since the set B has a unique cluster point 0, it is compact. n=l
On the other hand, JtnJ ~ JtnJ ~ 2JtnJ bn(B, Uo) ""' bn(Zn, Uo) ""' bn(Vkn, Uo)
This means that {tn}
E
b(B, U0 ). Then {tn}
E
O -+
b(X).
·
D
As an obvious consequence of Proposition 6.6.4 and (6.6.1) we obtain
Montel and Schwartz Spaces
277
PROPOSITION 6.6.5 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1961). Let { Un} be a basis of neighbourhoods ofzero in an F-space X. Then
n b(Um, Un). co
00
b(X) =
U
n~l m~l
CoROLLARY 6.6.6 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1961). If X is a Schwartz space, then there is a sequence {t;} tending to 0 such that
{t:} ¢b(X). Proof If X is a Schwartz space, then there is a basis of neighbourhoods of zero { Un} such that lim bn( Ui+I• UJ) = 0 (j = 1, 2, ... ). Since we have
only a countable number of sequences bn( Ui+I• UJ), it is not difficult to construct a sequence {t;} tending to 0 such that . I1m
X
In
n~oo bn(Ui+l• Uj)
= +oo,
j= 1, 2, ... ,
Proposition 6.6.5 implies that {t;} ¢ b(X).
D
PROPOSITION 6.6.7 (Mityagin, 1961). Let X be a B 0 -space with the topology given by a sequence of Hilbertian pseudonorms, i.e. the pseudonorms [[x[[n = (x,x)n, where (x,x)n are inner products. Let Y be a subspace of the space X. Then b(Y) C b(X). Proof Let Un = {x: [[x[[n
By similar arguments to those used in the proof of Proposition 6.6.3 we obtain b(Up n Y, Uq n Y) = b(Tp,q(Up), Tp,q(Uq)) C IJ(Up, Uq). Since the sets Vp = Up n Y constitute a basis of neighbourhoods of zero in Y,
U n IJ(Vp, Vq) C q=lp=l U n b(Up, Uq) = IJ(X). q=lp=l 0000
IJ(Y) =
0000
D
278
Chapter 6
We do not know whether the converse fact to Corollary 6.6.6 holds, i.e. the following question is open : Problem 6.6.8. Let X be an F-space. Suppose that there is a sequence ·
{t} ten ping to 0 such that {t;} ¢ (J (X). Is X a Schwartz space? 6.6.8 is strictly connected with
Problem 6.6.9. Let (X, II II) be an F-space and let A be a closed bounded set in X. Suppose that, for each starklike open set U, the sequence {bn(A, U)} tends to 0. Is the set A compact?
The answer is positive for locally pseudoconvex spaces and spaces N(L(Q, E, /1)). LEMMA 6.6.10 (Turpin, 1973). Let (X, II II) be an F*-space. Suppose that for each neighburhood of zero U there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that for each finite dimensional subspace Landfor all a > 0 there is a finite set H C V n L such that (6.6.3)
Vn L C H+aU.
Then each bounded set B such that lim bn(B, U) = 0 for all open balanced enighbourhoods of zero U is totally bounded. Proof Let W be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Let U be a balanced neighbourhood of zero such that
U+Uc W. By our hypothesis there is a finite-dimensional space L such that B C L+ +U. Hence Bc(B+U)nL+U. Without loss of generality we may assume that U nL is bounded. Hence for sufficiently small a> 0 1
Bc(B U)nL+Uc-Vn L+U. a
(6.6.4)
Thus by (6.6.3) and (6.6.4) there is a finite set H such that 1
1
Be -H+U+UC -H+W. a a
(6.6.5)
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
279
Therefore, for all a' > 0, there is a finite setH such that B C H+a'W.
(6.6.6)
0
REMARK 6.6.11. In Lemma 6.6.9 the hypothesis that H is finite can be replaced by the hypothesis that it is totally bounded.
Indeed, if His totally bounded, then for each a' > 0 and a neighbourhood of zero W there is a finite set H 0 such that H C H 0 +a'W.
(6.6.7)
Thus by (6.6.6) and (6.6.7) we obtain B C H 0 +a'W+a'W.
6.6.12. Let X be an F*-space without arbitrarily short lines. Then each bounded set B such that lim (Jn(B, U) = Ofor an arbitrary hal-
PROPOSITION
anced neighbourhood of zero U is totally bounded. Proof The proposition follows immediately from Remark 6.6.11 and Lemma 2.4.6. D
As an immediate consequence of Proposition 6.6.12 we obtain 6.6.13. Let X be a locally bounded space. Let B C X be a bounded set such that lim (Jn(B, U) = 0 for each open balanced neigh-
PROPOSITION
bourhood of zero U. Then the set B is totally bounded. PROPOSITION 6.6.14. Let X be an F*-space with a topology given by a sequence of F-pseudonorms {II lin} (see Section 1.3). Suppose that for each n there is an an > 0 such that ,for all x such that' llxlln # 0,
sup lltxlln > an.
(6.6.8)
tER
Let B be a bounded set such that, for each open balanced set V, lim (Jn(B, V) = 0. Then the set B is totally bounded. n-+ro
Proof Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Then there are n and
280
Chapter 6
a number a'
> 0 such that
{x: llxlln
(6.6.9)
C U.
Let X~= {x EX: llxlln = 0}. Let Xn =X/X~ denote the quotient space. The F-pseudonorm II lin induces an F-norm in the space Xn. By (6.6.9) Xn is without arbitrarily short lines. The bounded set B induces a bounded set Bn = {[x]: x E B} in Xn. Similarly, U induces a neighbourhood of zero in Xn. Thus, by Proposition 6.6.12, for each a > 0 there is a finite setH such that
0 By Propositions 6.6.13 and 6.6.14 we trivially obtain PROPOSITION 6.6.15. Let X be a locally pseudoconvex space. Let B be a bounded set such that, for eac_h open balanced set U, lim bn(B, U) = 0. 11---+00
Then the set B is totally bounded.
LEMMA 6.6.16 (Turpin, 1973). Let X be an F*-space. Suppose that there is a basis of neighbourhoods of zero {Um}, such that, for m = 1, 2, ... , aUm is a linear space and there is a neighbourhood V m such that
n
a>O
Then each bounded set B such that lim bn(B, U) = 0 for each balanced neighbourhood of zero U is totally bounded. Proof Let {Vm,n} be a sequence of neighbourhoods of zero such that Vm,o = Vm and Vm,n+l+ Vm,n+l C Vm,n•
Let
Of course,
n aWm,n = n aUm
a>O
a>O
(6.6.10)
Monte) and Schwartz Spaces
281
and W m,n+I + W m,n+I C W m,n.
By the Kakutani construction (see Theorem 1.1.1), the sequence II lim and, by (6.6.10), formula (6.6.8) holds. Of course, the topology determined by the sequence of F-pseudonorms {II lim} is equivalent to the original one. Therefore Proposition 6.6.14 implies the Lemma. 0 {Wm,n} induces an F-pseudonorm
LEMMA 6.6.17 (Turpin, 1973). Let X be an F*-space such that for each neighbourhood of zero U there is a neighbourhood of zero V with the following property : if there are sequences {sn,i}, i
= 1, 2, ... , k
such that Sn,i;:, 0,
Sn,i-l · 1, 2, .... , k and . Sn,i= +oo, 1"1m--= 11m oo, z= n~co
n-+-oo
Sn,i
k
}.; Sn,ie,e V, thenlin(e1 ,
•••
,ek) CU.
(6.6.11)
i=l
Then the hypotheses of Lemma 6.6.10 hold. Proof Let U and V satisfy condition (6.6.11). Let Wbe a balanced neigh-
bourhood of zero such that W + W C V. Let L be a finite-dimensional subspace. We shaJl show that there is a bounded setH C L such that W n L C H+
n
aU.
(6.6.12)
a>O
Suppose that (6.6.12) does not hold. Then there is an unbounded sequence {xn}C WnL such that, for each subsequence {Yn} of thesequence {xn} and for each bounded setH C L.
{Yn} ¢ H+
n
aU.
(6.6.13)
a>O
The existence of such a sequence follows from the fact that L is finitedimensional. We shall show that (6.6.13) does not hold. Namely, we shall show that each unbounded sequence {xn} C W n L contains a subsequence {Yn} C WnL such that there is a bounded sequence {zn} such that YnEZn+ aU.
n
a>O
282
Chapter 6
Since {xn} is unbounded and the space L is finite-dimensional, we can find e1 E L, e1 =I= 0 and a subsequence {y~} of the sequence {xn} such that
z
where sn, 1 -+oo and _n -+0 and, moreover {zn} belongs to a subspace Sn,l
L 1 of the space L such that e1 ¢ L 1 • Either the sequence {z~} is bounded or it is unbounded. In the second case we repeat our process. Finally we can choose a subsequence {Yn} of the sequence {xn} which can be represented in the form k'
. Yn
=.}; Sn,iet+zn,
(6.6.14)
i=l
where k' ~ k, Sn,i ;? 0, Sn,t-+oo, Sn.i-l -+oo and {zn} is a bounded seSn,i
quence. Since {zn} is bounded, there is a number b, 0 < b < 1, such that {b zn} C WnL. The sequence {Yn} is a subsequence of the sequence {xn}; thus {b Yn} C WnL. Therefore, by (6.6.14), k'
b.}; Sn,iei E V i=l
and, by (6.6.11), lin (et. ... , ek.) C U. This implies that lin (e 1 , C aU and (6.6.13) does not hold.
n
... ,
ek.)
a>O
Thus we have (6.6.12) and since Lis finite-dimensional the hypotheses of Lemma 6.6.10 hold. D THEOREM 6.6.18 (Turpin, 1973). In the space N(L(Q, E, fl.)) each bounded set B such that lim bn(B, U) = 0 for each balanced neighbourhood of zero ,__,.co U is totally bounded. Proof We shall show that the hypothesis of Lemma 6.6.17 holds. Lets be an arbitrary positive number. Let ,h, ... ,fk be measurable functions. Suppose that there are sequences {sn,i}, i = 1, ... , k such that sn,i >0,
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
283
Sn i-1 sn,i-+oo,-'- -+oo and for all n Sn,i n
k
PN(l' Sn,ifi)
=
i=l
f N(ll' Sn,Jil)d-,u <e.
(6.6.15)
i=l
Q
Let k
A=
U {t: .fi(t)::;i:O}. i=l k
For each tEA,
I};
S11 ,i./i(t)
I tends to infinity.
Thus, by (6.6.15) and
i=l
the Fatou lemma,
J
A
N(u)d',u ~ e,
sup
O
i.e., sup
O
N(u) ~
,U
e (A) .
(6.6.16) k
By (6.6.16), for each linear combination f = }; cifi, i=l
PN(/)~e
< 2e.
The hypothesis of Lemma 6.6.17 and the above formula imply the theorem. D Turpin (1973rshowed in fact a stronger result, namely that Theorem 6.6.18 is valid for some generalizations of spaces N(L(Q, E, Suppose we are given a space M(arn,n), where mare positive integers and n are non-negative integers (see Example 1.3.9). We say that the space M(arn,n) is regular if, for m < m', the sequence arn,n/am,,n is non-increasing.
,u)).
PROPOSITION 6.6.19. If a space M(am,n) is regular, then b(M(am,n))
=
{{tn}: lim tn aq,n n---+oo
ap,n
=
Ofor some p and all
q}.
Proof Let Up= {x: llxll < 1}. Since the space M(am,n) is regular, we have, for q > p, bn_ 1(Uq, Up)= ap,nfaq,n and Proposition 6.6.5 trivially implies the proposition. 0
Chapter 6
284 COROLLARY
6.6.20. Let {an}, {bn} be two sequences of reals tending to in-
finity. Then b(M(a~)) = M(a~),
b(M(b~-l/m))
= M+(b;; 11m) = {{tn}: tnb;; 11m -+Oforsomem}.
6.6.21 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1961). There is an infinite-dimensional B 0 -space X which is not isomorphic to its product by the one-dimensional space. Proof Let X= M(expm2 2"+} The sequence {exp(-22"+"')} belongs to b(M(expm2 2")), but it does not belong to b(M(expm22"+')). 0 COROLLARY
Now we shall introduce a class of sequences in a certain sense dual to the class b(X). We denote by b'(A, B) the set of all sequences {tn} such that lim tnbn(A,B) = 0. 11->-00
The class b'(A, B) has the following properties: if A' C A, B':) B, then b'(A', B') :) b'(A, B), (6.6.1') b' (aA, bB) = b' (A, B) for all scalars a, b different from 0. (6.6.2') Let b'(X) =
n n b'(K, U).
KE':JUeO
By a similar argument to that used for b(X) we find that b'(X) is an invariant of linear co dimension, which means that if codimzX ~ codimzY
(codimzX = codimzY),
then b' (X) :) b' (Y)
(resp. b' (X)= b' (Y)).
Let J'(X) =
U U b'(V, U).
UeO VeO
By a similar argument as to that used in the proof of Proposition 6.6.4 we obtain '
PROPOSITION
-
6.6.22. b (X) = b'(X).
As a consequence of Proposition 6.6.22 we obtain the following proposition, in a certain sense dual to Proposition 6.6.20.
Monte] and Schwartz Spaces PROPOSITION
6.6.23./f a space M(am,n) is regular, then
()' (M(am,n))
=
{
{tn}: for all p there is a q such that tn
CoROLLARY
285
ap,n aq,n
-+
o}.
6.6.24. Let {an}, {bn} be sequences ofreals tending to infinity.
Then (j'(M(b;;I/m)) ()'(M(a~))
=
M(b;;l/m),
= M-(a?;:) = {{tn}: tna;;m -+0 for some m }.
In the same way as in Corollary 6.6.7 we can prove 6.6.25. Let X be a B0 -space with the topology given by a sequence of Hilbertian pseudonorms. Let Y be a subspace of the space X. Then ()'(X):::> ()'(Y).
COROLLARY
The following, natural question arises : when does the equality of diametral approximative dimensions imply isomorphism? We shall show that this holds for an important class of spaces called Kothe power spaces. Let an be a sequence of positive numbers tending to infinity. The space M(a?;:) is called a Kothe power space of the infinite type, the space M (a~Ifm) is called a Kothe power space of the finite type. To begin with, we shall show that two Kothe power spaces of infinite type (of the finite type) induced by sequences {an} and {~n} are equal as the sets if and only if there are two positive constant A, B such that
A< logan
(6.6.17)
logan
Indeed, x = {xn}
e: M(a~), (M(a~Ifm)) if and only if
logixnl+mlogan-+ -oo,
m= 1,2, ...
(6.6.18)
(resp. 1
1ogixnl--1ogan-+ -oo, m
m= 1,2, ... ).
(6.6.18')
286
Chapter 6
If (6.6.17) holds, then (6.6.18) (resp. (6.6.18') holds if and only if logJxnl+mlogan-+- oo,
m= 1,2, ...
(resp. logJxnJ--1-logan-+ -oo, m
m = 1, 2, ... ).
Thus (6.6.17) implies that the spaces as the sets are equal. In a similar way we can show that the sets M-(a";:) and M-(a";:) (resp. M+(a~Ifm) and M+(a~Ifm) , where M-(a:) is defined in Corollary 6.6.24 and M+(a~Ifm) is defined in Corollary 6.6.20, are equal if and only if (6.6.17) holds. Thus, by Corollaries 6.6.20 and 6.6.24, we obtain COROLLARY 6.6.26. Let X, Y be two Kothe power spaces of the finite type (of the infinite type). Then the following three conditions are equivalent. X and Yare isomorphic,
(6.6.19.i)
the diametral approximative dimensions of X and Yare equal, = b(Y), (6.6.19.ii)
b(X)
o'(X)
=
b'(Y),
(6.6.19.iii)
Corollary 6.6.26 shows that Kothe P
ap,n
n----+cc
aq,n
=
0.
Let N denote the set of all subsequences v = {nk} of the sequence of positive integers. Let
and Jet
Monte] and Schwartz Spaces
Let NI(L(am,n))
=
and N 2 (L(am,n)) =
287
U n n N~.q,s p
q
8
n U n N!.q.s· p
q
8
The following facts hold NI(L(am,n)) () N 2 (L(am,n))
= 0,
NI(L(am,n)) U N 2 (L(am,n)) =f::. 0.
Moreover, NI(L(am,n)) and N 2(L(am,n)) are invariants of isomorphisms inside the class of all spaces L(am,n), which means that if two spaces L(am,n) and L(bm,n) are isomorphic, then i= 1, 2.
We shall introduce an order inN in the following way vi ~ v2 if almost all elements of vi belong to v2 • The class Ni(L(am,n)), i = 1, 2, satisfies one of the following three conditions : there is a maximal element in Ni(L(am,n)),
(6.6.20.1)
there is no maximal element in Ni(L(am,n)),
(6.6.20.2)
the class Ni(L(am,n)) is empty.
(6.6.20.3)
We say that a space L(am,n) belongs to the class_ Ei,J, i,j = 1, 2, 3, if NI(L(am,n) satisfies condition (6.6.20.1) and N 2(L(am,n)) satisfies condition (6.6.20.2). The class E 3 , 3 is empty. Dragilev (1970b) showed that no other class is empty. Let E 0 = EI, 3 u E 3 ,I u EI,I· Dragilev (1970b) showed that if two spaces belonging to E 0 have the same approximative diametral dimension, then they are isomorphic. On the other hand, if Et,i ¢ E 0 , then there are two spaces belonging to the union Et, 1 u E 0 such that they are not isomorphic but they have the same approximative diametral dimension. It is not known whether two spaces L(am,n) and L(bm,n) having the same approximative dimension and equal sets NI and N 2 are necessarily isomorphic.
288
6.7.
Chapter 6 ISOMORPHISM AND NEAR-ISOMORPHISM OF THE CARTESIAN PRODUCTS
The results of this sectionforlocally convexlinear topological spaces was obtained by Zahariuta ( 1973). We shall formulate it for metric linear spaces not necessarily locally convex. Let (X, II llx) and (YII lly) be two F*-spaces. We recall that a linear continuous operator T mapping X into Y is called compact if there is a neighbourhood of zero U in X such that the set T( U) is totally bounded. We say that an ordered pair ofF-spaces (X, Y) satisfies condition R (briefly (X, Y) E R) if every linear continuous operator T mapping X into Y is compact. 6.7.1. If Y is a Monte! space, then (X, Y) E Rfor each locally bounded space X. Proof Let T be a linear continuous operator mapping X into Y. Let U C X be a bounded neighbourhood of zero. By Theorem 2.1.1 the set . T(U) is bounded. Since Y is a Monte! space, the set T(U) is totally bounded. D PROPOSITION
6.7.2. Let Y be a locally p-convex space. Jf(X, Y) E Rfor all locally bounded spaces X with p-homogeneous norms, then Y is a Monte/ space. Proof The topology in Y is given by a sequence {II l!n} of p-homogeneous pseudonorms. Let A be an arbitrary bounded set in Y. Then there is a sequence of numbers {mn} such that PROPOSITION
P (y)
= sup mniiYIIn::::;; I n
for ally EA. Let (X,p(y)) be the space of such y that p(y) < +oo. Of coursep(y)is ap-nomogeneous norm on X. The operator Tequal to identity maps X into Yin a continuous way. Observe that A C U = {y: p(y) ::::;; 1}. Thus A C T(U). Since T(U) is totally bounded, the set A is also totally bounded. D
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
289
6.7.3. Let X be a Schwartz space. Then, for each locally bounded space Y, (X, Y) E R. PROPOSITION
Proof Let T be a continuous linear operator mapping X into Y. Since the space Y is locally bounded there is a neighbourhood of zero U c X such that T(U) is bounded. Take any neighbourhood of zero We Y. Since the set T(U) is bounded, there is a positive number a such that aT(U) c W. The space X is a Schwartz space, thus there is a neighbourhood of zero V totally bounded with respect to U, i.e. for each s > 0 there is a finite system of points {x 1, ... , Xn} such that (6.7.1)
Thus
The arbitrariness of s and W implies that the set T( V) is totally bounded. D PROPOSITION 6.7.4. Let X be a locally pseudoconvex (locally p-convex) space. If (X, Y) E R for each locally bounded space Y (locally bounded space Y with a p:homogeneous norm,) then X is a Schwartz space. Proof Take an arbitrary absolutely p-convex neighbourhood of zero U. The set U induces a p-homogeneous pseudonorm II 11. Take as X 0 the quotient space X 0 = Xf{x: llxll = 0}. The space X 0 is a locally bounded space with the norm induced by II 11. The canonical mapping nu: x~X0 is a continuous linear operator. Thus, by our hypothesis, there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that nu(V) is totally bounded with respect to nu(U). This implies that Vis totally bounded with respect to U. Since there is a basis of absolutely Pn-convex (p-convex) neighbourhoods of zero in X, Vis totally bounded. D
6.7.5. (X, Y) E R and(Y, Z) E: R does not imply (X, Z)E R. Proof Let X be a Schwartz space. Let Y be an arbitrary Banach space. Then (X, Y) E Rand (Y, X) E R, whereas (Y, Y) ¢ R. 0 CoROLLARY
Chapter 6
290
6.7.6. Let (X, Y) E R. Let X 0 be a subspace of X and let Y 0 be a subspace of Y. We assume that X 0 is complemented, i.e. that there is a continuous projection of X onto X 0 • Then (X0 , Y 0) E R. Proof Let T 0 be an arbitrary linear continuous operator mapping X 0 into Y 0 • Since (X, Y) E R, the operator T 0 P mapping X into Y is compact. Thus there is a neighbourhood of zero U in X such that T0(P( U)) is totally bounded. Therefore the set T 0(X0 n U) C T0 P(U) is also totally bounded. D LEMMA
6.7.7. If (X, Y) E R and X is isomorphic to Y, then X is finite-dimensional. Proof The lemma is a trivial consequence of the Eidelheit-Mazur theorem (Theorem 6.1.2). D LEMMA
Combining Lemmas 6.7.6 and 6.7.7., we obtain PROPOSITION 6.7.8. Let (X, Y) E R. Let X 0 be an infinite-dimensional subspace of X. Let X 0 be complemented. Then X 0 is not isomorphic to any subspace Y 0 of Y.
Let (X, I llx) and (Y, II IIY) be two F-spaces. A linear continuous operator T mapping X into Yis called a C/J-operator (or a near isomorphism) if T(X) is closed and dim{x: T(x) = 0} = a(T) <
+=
(6.7.2)
and dim Y/T(X)
=
{J(T)
< +oo.
(6.7.3)
By the index of a C/J-operator Twe shall mean the difference "(T) = rt(T)-{J(T).
(6.7.4)
If there is a C/J-operator mapping X into Y we say that the spaces X and Yare nearly isomorpic. The theory of C/J-operators in Banach spaces is presented in a fundamental paper by Gohberg and Krein, 1957. The results concerning non-locally convex spaces can be found in Przeworska-Rolewicz and Rolewicz (1968). We shall formulate those results without proofs.
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
291
Let X, Y, Z be three F-spaces. Let T: x_,.y and S: y_,.z be two 4>-operators. Then the superposition ST is a 4>-operator and we have the following equality for indexes
x(ST) = x(T)+x(S).
(6.7.5)
Formula (6.7.5) for Banach spaces was proved by Atkinson (1951, 1953). Basing ourselves on the Riesz theory of compact operators on non-locally convexspaces(Wiliamson, 1954), we find that if T: X__,.. Yis a 4>-operator and S: x_,.y is a compact operator then T+Sis a 4>-operator and
x(T+S) = x(T).
(6.7.6)
Let T: X__,.. Y be a 4>-operator, then there is a 4>-operator T such that
TT=I+B,
(6.7.7)
TT= I+C,
(6.7.8)
where B and C are compact operators. Let X = X1 X X 2 , Y = Y1 X Y 2 be F-spaces. Let T be a continuous linear operator mapping X into Y. Of course T can be represented in the matrix form Tl,l T1,2l T= [ r..2,1 r.2,2 ' where Tt, 1 : Xt_,.Y,, i,j = I, 2. Now we shall formulate a lemma proved by Douady (1965) for Banach spaces and by Zahariuta (1973) for locally convex spaces. LEMMA
=
6. 7.8/f Tis a 4>-operator and (XI> Y2)
[T1'1 T1'2l is a 4>-operator. 0 T2,2
E
If moreover (X1,
R, then the operator T 0
Y2) E R then
x(T) = x(TI,I)+x(T2,2).
(6.7.9)
1
0 is compact. Hence R, the operator S = [ 0 T2,1 0 the operator T-S = [T1'1 T1'2l is a 4>-operator. Proof Since (X1, Y 2)
E
0
T2,2
292
Chapter 6
If(X2, Yl) E R, then the operator sl u(T-S-S1) =
=
[~ ~1 ' 2] is compact and
u([~1 ' 1 ~2 . 2 ]) = u(TI,1)+u(T2,2).
0
As a consequence of Lemma 6.7.8 we obtain PROPOSITION 6.7.9. Let X= X 1 XX2 andY= Y1 X Y2 • Let (X1 , X 2 ) E R and ( YI> X 2) E R. Then X is nearly isomorphic to Y if and only if X 1 is nearly isomorphic to Y1 and X 2 is nearly isomorphic to Y 2 •
Let X be an F-space. By X(i) we shall denote an arbitrary subspace of codimension i if i;?: 0 (observe that all such subspaces are isomorphic) and an arbitrary space Xx Z, dimZ = Iii, if i < 0. THEOREM 6.7.10. Under the hypotheses of Proposition 6.7.9 the space X is isomorphic to the space Y if and only if there is an integer s such that Y 1 is isomorphic to x~> and y2 is isomorphic to x~-·>. Proof Sufficiency. If Y1 is isomorphic to x~•> and Y2 is isomorphic to X~-s), then Y1 X Y2 is isomorphic to X~> X X~-s) and it is isomorphic to
X 1 xX2•
Necessity. LetT: X1 X X2-+ Y1 X Y2 be an isomorphism. Then, by Lemma 6.7.8, T1 , 1: X 1 -+Y1 and T2, 2: X2-+Y2 are (/)-operators. Then Y1 is isomorphic to X~,> and Y 2 is is isomorphic to X~·>. By formula (6.7.9) 0 = u(T) = u(T1,1)+u(T2,2) = s1+s2 and
0 Now we shall apply the results given above to a certain class of locally convex spaces. Let X be a B0-space with a topology defined by a sequence of pseudonorms {II Ilk}. Suppose that {en} is a basis in X such that, for each x ro
ro
= }; Xnen, the series }; lxnlllenllk are convergent for k = 1, 2, ... We n=l
n=l
shall call a basis with this property an absolute basis. We say that X E d1 (is of type d1) if there are an absolute basis {en} in X and an indexp such that for each index q there are an index r and N
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
293
= N(p,q) such that for n >N. (6.7.10) llenll: ~ lleniiP llenllr We say that X e d2 (is of type d2) if there is an absolute basis {en} in X such that for each p there is a q such that for each r there is an N = N(p, r) such that lien II~?= llenllpllenllr
for n
> N.
(6.7.11)
Example 6. 7.11. Let {an} be a sequence of positive numbers tending to infinity. The spaces LP(a'::), 0 < p < and M(a'::) are of the type d1 • The spaces LP(a~ 1 1m), 0 < p < +oo, and the spaces M(a~Ifm) are of type d2. By Proposition 6.3.3 the spaces in Example 6. 7.11 are Schwartz spaces.
+=
THEOREM 6.7.12 (Zahariuta, 1973). Let X, Y be two B 0 -spaces. Let X E d2 and Y e d1 • If Y is a Monte! space, then each continuous linear operator mapping X into Y is compact. Proof By definition there are absolute bases {en} in X and {fn} in Y such that (6.7.11) and (6.7.10) hold. Since the bases are absolute, we may assume without loss of generality that the topology in X (in Y) is given by a sequence of pseudonorms co
{llllm}(resp.{ll ll~})suchthatforx=
co
2 XneneX(resp.y= n=l 2 Ynfne Y) n=l
co
llxllm =
J; lxnlllenllm,
m= 1,2, ... ,
n=l
(resp. 00
IIYII~ =
J; IYnlllenllm,
m = 1,2, ... )
n=l
Let T be a continuous linear operator mapping X into Y. Let hn co
= T(en) =
2
co
ti,nfi. Of course for each x =
i=l
2
n=l co
T(x) =
co
J; Xn T(en) = J; Xn J; t;,nfi n=l co
=
00
n=l co
.2; (.2; t;,nXn)fi. i=l
n=l
i=l
Xnen
294
=
Chapter 6
The continuity of the operator T implies that for each p there is a q q(p) such that co
jjT(ek))jp ;~ )t;,k 111./ill~ II ek II q = sup II ek II q < k
C(p) = sup k
+=
(6.7.12)
We have assumed that Y is a Montel space. Thus to prove the theorem it is enough to show that the operator T maps some neighbourhood of zero Uq, = { x: jjx))q, < I} into a bounded set. Since Y E d1 , there is a p 1 such that for each p there are i0 (p) and p 2(p) such that
(JJ./iiJ~)2 ~ IJ./iii~,JJ./ill~.
for i > io(P)
On the other hand, X E d2. Take q for each q2 there is a k 0 (q2) such that
j)ekii!, ~ j)ek))q,J)ek))q,
=
(6. 7.13)
q(p1). Thus there is a q0 such that
fork> k(q 2).
(6.7.14)
Take q 2 = q(p 2). Of course, k (q 2) depends implicitly on p. By (6.7.13) and (6.7.14) there is a constant L(p) such that 2 ( JJ./iJJ~ ) ~ L(p) ( JJ./iJJ~, ilftil~,) l)ek))q, ~ Jlek)lq,llekl)q,
(6.7.15)
fori, k = 1, 2, ... Hence, by the Cauchy inequality, we obtain 00
'
}; it· I 11./illp i=l
j)ek))q,
•.k
~ L(p) ~ L(p)
, , (Jt;,k)
6;{
00
(
JJ./iJJ~, )1/2 (lt;,k) 11./iJJ~. )1/2
Jlek)lq, '
};
jt;,k) JJ./illp,
i=l
J)ekllq,
~L(p)C(p 1 )t/2C(p 2 )t/2
Thus sup
Jlekllq, )
1/2 (
00
'
}; Jt;,k) JJ./i))p, i=t
< +oo.
)
1/2
llek)lq,
11~(~~)11~ ~ M(p),
where M(p) = L(p)C(p1)112C(p 2) 112, p ek q, = 1, 2, ... By the form of the pseudonorms, this implies that k
II T(x)JI~ ~ M (p) Jjxj)q,. Therefore the set T(U) is bounded.
D
Monte! and Schwartz Spaces
295
COROLLARY 6. 7 .13. If X is a Kothe power space of the finite type and Y is a Kothe power space of infinite type, then each continuous linear operator mapping X into Y is compact. Later we shall give an example of a Kothe power space of infinite type, which is a subspace of a Kothe power space of the finite type (see Section 8.3). Now following Zahariuta (1973) we shall introduce a new topological invariant. Let 8 1 , 8 2 be two classes of spaces such that (XI> X 2) E R for XI' E 81 and x2 E 82. With each X which is a product X= XI X x2 we shall associate the set T(X) of all pairs (t5(xr)), t5(X~-s))), s = 0, ± 1, ±2, ... , where t5(Y) denotes the diametral approximative dimension of Y. As a consequence of Theorem 6.7.10 we imediately obtain THEOREM 6.7.14. T(X) is an invariant of an isomorphism, i.e. if X= X1 X X 2 , Y = Y1 X Y 2 , XI> X 2 E 81> X 2 , Y 2 E 8 2 and the spaces X and Y are
-
-
isomorphic, then T(X) = T(Y). If, moreover, the classes 8 1 and 8 2 are such that zl, z2 E 8i, i = 1, 2, and t5(Zl) = t5(Z2) implies the isomorphism of
-
Z 1 and Z 2 , then T(X)
- implies that X is isomorphic to Y. = T(Y)
As a consequence of Theorem 6.7.14 and Corollary 6.6.26 we obtain PROPOSITION 6.7.15 (Zahariuta, 1973). Let X, X1 be two Kothe power spaces offinite type and let Y, Y1 be two Kothe power spaces ofinfnite type.
If T(Xx Y)
X1 X
Y1.
=
-
T(X1 X Y 1) then the space Xx Y is isomorphic to the space
Chapter 7
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
7.1.
DEFINITION AND BASIC PROPERTIES OF
NUCLEAR
SPACES
Let X be an F*-space. The space X is called nuclear if, for any neighbourhood of zero U, there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that lim m5n(V, U) = 0,
(7.1.1)
n->-co
the definition of bn(V, U) being given in Section 6.6. 7.1.1. If a space X is nuclear, then for any neighbourhood of zero U and for any positive integer k there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that lim nkbn(V, U) = 0. (7.1.2) PROPOSITION
n->-oo
The proof of Proposition 7.1.1 is based on LEMMA 7.1.2 (Mityagin and Henkin, 1963). For arbitrary U, V, W C X
bn+m(W,
U)~bn(W,
V)·bm(V, U)
(7.1.3)
provided bn(W, V) and bm(V, U) are finite. Proof Let a= bm(V, U),
b = bn(W, V).
Lets be an arbitrary positive number. Then, by the definition of bm(V, U) and bn(W, V), there are subspaces L 1 and L 2 , dimL1 = m, dimL2 = n, such that
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
297
Therefore W C L 1 +L2 +(a+e)(b+e) U. Since dimL1 +L 2 ~ n+m, bn+m(W, U) ~ (a+e)(b+e). The arbitrariness of e implies the lemma. D Proof of Proposition 7.1.1. Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Since X is a nuclear space, there is a system U = V0 , V1 , ••. , Vk of balanced neighbourhoods of zero such that Iimnbn(Vt, Vi_ 1)=0
(i= 1,2, ... ,k).
Then, by formula (7.1.3), lim nkbkn(Vk, U) = 0.
(7.1.4)
Since bm( Vk, U) is monotonic,
0~ m'~m(V, U) ~ £(~)' [£( :p"'(-iJ(V,, U)]~o. where, as usual, E(a) denotes the greatest integer not greater than a. This implies the proposition. D Further on, other equivalent definitions of nuclear spaces will be given. 7.1.3 (Ligaud, 1973). Let X be a nuclear F*-space. Then its completion Xis also nuclear. Proof Let U be a neighbourhood of zero in X. Let U1 be a neighbourhood of zero in X such that U1 + U1 C U. Let V = U1 n X. V is a neighbourhood of zero in X and V C U1o where V is a completion of V. Since X is nuclear, there is a neighbourhood of zero W, W C X, such that <'lm( W, PROPOSITION
A
V)
A
1
< m+ 1 . By the definition of bm, there is a subspace L, dim L = m, 1
A
such that W C L+ m+ 1 V. Hence, for the completion W of W we have
1 1 1 W C L+ m+ 1 V+ m+ 1 U1 C m+ 1 U+L. A
A
Thus bm(W, U)
A
1
< m+ 1 and this implies the nuclearity of X.
D
298
Chapter 7
THEOREM 7.1.4 (Ligaud, 1971). Every locally pseudoconvex nuclear space is locally convex. The proof is based on several lemmas. The set n
l'p(A)
n
{x:x=}; atXt, XtE A,}; latiP ::( 1, n = 1, 2, ... }. i=l i=l is called the absolute p-convex hull of the set A. Observe that Fp(Fp(A)) = Fp(A). If II II is a p-homogeneous norm, then =
Fp({x: llxll
< r}) =
< r}.
{x: llxll
LEMMA 7.1.5. Let X be ann-dimensional space. For any set A C X, 1
F 1 (A) C n"P- 1Fp(A). n
n
Proof Let X E rl(A), i.e. X= ); aiXi, where); latl ::;;;; 1. Observe that i=l i=l
Hence n
F 1 (A) C max
{(.I; latiP)l/p: i=l
=
n~- 1Fp(A).
n
}; latl ::( i=l
1} Fp(A) D
LEMMA 7.1.6 (Auerbach, 1935). Let (X, II II) be ann-dimensional real Banach space. Then there are elements e1 , ••• , en of norm one and functionals !t, ... , fn of norm one such that for i = j,
(7.1.5)
for i::j=.j.
Proof Let x 1 , ... , Xn be elements of norm one and let vol (x 1 , ... , Xn) denote the volume in the Euclidean sense of a parallelepiped with the vertices (e1 x 1 , ... , enxn), where et = 1 or -1 (i = 1, .. .). Let el> ... , en be such elements of norm one that vol(e1, ... ,·en)= supvol(x1 ,
... ,
Xn).
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
299
Since the unit sphere in ann-dimensional space is compact and the volume is a continuous function of x 1 , ••. , Xn, such e1 , ••• , en exist. Let Hi be a hyperplane passing through the point ei and parallel to vectors e1 , ••• , ei-1> ei+ 1, •••,; en. The hyperplane Hi does not have common points with the interior of the unit ball in X. Indeed, suppose that Hi has common points with the interior of the unit ball. Then there is a point e~ of norm one such that Hi separates 0 and e; and moreover e~ ¢ Hi. Therefore
which contradicts the definition of eto ... , en. Let.fi be such a functional that {x: .fi(x) = 1} =Hi. Since Hi do not have common points with the interior of the unit ball, the functionals .fi have norm equal to one. The definition of Hi implies (7.1.5). D 7.1.7. Let (X, I II) be an n-dimensional complex Banach space. Then there are a system of elements e1 , •.. , en and a system offunctionals j;_, ... .fn such that lleill = II./ill = 1 (i = 1, 2, ... , n) and (7.1.5) holds. Proof. Let x 1 , ••• , Xn be arbitrary linearly independent elements of X. Let X 0 be a real space spanned by x 1 , •.. , Xn. By Lemma 7.1.6 there are in X 0 elements e1 , ••• , en and real-valued linear functionals g 1 , ••. , gn such that lleill = llgi!l = 1 (i = 1, 2, ... , n), and (7.1.5) holds. Let h1 be a real-valued norm-preserving extension of g1 on the whole space X considered as a real 2n-dimensional space. Let jj(x) = hJ(x)-ihJ(ix), j = 1, 2, ... , n. The functionals f1 are linear (see Corollary 4.1.3). In the same way in the proof of Theorem 4.1.5 we can show that llfJII = 1 (j = 1, 2, ... , n). By the definition off1, formula (7.1.5) holds. D LEMMA
LEMMA 7.1.8. Let X be ann-dimensional space. Let A be a balanced closed convex set. Then there are points e1, .•• , en E A such that
Proof. Without loss of generality we may assume that X= lin A. Since A is convex and balanced, it induces the norm llxll = inf {t: xft E A}. By Proposition 7.1.6 (or 7.1.7) there are elements e1 , •.• , en and functionals h, ... .fn of norm one such that (7.1.5) holds.
Chapter 7
300
Observe that
lfi(x)! ::s;; 1, i = 1, 2, ... , n} C
A C {x:
n
n
i=l
i=l
l, l.ft(x)l ::s;; n} = n{x: }; l.ft(x)l ::s;; 1}
C{x:
D LEMMA
are e1,
7.1.9. Let X be ann-dimensional space. For any set A C X, there en E Fp(A) such that
••• ,
•
A C n"PFp(e1 ,
,en).
•••
Proof. Of course, A C F 1(A). Thus, by Lemma 7.1.8, there are e~, ... , e~ E F 1(A) such that
E
A C nFp({el, ... ,en}). ,
By Lemma 7.1.5, e1,
1
,
•.. ,
-
1
en E nP- Fp(A). Let i=1,2, ... ,n.
Then et
E
Fp(A), i = 1, 2, ... , nand, by Lemma 7.1.5, 1
A C n·n"P- 1Fp({ei, ... , e~}) = n1 1PFp({el, ... , e~}) =
n~- 1Fv({e 1 ,
•••
n~Fp({e1 ,
,en}) C
•••
D
,en}).
LEMMA 7.1.10. Let (X, II ID be a locally bounded space with a p-homogeneous norm II 11. Let A be a balanced bounded set in X. If there is an n-dimensional space L such that
(7.1.6)
A C L+tJU, where U is a unit ball in X, U = {x: llxll ei> ... , en E Fp(A) such that
• •
•
A C 2"Pn"PtJ'U+n"PFp({e1 , Proof. Let A'= {x
E
...
L: dist(x,A)
::s;; 1}, then for all (J' >
(J
there are
,en}).
<
b'}, where dist(x,A) = infllx-yll. yEA
The set A' is bounded and, by (7.1.6), A C A' +tJ'U. By Lemma 7.1.9 there are e~, ... , e~ E Fp(.i') such that A' C
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
301
C n 21PF(p{ e~, ... , e~}. From the definition of an absolute p-convex hull we can represent e~ in the form n
n
ei = .}; Ot,j Xi,j,
Xi,j E
.}; [at,J[P ~ I.
A',
i=l
J=l
Let Yi, 1 E A be chosen so that [[Yt,i- Xi,J[[ < 15'. Let n
et
= .}; at,iYi,J. j=l
Then n
[[ei-ei[[ ~.}; [ai,i[P[[xt,t-Yd[ ~ 15'.
(7.1. 7)
j=l
r
r
Let x= ,l'aie~EFp({ei>····e~}). Then for y= ,l'aieiEFP({e1 , t=l
•••
!=1
... ,en}) by (7.1.7), llx-yl[ ~ 15'. This implies Fp({el, ... , e~}) C Fp({e1 ,
... ,
en})+15'U.
Finally, A C n 21P(Fp({e1 ,
c
n 21PFp({e1 ,
en})+I5'U)+I5'U
... , .. • ,
en})+2 2 1Pn21PI5'U.
LEMMA 7.1.11. Let (X, II I[) be a locally bounded space with a p-homogeneous norm II 11. Let U = {x: llxll < I} denote the unit ball in X. Let A be a balanced set in X. If there-is a > 0 such that
(7.1.8) then there is a sequence {xn} such that
lim nal[xn[l = 0 n-->co
and A C F 1 ({x1 ,
X2, ••. }).
Proof Let {sn} be such a sequence of positive numbers that limnksn n-->co
= 0,
k =I, 2, ...
Chapter 7
302
Let
dn(P, U)
=
bn(P, U)+sn
for every set P. Let mn = 2 2n. We shall construct by induction a sequence of finite systems {xn,i, 1:::;:; i :::;:;mn} and a sequence of sets {Bn}in the following way, We put B1 = A. Suppose that the set Bn is defined. Then by Lemm'a 7.1.10 we can choose a system of points {xn,i, 1:::;:; i:::;:; mn} such that Xn,i E Tp(Bn)and
Bn
c m~PTp({xn,l, ... , Xn,mn})+2 21pm~pdm"(Bn, U)U.
(7.1.9)n
Let
Bn+l
=
[Bn-m~PTp({xn,t, ... , Xn,mn})J n 221Pm~P dm"(Bn, U) U.
(7.1.10)n
Of course, by (7 .1. 9)n and (7 .1.1 O)n,
Bn C Bn+I+m~PTp({xn,l, ... , Xn,mn}). Since bk(Tp(A), U)
=
bk(A, U), we have, by (7.1.10)n,
bk(Bn+I, U):::;:; bk(Bn+n21PBn, U):::;:; 221Pn 21Pbk(Bn, U). Then by induction
n
m~ 1Pbk(A, U).
(7.1.11)
n
m~ 1Pdk(A, U).
(7.1.12)
n-l n-l
bk(Bn, U):::;:; 2 2--p
i=~l
Hence n-l n-l
dk(Bn, U):::;:; 22_P_
i=l
Now take any positive integer r. We can represent r in the form r = m0 + ... +mn-l+i,
where we put m0 Zr =
=
0 and 0 :::;:; i
< mn. Let
2nmn2/p Xn,i.
We shall show that A C F 1 ({z1 , z2 , ••• }).Let x EA. Basing ourselves on formulas (7.1.lO)n, we can represent x by induction in the form
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
303
where li E 2im~IPFp( {Xi,l, and Yn E Bn. Observe that 1
.•. ,
Xi,mi})
1
2tn+ .. . + 2n-l fn-1 E Fp({z1 , z 2, ... }) c F 1({z1 ,
... })
and Yn
E
dm.(Bn, U)U
and by (7.1.12)
n m; n
Yn
E
22nfp
1pdm.(A,
U)U,
i=l
n
But
/J
mt = 22 +···+ 2• = 22n+ 1 -1 < 22n+I = m!,
t=1
Hence Yn
E
2 2/p mn4/pdmn( A'
u) u c mn5fpdmn(A ' u) .
and, by (7.1.8) and the definition of Sn, Yn~O. Therefore xEF1 ({z1 ,z2 , .•. }).Now we ought to investigate the converge nee of razr. By definition razr = (m 0 + ... +mn-1+it2nm~PXn,i E (mo+ · · .+mn-1 +i)a2nm~PFp(Bn).
By (7.1.10)n and (7.1.12), putting k = mn_ 1 we obtain
n
n-1
r aZr
E
n amna 22
m,21vdmn·-• (A , U)U
i=l 4a~
C mn! 1 dm._,(A,U)U
and, by (7.1.8), raz" tends to zero.
D
Proof of Theorem 7.1.4. Let X be a nuclear locally pseudoconvex space,
with topology determined by a sequence of Prhomogeneous pseudonorms II IIi· Let At= {x: llxlli < 1}. We shall show that each At contains an open convex set. Observe that, by the nuclearity of the space X, for each j there is an index k such that lim n 131P1dn(AJ+k, AJ) = 0. n--> 00
Chapter 7
304
Let XJ = {x: llxllt = 0} and X1 = X/XJ. The pseudonorm a Prhomogeneous norm on Xi. Observe that
II IIi induces
i = 1, 2, ...
Putting A = At+k+ XJ and U = A,, by Lemma 7.1.11 we find that there is a sequence {zn} of elements of A1 such that lim n21P1IIznlli
0
=
and (7.1.13)
Since
II 111 is Prhomogeneous by (7.1.13), there is an M > 0 such that
F 1({zl> z 2 , Therefore Ai+k C
••• })
C MAJ.
1
MF1({z1, z2 ,
1 and the set M IntF1({z1 ,z2 ,
••• })
••• })
c A1
is the required open convex set.
D
The existance of non-locally convex nuclear spaces follows from PROPOSITION
7.1.12. A space [fP•} (see example 6.4. 7) is nuclear if and only
if
lim supp~logn < +oo,
(7.1.14)
where {p~} is the sequence obtained from the sequence {Pn} by ordering it in a non-increasing sequence. Proof Let Kr
=
{x: llxll
~
r}, co
where
llxll is the norm in the space [fP•l, llxll = }; n=l
By a simple calculation we obtain for r < s CJn(Kr, Ks) = (:
F~.
lxniP•.
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
305
( p~logn+log~) p~ s .
(7.1.15)
Hence n6n(Kr, Ks) = exp
If (7.1.14) holds, for each s there is an r such that
r
p~logn+logs --------+-00
p~
(7.1.16)
and by (7.1.15) the space X is nuclear. Conversely, if X is nuclear by (7.1.15), formula (7.1.16) holds for a certain r0 < s. Thus (7.1.I4) holds. D Another example of a non-locally convex nuclear space was given by Fenske and Schock (I970). The above-mentioned examples of non-locally convex nuclear spaces have the property that the dual spaces are non-trivial. Ligaud (I973) constructed an example of a nuclear space without non-trivial linear continuous functionals.
Example 7.1.13 (Ligaud, I973) Let E be the linear subset of the space L0 [0, I] spanned by characteristic functions of intervals with rational ends. The algebraic dimension of the space E is countable. Let V be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero in E in the topology of L0 [0, I]. Observe that
Indeed, for each e > 0, every function belonging to L 0 [0, I] can be represented as a finite sum of functions with supports contained in intervals of measure less than e. Now we shall introduce a new topology on E. We shall construct it in the following way. Let {ei>e 2 , ... } be a Hamel basis in E. Let Vn be a sequence of balanced neighbourhoods of zero in the primal topology such that
Chapter 7
306
We define by induction new neighbourhoods W~ = Vn and let
w;.+I =
W~
as follows: let
Do(m~l Wi.+Lm),
where Lm = lin({ei> ... , em}). The neighbourhoods W~ define a new topology on E. By induction we trivially infer that the sets W~ are balanced,
w;.+l + w;.+l c w;., w;., c w~ w;.' c w;.
ifn
~
n',
ifp~p'.
Hence W np n wp' n'
U/max(p,p')
::::> rr max(n,n')
Now we shall show by induction that the sets W~ are absorbing. Of course, w~ = Vn is absorbing. Suppose that w~ is absorbing. Let X E E. Then there is an m0 such that, form ?:o m0 , x ELm. Since W~ is absorbing form < m 0 , there are A.m. > 0 such that 1 p AmXE m+fWn.
Let A= min(l, A1 ,
... ,
Am, ). Then
1 1 p A X E -1 - Wn+Lm
m+
wr
1 and W~+ 1 is absorbing. Therefore the family for all m. Thus AXE { W~, n = 1, 2, ... , p = 0, 1, ... } defines a linear topology on E stronger than the primal topology. The family W~ is countable, and thus the topology in question is metrizable. Since for all m ?:o 0
Wnp+l C
m+l 1
TUP
L
rrn+ m,
15n(W~+l, Wi.) < m~ l
.
Therefore the space E with this new topology is nuclear. By the defini-
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
307
tion of WP
n lcVnC W~, n=l,2, ... ,p=O,I, ... F1(~)) F 1(n leV)= E . -'>0
Hence
.:1>0
Thus there are no non-trivial linear continuous functionals on E. The ... space E is not complete, but its completion E is, by Proposition 7.1.3, also nuclear, and of course there are no non-trivial linear continuous functionals on E. The example described above has been specially constructed to show the existence of nuclear spaces without non-trivial linear continuous functionals. Burzyk (1980) investigating the completeness of the Mikusinski operator field, has introduced in a natural way an algebra which is a Monte! space without non-trivial linear continuous functionals. It is not clear whether the space constructed by Burzyk is also nuclear. Kalton (1979) has proved that, if a strictly galbed infinite-dimensional F-space X is not locally bounded, then it contains an infinite-dimensional nuclear locally convex space. For a locally-convex X this has been proved in Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz (1961). The notion ofnuclearity can be refined by the notion of /c-nuclearity. Let }. be a linear space of sequences of numbers. We assume that A is normal (i.e. {c;n} E A, I'IJnl ~en imply {'IJn} E A) additive (i.e. if {c;n} E A {1Jn} E /c, for C2, _ 1 = c;,, C2n = 'l}n the sequence Cn(n)belongs to A. for all bijections 1t(n) of positive integers onto themselves) and decreasing rearangement invariant (i.e. if {c;n} E A then the sequence g~} obtained from the sequence {c;n} by a rearangement such that {l~nl} is non increasing, also belongs to /c). We say that an F*-space X is A-nuclear if, for each neighbourhood of zero U, there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that {bn(V,U)} EA. Taking as A.= {{c;n}: suplc;nlnk < +oo, k = I, 2, ... } we obtain nuclear spaces. Investigations of A-nuclear locally convex spaces have been carried out in Ramanujan (1970), Dubinsky and Ramanujan (1972), Dubinsky and Robinson (1978), Moscatelli (1978), Dubinsky (1980).
Chapter 7
308
7.2.
NUCLEAR
OPERATORS
AND
NUCLEAR
LOCALLY
CONVEX
SPACES
In this section we shall begin investigations of nuclear operators in Banach spaces. Let (X, II llx) and (Y, II IIY) be two Banach spaces. By Bx,By we shall denote the unit balls in X and Y, Bx = {xE X: llxllx
< 1},By = {yE
Y:
IIYII < 1}.
Write dn(T) = ~n(T(Bx), By)
for any linear continuous operator Tmapping X into Y. It is obvious that an operator Tis compact if and only if dn(T)-+0. Let three Banach spaces X, Y, Z be given. Let B be a continuous linear operator mapping X into Y and let A be a continuous linear operator mapping Yinto Z. Then by Lemma 7.1.2 dn+m(AB) = dn(A)dm(B).
Let X be a B0-space and let {llxllt} be an increasing sequence of homogeneous pseudonorms determining the topology. Let
X~= {x: llxlli = 0} and let Xt be the quotient space X/X~. The pseudonorm llxllt induces a homogeneous norm in the space Xt. Since no confusion will result, we shall denote this norm by the same symbolllxlli· Of course, Xi with the norm llxlli is a normed space. Since the sequence of pseudonorms {llxllt} is increasing, there is a natural continous embedding of the space Xi+I into the space Xt. We shall denote it byh The definition of nuclear spaces implies PROPOSITION 7.2.1. Let X be a B 0-space. The space X is nuclear if and only if there is an increasing sequence of pseudonorms {llxlli} determining a to-
pology such that limndn(Tt) = 0
(i
= 1, 2, ... ).
(7.2.1)
A continuous linear operator T mapping a normed space X into a normed space Y is called nuclear if it can be represented as the sum of
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
309
one-dimensional operators Pn(x) = .fn(x)en (en- an element,.fn- a continous linear functional)
""
T=}; Pn n=l
such that IITIIA =
l
00
1
11Pnll.
n=l
The number II Til Ais called the nuclear norm of the operator T. This definition trivially implies that the sum of two nuclear operators is a nuclear operator and that a superposition of a nuclear operator with a continuous linear operator (also a superposition of a continuous linear operator with a nuclear operator) is a nuclear operator. PROPOSITION
If
7.2.2.
I
lim n4dn(T) = 0,
n_,.ro
then the operator Tis nuclear. The proof is based on the following LEMMA 7.2.3. Let Y be ann-dimensional subspace of a Banach space X. Then there is a_linear projection P, with the norm not greater than n, of the whole space X onto Y. Proof. Basing ourselves on Lemma 7.1.6 and 7.1.7, we can find in Y such elements e~> ... , en and functionals ];_, ... , fn that lieill = IIfill = 1 (i = 1, 2, ... , n) and (7.1.5) holds. By the Hahn-Banach theorem we can extend each functional jj to a functional F1 of norm one defined on the whole space X. Let n
P(x)
=}; Ft(x)eJ.
(7.2.2)
i=l
The operator Pis a continuous linear projection of X onto Y. Moreover, n
IIPII
~}; IIFilllleill = n. j=l
0
Chapter 7
310
Proof of Proposition 7.2.2. Let Ln be ann-dimensional subspace such that Ln+2d11 (T)By -:J T(B)x and let Pn be a projection, with the norm not greater than n, onto L 11 • The existence of such a projection follows from Lemma 7.2.5. Let x E Bx. Then T(x) = y+z, where yE Ln an9 liz// ~ 2d11 (T). Thus I!Pn(T(x))-T(x)l! = I!Pn(z)-zl! ~ (I!Pnl!+l)l!zl! ~
2(n+1)dn(T).
(7.2.3)
Now let T(x) = (T(x)-P1 (T(x)))+(P 1(T(x))-P 2(T(x)))+...
(7.2.4)
On the other hand, dim(P11 T-Pn+IT) (X)~ 2n+2.
Therefore, by Lemma 7.1.6 and 7.1.7 and by the Hahn-Banach theorem, there is a system of one dimensional operators Kf, ... , K~"+ 1 , I!Ki/1 = 1, i = 1, 2, ... , 2n + 1, such that the operator 2n+l
P'=}; Kj j=l
is a projection of the space X onto the space (Pn T-Pn+ 1 T)(X). By (7.2.4) oo 2n+l
T=};}; (P11 T-Pn+IT)Kj'. n=l'j=l
The operators (PnT-Pn+ 1T)Kj are one-dimensional and, moreover, by (7.2.5) oo 2n+l
oo
}; }; 1/(PnT-Pn+IT)Kj/1 ~}; (2n+2)1!(PnT-Pn+IT)// n=lj=l
n=l
00
~
l, (2n+2) (//PnT-T/1+1/Pn+IT-T//) n=l 00
~}; (2n+2) (4n--t-3)dn(T) < +oo. n=l
D
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
311
7.2.4. Let T be a nuclear operator mapping a Hilbert space H into itself. Then PROPOSITION
limndn(T) = 0.
(7.2.5)
n~oo
Proof The operator Tis of course compact. Let {A.!} be eigenvalues of the selfadjoint operator T*T, and let {en}, llenll = 1 be the eigenvectors corresponding to {A.~}. Let us choose en in such a way that they are orthogonal even if they correspond to the same eigenvalue. The operator T can be written in the form 00
Tx =
.2; A.n(X, en)fn, n=l
where A.nfn = Ten and sequence
11/nll =
I. Let us order all An in a non-increasing
Then dn(T) = A.n+I· On the other hand, the operator Tis nuclear, and thus, by definition, it can be written in the form 00
T(x) =
00
.2; (x, Xn)Yn,
where
n=l
.2; llxnlliiYnll < +oo. n=l
Hence 00
).n = (Ten,/n) =
00
(.J; (en, Xj)YJJn) = .2; (en, Xj)(YJ,Jn). j=l
j=l
Thus 00
00
00
co
l, dn(T) = .2; An= .2; .2; (en, Xj)(YJ,Jn) n=O
n=l 00
n=lj=l 00
j=l n=l
00
r' (.J; [(YJ ,/n)[ r'
~ .2; (.J; [(en, XJ)i 2
2
2
2
n=l
00
=
.2; llxill IIYJII < +oo. j=l
and, since {dn(T)} is a non-increasing sequence, (7.2.5) holds.
D
•
312
Chapter 7
PROPOSITION 7.2.5. Let X andY be two Banach spaces. Any nuclear operator T mapping X into Y can be factorized as follows :
T
where His the the space 12. Proof Let us write Tin the form 00
(Tx)
=}; Anfn(x)en:• n~l
00
where /Ifni I =
llenll
=
2
I, An~ 0 and
An
< +oo! Let us put
n~l
XEX,
Sl{hi}) E Y. It is easy to verify that S 2 S1 = T.
0
7.2.6. Suppose we are given four Banach spaces xl> x2, Xa, x4 and letT., be nuclear operators mapping Xi into Xi+ 1 (i = I, 2, 3). Then
PROPOSITION
limndn(TaT2T1)
=
0.
(7.2.6)
ti-+CO
Proof Let us factorize T1 and T 2as follows: ~
xl
~
''-,
sl
'~
/'
/ /
'\./ HI
~
_..x2-------+X2 ~
~
x4 /
',
'\./
/ / s2
->-H2
where H 1 = H 2 = P, The operator T 0 is a nuclear operator mapping H 1 into H 2 as a super-
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
313
position of the nuclear operator T2 with continuous operators. Hence, by Proposition 7.2.4, lim ndn(T0 ) = 0. n->-exo
0 ~ ndn(TsT2Tt) ~ nJJS2JJ dn(To) JIStJJ-+0. This implies (7.2.6). THEOREM 7.2.7 (Dynin and Mityagin, 1960). A E0-space X is nuclear if and only if there is an increasing sequence of pseudonorms {Jixlli} determining a topology such that the canonical mappings Ti are nuclear operators. Proof Sufficiency. Suppose that a sequence of pseudonorms {Jixlli} satisfies the properties described above. Let JJxJJ~ = Jlxlls, and let denote the canonical mappings with respect to the pseudonorms llxll~. Then, by Proposition 7.2.6,
r;
1imndn(T[)
-..co
= 0,
i = 1, 2, ...
Thus, by Proposition 7.2.1, X is a nuclear space. Necessity. Suppose that X is a nuclear space. Then, by Proposition 7.2.1, there is an increasing sequence ofpseudonorms {llxlli} such that the canonical embeddings satisfy (7.2.1). Let us put JJxJJ~ = JJxJJ 4,. Then, by Proposition 7.2.2, the canonical mappings T~ with respect to the pseudoD norms JJxJJ; are nuclear. PROPOSITION 7.2.8 (Mityagin, 1961). Let X be a E 0 -nuclear space. Then there is a sequence of Hilbertian pseudonorms JlxJJi = (x, x)i determining a topology equivalent to the original one. Proof Theorem 7.2.7 implies that there is a sequence of pseudonorms {llxlli} such that the canonical mappings Ti of Xi+ 1 into Xi are nuclear. This means that Ti can be written in the form
y
Tt(X) =
2:"' A~Ytn(X)Yi,n, · n~l
where Yi,n
E
Xi, Y;,n E
x;+l> IIYi,nll =
IIY;,nll = I,
..1f > 0 and the series
Chapter 7
314 00
}; A.~ is convergent. Let us introduce now inner products in X by the n=l following formula 00
(x, Y)t
=}; A.~Ytn(X)Ytn(y). n=l
On the one hand, we have 00
(x, x)i
~}; IA.~IIY~n(x)! 2 ~ A~l!xii~+I, n=O
00
where At = (}; IA.~IY 12 • On the other hand, n=l 00
l!xl!t
=
j}; A~Y~n(X)Yi,nj ~}; A.j IYtn(x)j n=l 00
n=l
00
~ (}; A.?r' 2 ( } ; A.~IY~n(x)l 2 ) 112 = n=l
At(X, X)t,
n=l
Then Ai 112 1!xl!i ~ (x, x)~12 ~ Ail!xl!i+t·
Hence the Hilbertian pseudonorms (x,x)f 12 yield a topology equivalent to the original one. D As an obvious consequence of Proposition 7.2.8 and Proposition 6.6.7, we obtain PROPOSITION 7.2.9 (Mityagin, 1961). Let X be a nuclear B 0-space and let Y be a subspace of the space X. Then
(J(Y)C (J(X).
~3.UNCONDITIONAL
AND ABSOLUTE CONVERGENCE
In Section 3.6 we have considered unconditional convergence in F-spaces. Now we shall consider other kinds of convergence of series in F-spaces.
Nuclear Spaces. Theo~y
315
00
We shall say that a series
2
Xn of elements of an F-space X is absolutely
n=l 00
convergent if for each continuous quasinorm [x] the series
2 [xn] is conn=l
vergent. The classical Riemann theorem shows that if X is a finite-dimensional 00
space, then a series
2
Xn is unconditionally convergent if and only if it
n=l
is absolutely convergent. Let {Um} be a basis of balanced neighbourhood of zero and let [X]m
=
inf{t
> 0:
~ E Um}
be the quasinorm with respect to Um. It is easy to verify that a series oo
2
ro
Xn absolutely convergent if and only if the series
n=l
2 [Xn]m are
vergent form= I, 2, ... If X is a locally bounded space with a p-homogeneous norm
2
llxll, then ro
~
a series
con-
n=l
Xn is absolutely convergent if and only if the series }; [xnr!P
n=l
n=l
is convergent. PROPOSITION 7:3.1. An F-space X is locally convex if and only if each absolutely convergent series is unconditionally convergent. Proof Necessity. Let X be a locally convex space and let {Um} be a basis of balanced convex neighbourhoods of zero. Let us denote by llxllm the 00
pseudonorm generated by Um. Let
2
Xn be an absolutely convergent
n=l 00
series in X. Then the series }; llxnllm are convergent for m = I, 2, ... Let n=l
{en} be a sequence of numbers equal either to 1 or to -1. Then ro
0~
ro
~~~ enXnllm ~ ~ llxnllm--70 n=k
n=l
fork tending to infinity and form = 1, 2, ...
Chapter 7
316
ro
Therefore, by definition, the series }; Xn is unconditionally convergent. n=l
Sufficiency. Let X be a non-locally convex £-space. Let { Um} be a basis of balanced neighbourhood of zero such that Um+l C {- Um. Since the space X is not locally convex, there is a neighbourhood of zero V such that cony Um cj: V (m = 1, 2, ... ). This means that there are elements Xm, 1 , ..• , Xm,nm of Um and non-negative reals am, 1 , ••• , am,nm such that nm
~ am,i =
(7.3.1)
1
i=l
and
-
~ am,iXm,i ¢ V.
(7.3.2)
i=l
co
Let us order the elements am, iXm, i in the sequence {Yn}. The series
2; Yn n=1
is absolutely convergent. Indeed, let us denote by [x]k the quasinorm with respect to the set Uk. Then for j, / > k we have j"
nm
j'
nm
} ; ~ [am,iXm,i]k = ~}; [am,iXm,i]k m=j i=l m=j i=l j'
j'
1
<}; sup[x}k<}; 2m-k < 2i-k-1. m=j xEUm
m=j
00
On the other hand, formula (7.3.2) implies that the series
2; Yn is not n=Jt
unconditionally convergent.
0
If a space X is infinite-dimensional, then unconditional convergence does not imply absolute convergence. Dvoretzky and Rogers (1958) have shown that in each infinite-dimensional Banach space there is an unconditionally convergent series which is not absolutely convergent. This theorem has been extended to locally bounded spaces by Dvoretzky (1963). In general, the problem when unconditional convergence implies absolute convergence is open. For locally convex spaces such characterization is due to Grothendieck.
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
317
THEOREM 7.3.2 (Grothendieck, 1951, 1954, 1955). Let X be a B 0 -space. The space X is nuclear if and only if each unconditionally covergent series in X is absolutely convergent. The proof of this theorem, the main theorem of the present section is based on several notions, lemmas and propositions. We say that a linear continuous operator T mapping a Banach space X into a Banach space Y is absolutely summing if there is a positive constant C such that, for arbitrary x 1, .•• , Xn EX, n
n
2; IIT(xt)ll ~ cll2; xtll·
i=1
(7.3.3)
i=1
PROPOSITION 7.3.3. An operator T satisfies (7.3.3) if and only if n
n
2; II T(xt)ll ~ C sup 112; t:txtl/·
i=1
Proof Necessity. Let
(7.3.4)
••=±1 i=1
t:.g =
1. Then
Thus (7.3.4) implies (7.3.3). . Sufficiency. Let x 1 , .•. , Xn be arbitrary elements of X. Let t:~, ... , t:~ be arbitrary numbers equal to + 1 or -1. Then putting Yi = t:?xt, i = 1, ... ... , n, and applying (7.3.3) to Yt, we obtain n
n
n
n
2; IIT(xt)ll = 2; IIT(y.,)ll ~ c/12; t:hi\\ ~ C sup l/2; t:txt/1· i=1
i=1
i=1
8 t=±1
CJ
i=1
PROPOSITION 7.3.4. A linear operator T satisfies (7.3.4) if and only if n
n
2; IIT(xt)ll ~ C II!sup 2; lf(xt)l. II i=1
=1 i=1 jEX*
(7.3.5)
Chapter 7
318 co
=
Proof Sufficiency. Lety
2
B~Xt be such an element that
i=l
n
IIYII
=
sup
~~~etXill·
•t=±l i=l
Letf'be a functional of norm one such thatf'(y) = n
sup
IIYII. Then
n
~~~ etXtll
=
IIYII
=
f'(y)
=
Bf=±l i=l
~ f'(shi)
i=l
n
n
~ ~ if'(xt)i ~ sup ~ if(xt)i. i=l
llfll=li=l /EX*
Therefore (7.3.4) implies (7.3.5). Necessity. Let s0 = signf(xi) for afunctionaljE X* of norm one. Then n
n
n
~ if(xt)i = ~ f(shi) = !(~ s?xi) i=l
i=l
i=l
n
n
~ ~~~ s?xill ~ sup ~~~ BiXill· i=l t<=±l i=l Therefore, (7.3.5) implies (7.3.4).
D
Formulae (7.3.3)-(7.3.5) give us three equivalent definitions of absolutely summing operators. The infimum of those T which satisfy (7.3.3) will be denoted ~y a(T). Let T be an absolutely summing operator belonging to B(X-+ Y). Let A EB(Y-+Z) (or A EB(Z-+X)). Then the operator AT(resp. TA) is absolutely summing. PROPOSITION 7.3.5. A linear operator T mapping a Banach space X into a Banach space Y is absolutely summing if and only if it maps unconditionally convergent series into absolutely convergent series. co
Proof Let
2
Xn
be an unconditionally convergent series. Then
n=l k'
l~m sup~~~ BnXnll =
k,k-+WSn=±l n=k
0.
(7.3.6)
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
319
Let Tbe an absolutely summing operator. Then by (7.3.4) and (7.3.6) k'
lim }; IIT(xn)ll = 0, k,k'-HtJn=" 00
.J;
and the series
T(xn) is absolutely convergent.
n=l
On the other hand, if we suppose that an operator T E B(X-+ Y) is not absolutely summing, then, by definition, for any k there are elements {xk, 1, ••• , Xk,nJ of X such that (7.3.7) and 11k
} ; IIT(xk,t)li
> 1.
(7.3.8)
i=l
Let us order all Xk,i into a sequence {y 11 }. Formula (7.3.7)implies that the 00
series
2
Yn is unconditionally convergent. Formula (7.3.8) implies that
n= 00
the series
2
-z:'(Yn) is not absolutely convergent.
0
n=l
PROPOSITION 7.3.6. Each nuclear operator is absolutely summing. Proof Let TE B(X-+Y) be a nuclear operator. This means that the operator T can be written in the form 00
T(x)
=}; Angn(x)yn, n=l 00
where An> 0,
c= 2
n=l
An<
+oo,
gn E X*, Yn E Y,
llgnll = IIYnll = 1
= 1, 2, ... ). Let xi> ... , xN be arbitrary elements of X. Letfi, i = 1, ... , N be a continuous linear functional of norm one defined on Y such that fi(T(xt)) (n
Chapter 7
320 =
IIT(xt)ll· Then N
N
N
N
}; IIT(xt)ll = };fi(T(Xt)) = };fi(L Angn(Xt)Yn) i=l
i=l oo
i=l
i=l
N
N
~};An}; [gn(Xt)[[/t(yn)! ~ C sup n=l
i=l
l, [g(xt)[.
llull=li=l
ueX*
Hence, by (7.3.5), the operator Tis absolutely summing.
D
We say a continuous linear operator T mapping a Hilbert space H 1 into a Hilbert space H 2 is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator if, for any orthonormal sequence {en} in the space H 1, 00
}; [[T(en)[[ 2 < +oo. n=l
This definition is clearly equivalent to the following one. An operator T E B(Hc~H2) is called a Hilbert-Schmidt operator if, for an arbitrary orthonormal sequence {en} in H 1 and an arbitrary orthonormal sequence {In} in H 2 , 00
}; !(T(et),/t)[ 2 < +oo. j,i=l
This implies that an operator conjugate to a also a Hilbert-Schmidt operator.
Hilb~rt-Schimdt
operator is
7.3.7. If an operator TE B(H1 -+H2), where H 1 and H 2 are Hilbert spaces, is absolutely summing, then it is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator. Proof Let {et} be an arbitrary orthonormal set in H 1 and let {at} be an arbitrary sequence belonging to 12• Let Xi= atet. Then, by (7.3.5),
PROPOSITION
00
Thus, by the arbitrariness of n, we find that the series
J; at[!T(et)ll is coni=!
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
321 CJ)
vergent. Since this holds for all sequences {an} E f2, the series}; IIT(et)W is -
i=l
convergent. This means that Tis a Hilbert-Schmidt operator.
0
7.3.8. The superposition of two Hilbert-Schmidt operators is
PROPOSITION
a nuclear operator. Proof Let H 1 , H 2 , H 3 be Hilbert spaces. Let T E B(Hc~H2), and let S E B(H2 -?>-H3) be Hilbert-Schmidt operators. Let {en} be an arbitrary orthonormal set in H 2 • Then co
co
= }; (T(x), en)S(en) = }; (x, T*(en))S(en),
ST(x)
n=l
n=l
where T* E B(H2 -?>-H1 ) denotes the operator conjugate to the operator T. The operator T* is also a Hilbert-Schmidt operator. Thus 00
}; IIT*(en)IIIIS(en)ll n=l
co
~ (}; IIT*(en)ll 2 n=l
r
12
J)
(};
IIS(en)ll2
n=l
r'
2
<
+=.
Hence ST is a nuclear operator.
0
7.3.9 (Pietsch, 1963). Let TE B(X-?>-Y) be an absolutely summing oprator. ·Then there is a probability measure (i.e. a regular positive Borel measure with total mass 1) f1 on the unit ball S* of the conjugate space X* such that THEOREM
IIT(x)ll
~ a(T)
J lx*(x)l dfl(x*).
s•
Proof (Linden strauss and Pelczytiski, 1968). Let n
n
W = {g E C(S*):g = a(T)}; lfx,(x*)l with}; IIT(xi)ll = 1}, i=l
wherefx(x*)
i=l
= x*(x) for x* E S* and x EX.
We shall show that the set W is convex. Let m
n
gl
=
a(T) .2;1fx,,Jx*)l, i=l
g2
= a(T)}; 1/x,,,(x*)l, i-1
Chapter 7
322
where n
m
.2;11T(xi,l)ll = .2;11T(x;,2)11 = i=l
(7.3.9)
1.
i=l
Let a,b?;;O,
a+b = 1.
(7.3.10)
Let forj= 1,2, ... ,n, for j = n+1, ... , n+m. Then, by (7.3.9) and (7.3.10) n+m
n
m
};IIT(yJ)II =a}; IIT(xi,l)ll+b}; IIT(x~,2)1i = 1. · j=l
i=l
i=l
Moreover, n+m
g(t) = a(T)}; lfuix*)l j=l
n
m
= a(T) [}; 1/ax,,,(x*)l+.2;1/bx,,,(x*)J] i=l
i=l
n
m
= a(T) [a}; 1/x,,,(x*)J+b}; J/x,,,(x*)J] = ag1+bg2. i=l
i=l
Thus the set W is convex. n
The definition of a(T) implies that if}; IIT(xi)ll = 1, then i=l
n
n
sup }; Jx*(xi)l = sup }; x•es• i=l x•es• i=l
J.fx.(x*)J
?;; 1
(see Proposition 7.3.4). Therefore, the set W is disjoint from the set N
= {/E C(S*): f(x*) <
1}.
The set N is open and convex. Therefore, there is a continuous linear functional F defined on the space C(S*) such that F(f)?;; 1
forjE W
(7.3.11)
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
323
and
F(f)
<
1
forfE N.
(7.3.12)
The general form of continuous linear functionals on the space of continuous functions implies that there is a regular Borel measure flo defined on S* with its weak-*-topology such that F(f)
=
Jf(x*)dfl (x*). 0
s•
Since the set N contains the cone of negative functions in C(S*), by (7.3.12) the measure flo is positive. Thus it is of the form flo= afl, where fl is a probability measure and a = IIFII· The set N contains the unit ball in C(S*), hence, by (7.3.12), a= IIFII < 1. 1 Let x EX and T(x) #0. Then g = a(T) IIT(x)JI i.fx(x*)i E W. Therefore, by (7.3.11)
Jgdfl ~ s•Jgdflo ~ 1.
s• Thus
J
IIT(x)ii ~ a(T) lfz(x*)dfl(x*) s•
=
J
a(T) lx*(x)i dfl(x*) s•
and this completes the proof.
D
THEOREM 7.3.10 (Pietsch, 1963). LetT be an absolutely summing operator mapping a Banach space X into a Banach space Y. Then the operator T can be factorized as follows T
X-------+Y
t
,),
C(M1------+H
where H is a Hilbert space, M is the unit ball S* in the conjugate space X* with its weak-*-topology, and i is the natural embedding of X into C(M). Proof Let fl be a probability measure defined in Theorem 7.3.9 on the
Chapter 7
324
set M. Let V(jt) denote the completion of C(M) with respect to the norm llxll = lx(t)i dp, and let V(jt) denote the completion of C(M) with re-
J
M
spect to the norm
Let
be natural injections and let Z be the closure of {JIX i(X) in the space D(fl). The theorem follows from the diagram T X-------+Y
""""'y
>zc fJ/
t
C(M)
-----+-
H
/
V(fl).
= L2(/1)
Theorem 7.3.9 implies that the operator y is continuous.
D
THEOREM 7.3.11 (Pietsch, 1963). A composition of five absolutely summing operators is a nuclear operator. Proof Let us consider the diagram
Tl
T2 -+X2 /
xl
""'
·""\./ Hl
Ta
T4
-+Xa
"'-,
/
""__,.H2
\./
IX
/
__,.x4 /
Ts -+X,
""
""
---+
\./
/
-+Xs / j
Ha
fJ
The existence of such factorization follows from Theorem 7.3.10. The operators IX, fJ are absolutely summing as compositions of absolutely summing operators with continuous operators. Therefore, by Proposition 7.3.8, the operator {JIX is nuclear. Thus the operator T 5 T4 T3 T2 T1 = j(Jai is nuclear. D
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
325
Proof of Theorem 7.3.2. Sufficiency. Let X be a nuclear B0-space and let the topology in X be given by an increasing sequence of homogeneous pseudonorms {llxllt} such that the canonical mappings Tt from Xi+ 1 into Xi are nuclear. By Proposition 7.3.6 the operators Ti are absolutely summing. 00
Xn
Let };
be an unconditionally convergent series in X. This means
n=1
that 00
lim
sup~~~ BnXnlli =
0,
i = 1, 2, ...
k-->oo tn=±1 n=k
Since the canonical mappings Tt are absolutely summing, this implies that 00
the series };
llxnlli- 1 are convergent fori= 2, 3, ...
n=l
Necessity. Let X be a B0-space and let {llxlli} be an increasing sequence of pseudonorms determining the topology. Theorem 7.3.11 implies that it is sufficient to show that for any pseudonorm llxllt there is a pseudonorm llxlli such that the canonical embedding X1 into Xi is an absolutely summing operator. Suppose that the above does not hold. This means that there is a pseudonorm llxllio such that the canonical embedding Xi into Xio is not absolutely summing for any i > i 0 • Then, by definition, there are elements Xi, 1 , ... Xi, n, s u~h that n,
~llxdlt, =
1
(7.3.13)
j =1
and n•
sup~~~ BJXi,JIIi < ~i.
(7.3.14)
BJ=±1 j=1
Let us order Xi,n in a sequence. Formula (7.3.14) implies that this series is unconditionally convergent. On the other hand, by (7.3.13) it is not absolutely convergent. D CoROLLARY 7.3.12 (Dvoretzky and Rogers, 1950). In each infinite dimensional Banach space there is an unconditionally convergent series which is not absolutely convergent.
Chapter 7
326
Proof. If each unconditionally convergent series were absolutely convergent, then the space would be nuclear, and thus a Montel space. Since each Banach space is locally bounded, it would be locally compact. Thus it would be finite dimensional. D Rosenberger (1972, 1973) gave the following extension of the notion of nuclear spaces. Let cf> be a class of continuous, subadditive, strictly increasing functions defined on [O,+oo], such that all functions (jJ E cf> vanish at 0. An F*-space X is called cf>-nuclear if, for any balanced neigh· bourhood of zero U, there is a balanced neighbourhood of zero V such that 00
_2; qJ(bn(V, U)) < +oo
for all
(jJ E
W.
n=O
When cf> contains only one function (jJ, we shall mark cf>-nuclear spaces as qJ-nuclear spaces. By Theorem 7.3.2 if X is locally convex, then it is nuclear if and only if it is t-nuclear. Moscatelli (1978) gave the conditions for (jJ ensuring the existence of a universal qJ-nuclear space for locally convex qJ-nuclear spaces.
7.4.
BASES IN NUCLEAR SPACES
Let X be a locally convex space, i.e. a space in which the topology could be given by a sequence of homogeneous pseudo norms. Let {en} be a basis in X. We say that a homogeneous continuous pseudonorm llxll is admissible if r
r+s
II}; tnenll ~!I}; tnenll n=l
forr,s~
0.
(7.4.1)
n=l
Theorem 3.2.14 implies that in each locally convex space there is a sequence of homogeneous admissible pseudonorms determining a topology equivalent to the original one. PROPOSITION 7.4.1. Let X be a locally convex space with a basis {en}. Iffor each sequence of homogeneous pseudonorms {llxllm} determining a topology
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
327
equivalent to the original one for every i there is a j such that ro
~ Jlenllt
Ct,i
(7.4.2)
= L; llenlli < +oo, n=l
where we assume
0
0 =
0, then the space X is nuclear.
P··,.,ot: Let {llxllt} be an increasing sequence of homogeneous pseudonorm ,~-.. ,,_ ~
n;;[; :ng the topology. Without loss of generality we can assume that t:,._ p~·udonorm llxllt are admissible. Let us take an arbitrary i. Then, by th: hypothesis, there is an indexj such that (7.4.2) holds. Let us denote by {fn} the sequence of basis functionals, Let llxlli < 1. Since the pseudonorm llxlli is admissible n
llfn(x)eniiJ<
n-1
lll fi(x)etjj +lll' fi(x)et// 1
1
i=l
1
< 2llxlli < 2.
(7.4.3)
i=l
The canonical embedding T1, i of X 1 into Xt is nuclear, provided (7 .4.2) holds. Indeed. ro
Ti,t(x)
=}; Pn(x),
where Pn(x) = fn(x)en
n=l
are one-dimensional operators. Moreover, by (7.4.3)
IIPnll =. sup IIPn(x)Jit = sup llfn(x)enllt ~~~Cl
~~~Cl
llenllt
sup llfn(x)enlli-ll-11 en j
1/x//JCl
llenllt < 2en 1 11
-
11
•
Hence, by (7 .4.2) 00
}; IIPnll < +oo.
(7.4.4)
n=l
Therefore, X is a locally convex nuclear space.
0
7.4.2. Let X be a locally convex space with a basis {en}. If there is in X an increasing sequence {llxllt} of pseudonorms determining a topology such that (7.4.2) holds, then each increasing sequence ofpseudonorms {llxiO determining the topology has the same property.
PROPOSITION
Chapter 7
328
Proof Let us take an arbitrary i: Since the pseudonorms {llxlli} yield the topology, there are an index i 1 and a constant C such that 11x11; ~ Cllxll;,·
Let A be such an index Ci,,;, < +oo. The pseudonorms llxll;, yield the topology, therefore, there are an index j and a constant K such that llxll;, ~ Kllxll;. Thus ~ KC
llenlli llenllj
llenlli, lleniiJ, ·
Therefore,
We shall now show a theorem converse in a certain sense to Proposition 7.4.1. 7.4.3 (Dynin and Mityagin, 1960; Mityagin, 1961). Let X be a locally convex space with a basis {en}. Let the topology in X be given by an increasing sequence of admissible pseudonorms {llxlli}. If the space X is nuclear, then for every i there is aj such that (7.4.2) holds. Proof Since the space X is nuclear, then for each i there is an indexj such THEOREM
that limn4bn(Bf, Bi) = 0,
(7.4.5)
n-->00
where Br =
{xe X: llxllr ~ 1}.
Let n en z;=--
Since (7.4.5),
llenlli lim llzj'lli =
for
llenlli =F 0.
0. Let us reorder the positive integers in a se-
n-...oo
quence {kn} in such a way that
llekmllt llekmll;
;:?:
llekm+•lli llekm+tlli
(m =I, 2, ... ).
(7.4.6)
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
329
Let
let 1
(we admit 1/0
an= /len/It'
= oo),
and let
A = {x Ei X: lft(x)l ~ at(i = 1, 2, ... )}, B = {x EX: /ft(x)j ~ bt(i = 1, 2, ... )}, where {.fn} are the basis functionals with respect to the basis {en}. If x EX and /lx/lt < f, then /l.fn(x)en/lt < 1 (i = 1, 2, ... ) because the pseudonorm /lx/lt is admissible. Therefore, f Bi CA. On the other hand, B C B1, because for x E B 00
00
00
/lx/li ~}; /l.fn(x)en/li = };lfn(x)l /len/li ~}; bnllen/li n=l
n=l
n=l
00
=_.!._ ~_;.=1. a L.J n n=l Therefore,
<5n(BJ, (
~ )Bt) > <5n(B, A).
By (7.4.6)
<5n-l(B, A)= bk. = ak. Thus (7.4.5) imply
(7.4.7)
(-1/lek.llt). an llek.lli 2
lim n2 /lek.llt = 0. /lek./li
n-+oo
Therefore, (7.4.2) holds.
0
We say that a basis {en} of an F-space X is unconditional if the series of expansions with respect to this basis are unconditionally convergent. A basis {en} of an F-space X is called absolute if the series of expansions
Chapter 7
330
are absolutely convergent. Proposition 7.3.1 implies that in locally convex spaces each absolute basis is also unconditional. Theorem 7.4.3 implies THEOREM 7.4.4 (Dynin and Mityagin, 1960). lf X is a nuclear B 0-space, then each basis {en} in X is absolute. Proof Let {llxlft} be an increasing sequence of admissible pseudonorms determining the topology. By Theorem 7.4.3, for each i there is a j such that (7.4.2) holds. Therefore 00
00
~
~
L.J 11/n(x)enllt = L.J n=l
llenllt lfn(x) llleniiJ llenlfJ
n=I
COROLLARY 7.4.5 (Dynin and Mityagin, 1960).Jn a nuclear B 0 -space X all bases are unconditional. It is not known what situation there is in non-locaUy convex spaces. There is an interesting question: does Theorem 7.4.4 and Corollary 7.4.5 characterize nuclear B0-spaces? Pelczynski and Singer (1964) have proved that in each Banach space with a basis there is a non-unconditional basis. Wojtynski (1969) has proved that if, in a B0-space X, the topology is given by a sequence of Hilbertian pseudonorms and each basis in X is unconditional, then the space X is nuclear. In the same paper it is shown that if in a B0-space X all bases are absolute, then the space X is nuclear. Let X be a nuclear B0-space with a basis {en}. The basis functionals corresponding to {en} are denoted by {.fn}. Let {llxllm} be a sequence of pseudonorms determining the topology in X. Let us assign to each element x eX a sequence {.fn(x)}. Since {en} is a basis, we have, by Theorem 2.6.1.
liml/n(x)l llenllm = 0, 11-->00
m= 1,2, ... ,
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
331
i.e. {fn(x)} E M(am,n), where am,n = llenllm (compare Example 1.3.9). Moreover, the operator T(x) = {fn(x)} is a continuous operator mapping X into M(am,n)(see Theorem 2.6.1). Now we shall show that T(X) = M(am, n). To do this it is sufficient to prove that if {tn} e M(am,n) then 00
the series }; tnen is convergent in X. The space X is nuclear, therefore,
n=l
for each index m there is an index r such that co
co
Cm r = ~ am,n = ~ ' .L..J ar,n .L..J
JJenJim < +oo n=l JJenJJr
n=l
(see Theorem 7.4.3). Hence co
00
l;lltnenllm
n=l
=}; JJtnJJJJenJir ~~~:~~
where, according to Example 1.3.9
JJ{tn}IJr =
sup JtnJ ar,n = sup JtnJJJenJJr. n
n
00
Therefore, the series }; tnen is absolutely convergent, and thus conver-
n=l
gent. Therefore, T(X) = M(am,n). Since both spaces are complete, by the Banach the-orem (Theorem 2.3.2) the operator T- 1 is continuous. Hence the following proposition holds : PROPOSITION 7.4.6 (Rolewicz, 1959c). Let X be a nuclear B0 -space with a basis {en} and the topology determined by a sequence of pseudonorms {JJxJJm}. Let am,n = llenllm· The set of expansions with respect to the basis {en} constitutes the space M(am,n). The corresponyence between x EX and {fn(x)} e M(am,n) is a homeomorphism.
In many applications n and m are vectors consisting of non-negative integers (see Example 1.3.9). There are nuclear B0-spaces without bases. The first such an example was constructed by Mityagin and Zobin (1974) (see also Djakov and Mityagin, 1976; Bessaga, 1976). Even more, Dubinsky (Dubinsky, 1979,
Chapter 7
332
1981; see also Vogt, 1982) showed that there are B0-spaces without the bounded approximation property1 • Proposition 7.4.6 play an important role in the theory of nuclear spaces, because the spaces M(am,n) have a very simple structure. Sometimes, however, it is more convenient to consider in M(am,n) other families of pesudonorms determining the topology. PROPOSITION
2 n
7.4.7. Let [am,n] be a matrix ofnon-negative reals. Let am,n am+I,n
Let LP(am,n) (1 <,_p sequences {tn} that 1/{tn}//m,p
=
< +oo.
(7.4.8)
< +oo) (see Example (27/tnam,n/P)lfp <
1.3.9) be the space of all such
+oo
(7.4.9)
n
with the topology determined by the pseudonorms 1/x//m. Then the space LP(am,n) is identical with the space M(am,n). Proof Since 1/{tn}//m,p ~ 1/{tn}//m,
(7.4.10)
where 1/{tn}//m =sup /tn/am,n, we have LP(am,n) C M(am,n). On the other hand, 1/{tn}//m,p
= (,2itnam,n/Prp = (_2/tnam+I,n/P( n
n
a::l:nrrp
<,_ Cm,vl/{tn}l/m+I,
where by (7.4.8) Cm,p = (
~( ..:.....J n
am,n )p)Ifp < am+I,n
+oo.
D
As an application of Proposition 7.4.7, we obtain 1 We say that an F-space X has the bounded approximation property, if there is a uniformly continuous sequence of continuous finite dimensional operators Tn mapping X into itself such that lim Tn x = x for all x E X.
n
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
333
7.4.8. Each continuous linear functional defined on a space M(am,n), where am,n satisfies (7.4.8), is of the form PROPOSITION
f(x) = l'Jnxn, n
where {xn}
E
M(am,n) and {fn} is such a sequence of scalars that
sup Ifni < += (7.4.11) n am,n for a certain m. Proof By Proposition 7.4.7 the space M(am,n) is identical with the space V(am, n). The general form of continuous linear functionals on B0-spaces implies that the functional/is continuous with respect to a certain norm Hxllm, 1 . Hence the general form of continuous linear functionals in f1 implies (7.4.11). 0 We say that a basic sequence (see Section 2.6) of elements {xn} of a nuclear B0-space is represented by a matrix [am, n] (we shall denote it briefly by {xn} ,...._ [am,n]) if there is a sequence of pseudonorms {llxllm} determining the topology in X such that llxnllm = am, n·
7.5.
SPACES WITH REGULAR BASES
Let X be aB0-space with a basis {en}. A basis {en} is called regular if there is a sequence of pseudonorms {II lim} determining the topology such that t he sequence·{
llenllm }·IS non-mcreasmg . . 10r aII m. llenllm+I t"
Let {an} be a non-decreasing sequence of positive numbers. The standard bases in the Kothe power spaces M(a;;:) and M(a~l/m) are regular. Let X be an F-space. Two bases {en} and {.fn} inXarecalledsemi-equivalent if there is sequence of scalars {rn}, rn > 0 such that the bases {en} and {rn.fn} are equivalent. THEOREM 7.5.1 (Djakov, 1975; Kondakov, 1974). Let X be a nuclear B 0-space with a regular basis {en}. Then each regular basis {fn} in X is semi-equivalent to {en}.
Chapter 7
334
Proof By the definition of regular bases there are sequences of pseudo-
norms {II lim, 0 } and {II II~. 0 } both determining a topology equivalent to . . { llenllm,o } {[[fn[[~.o } the ongmal one and such that the sequences llenllm+ 1•0 and llfnll~+ 1 • 0 are non-increasing. By Proposition 7.4.3 we may assume without loss of generality that co
llxl/m,o
=}; le~(x)l 1/en//m,o
(7.5.1)
n=1
and co
1/x//:n,o =}; lf~(x)l 1/fnll:n,o,
(7.5.2)
n=1
where {e~} ({!~}) denote the basis functionals with respect to the basis {en} (resp. to the basis {/n}). Let Um,o = {x: 1/x//m,o < 1} and Vm,o = {x: llxl/~,o < 1}. Clearly it is possible to find a subsequence {mr} and two sequence of positive scalars {ar} and {br} such that (7.5.3) Let and
1/x/1; = b; 11/xl/:n,,o. Of course Ur = {x: 1/x//r < 1} = arUm,,o and
Vr = {x: 1/x/1; < 1} = brVm,,o. Using the fact that the bases {en} and {fn} are regular, we can easily calculate the approximative diameters, .ll
(
Un-1 Vr, Vs Take
t ~ s;
)
=
/Ifni/; /Ifni/; .
(7.5.4)
then, by (7.5.3), Ut ::> Vt ::> V8 ::> UB+ 1 and
~n(Us+l,
Ut)
~ ~n(Vs,
Vt).
(7.5.5)
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
335
Thus, by (7.5.4),
llenllt .- 11/nll! llenlls+I ·~ llfnll; ' Take t
> s, then by (7.5.3) ~
l5n(Vt, Vs)
(7.5.6)
Vs :::> U8 +1 :::> Ut :::> V, and
l5n(Ut,
U:~J-1).
7.5.7)
Thus, by (7.5.4),
llfnll; llfnlle
llenlls+l llenllt •
&
~
(7.5.8)
Therefore, by (7.5.6) and (7.5.8),
llenllt llfnll!
llenlls+l ll.fnll; '
&
~
(7.5.9)
for all t, s, n = I, 2, ... This implies that rn = s~p
llenllt llfnll! < +"9·
(7.5.10)
Thus, by (7.5.9),
llenllt ~ llrn.fnll! ~ Ilen litH· Therefore the bases {en} and {rnfn}e ar equivalent.
(7.5.11)
D
We say that two bases {en} and {.fn} are quasi-equivalent (see Dragilev, 1960) if there is a permutation a of positive integers such that the bases {en} and {fa(n)} are semi-equivalent. THEOREM 7.5.2 (Crone and Robinson, 1975). Let X be a nuclear B 0-space with a regular basis {en}. Then each basis {fn} in X is quasi-equivalent to {en}. The proof of the theorem is based on several notions and lemmas and propositions. LEMMA 7.5.3 (Kondakov, 1983), Let X= V(am,n). Assume that 1
llxllm ~ 2 m llxllm+t·
(7.5.12)
Chapter 7
336
Suppose that for an element f f'(f) = 1 and
supJif'll:r.+211fllm+l = m
X there is a functional f'
€
C
<
E
X* such that
+=,
(7.5.13)
where !I II~ denotes the norm of the functionals induced by the pseudonorm
II lim·
Then there are A > 0 and an index i such that
m= 1,2, ...
(7.5.14)
where {en} denotes the standard basis in Ll(am, 11 ). Proof To begin with, we shall show the first inequality. Let {e:} denote the basis functionals corresponding to the basis {e11 }. Then 00
00
00
~ leMf)lsup llenllm ~ ~ ~ le~(f)lllenllm
6
m
llfnllmH
= -{: nJ;l Jle~(f)enllm =
6i
llfllmH 00
= r(.r e~(f)en) ~
n=l
6 ;8
llfllmH
~ llfllm ~ ~_I =
;8
IJfllmH
1
;8 2m
00
l, le'(f)llf'(en)l.
n=l
(7.5.15)
Comparing the series on the left and on the right, we find that there is an index i such that
lletllm If'( )j llfllm+l ~ et .
(7.5.16)
Putting A= f'(et), we obtain the first part of the inequality. By (7.5.13) we have
lf'(et)lllfllmH ~ llf'JI~+211etllm+21Jfllm+l ~ Clletllm+2· and we obtain the second part of the inequality.
D
PROPOSITION 7.5.4 (Kondakov, 1983; cf. Dragilev, 1965). Let {fs} be a basis in a space L 1 (am,n). Then there are a sequence of constants {as}, as > 0, a sequence of indices {ns} and a subsequence {II liP} of the sequence of standard norms such that
llen.IIP ~ asll.fsiiPH ~ l~n.IIP+2, where {en} denotes the standard basis in D(am,n).
(7.5.17)
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
337
Proof Let a:n,n = 22m sup at,n.
(7.5.18)
l~i~m
It is easy to verify that the space V(a~1 ,n) is isomorphic to the space V(am,n) and, for the space V(a~,n), (7.5.12) holds. Let X= V(a~,n).
Let {Is} be a basis in X. Let{!;} denote the basis functionals corresponding to the basis {fs}. By (7.5.12) for each pseudonorm II lim and each a> 0, there is a pseudonorm II llm1 such that aJJxllm ~ Jlxllm1• Thus for each index r there is an index m(r) such that
JJJ;(x)fsJJr ~ JJxJJm(r)
(7.5.19)
JJ/:JJm(r)JJ/sJJr ~ 1.
(7.5.20)
and Then there is a sequence of pseudonorms determining a topology such that (7 .5.13) holds for f = h and C = 1. D PROPOSITION 7.5.5 (Dragilev, 1965). Let X be a nuclear B 0 -space with a regular basis {en}. Let {fn} be an arbitrary basis in X. Then {fn} can be reorderd in such a way that it becomes a regular basis. Proof By Proposition 7.4.7 and 7.4.8 the space X is isomorphic to the space V(JJenllm· Thus, by Proposition 7.5.4, for each s there are a8 and n8 such that (7.5.} 7) holds. Now we shall show that in the sequence {n8 } each index can be repeated only a finite number of times. Indeed, suppose that en., = en,,= en,. = ... Then the space X0 spanned by {i'& i'&,, fs., ... } is isomorphic to the space /. It leads to a contradiction, since X is nuclear and it does not contain any infinite-dimensional Banach space. Hence we can find a permutation a of positive integers such that the sequence na(s)· is non-decreasing. Now we shall introduce new pseudonorms in X 1,
cc
JJx!Jo,p =
};
a; 1 JI.fs' (x)IIPllen,llP
s=l
Since the space X is nuclear, by (7.5.17) the sequence of pseudonorms
{II llo,P} determines a topology equivalent to the original one.
Chapter 7
338
Observe that
Jl/a(s)llo,m ll.fa<s>llo,m+l
llena<,>llo,m llena(slllo,mH .
(7.5.21)
Since a(s) is non-decreasing and the basis {en} is regular, by (7.5.21) the basis {fa(s)} is also regular. 0 Proof of Theorem 7.5.2. Let X be a nuclear E 0-space with a regular basis {en}. Let {fn} be an arbitrary basis in X. By Proposition 7.5.5 there is a permutation a(n) such that the basis {fa(n)} is regular. Then, by Proposition 7.5.4 {fo.(n)} is semi-equivalent to {en}, and this completes the 0 proof.
Theorem 7.5.2 was first proved by Dragilev (1960) for the space of analytic functions in the unit disc. He then extended it to nuclear spaces of the types d1 and d2 with regular bases (see Dragilev, 1965). Let d1, i = 1, 2 denote the class of spaces with regular bases belonging to di, i = 1, 2. PROPOSITION 7.5.6 (Zahariuta, 1973). Let X, Y be nuclear E0 -spaces such that X E d1 and Y E d2. Then all bases in the product XX Yare quasi-equivalent. Proof Let {e;}, {e;} be regular bases in X and Y. Let e2n_ 1 = (e;,o), e2n = (o,e;). In this way we obtain a basis in Xx Y. Let {In} be another basis in XX Y. By Proposition 7.5.4 there are a sequence of indices {nk} and a sequence of positive numbers {ak} and a sequence ofpseudonorms {II liP} determining a topology equivalent to the original one such that
-
Jlen.IIP ::;::;; llakfkllp+l ::;::;; llen.Jip+2.
(7.5.22)
Let X1 =: lin{fk: en. EX} and Y1 = lin {.fk: en.
E
Y}.
Let {h,s} be a subbasis of the basis {fk} consisting of those elements which belong to X1 • Let {,/;, 8} be a sub basis of the basis {/k} consisting of
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
339
those elements which belong to Y1 • By (7.5.I7), in the same way as in the proof of Proposition 7.·5.5, we infer that {h,s} and {As} are regular bases in X1 and in Y1 • Moreover, X1 e d2, Y1 e d1 • By Theorem 6.7.IO, this implies that there is an integers such that xl is isomorphic to x<s> and yl is isomorphic to yl-s>. Since we can shifts elements of the basis form X into Y if s > 0, and conversely from Y into X if s < 0, we can assume without loss of generality that s = 0. The bases {e;}, {e;} are regular; by Theorem 7.5.2 there are permutations u(s), u'(s) and sequences of positive scalars {a8 }, {a:} such that.h,s =as~ and As= a;e.;,(s)• which trivially D implies that the bases {en} and {/n} are quasi-equivalent. 1
Theorem 7.5.6 for X= M(expm(n 1 + ... +nk)) and Y=M(exp--
m
(n 1 + ... +nk) was proved by Dragilev (1970) and Zahariuta (1970). Zahariuta (1975) proved Theorem 7.5.2 for another important class of spaces. Let {a1 ,n}, {b1 ,n}, {a2,n}, {b 2 ,n} be four sequences of real numbers tending to infinity. We shall assume that there is a positive number c such that i =I, 2, i =I, 2.
Let n = (n1 ,n2). We shall consider two spaces, X= M(a~n, b~~~~) and Y = M(a~n, h;~~~). Zahariuta (1975) showed that if the diametral dimensions of the spaces X and Yare equal, t5 (X) = t5 ( Y), then the spaces X and Y are isomorphic and, what is more, that there is a permutation of indices u such that {fn} is equivalent to {ea(n)}, where {en} and {fn} are standard bases in X and respectively in Y. As a consequence of this fact, it is possible to obtain the following results, arrived at independently by Djakov (I974) and Zahariuta (1974). Let X= M(exp(-!
nf+mn~)) andY= M(exp(-! nf'+mnf.))
Then the spaces X and Yare isomorphic if and only if I
1
1
I
-+-=-+p q p' q'"
Chapter 7
340
Moreover, if X and Yare isomorphic, there is a permutation u of indices such that the bases {fn}, {ea(n)} are equivalent, where {en} and {/n} are standard bases in X and Y respectively. There are also other classes of spaces in which all absolute bases are quasi -similar. Let H be a Hilbert space and let A be a self-adjoint positively defined operator acting in H. Let
(-oo
oo)
Let Ha be the completion of the domain D A of the operator A with respect to the norm llxlla = (x,x)a. The system of spaces {Ha} ( -oo
n Ha with the topology induced by the pseudonorms llxlla·
a
a
<
b. The space Hb is a B0-space and it is called the centre of the Hilbert
scale {Ha}. If b is finite, we say that the centre Hb is finite, if b
= +oo,
the centre Hb is called infinite. If the operator A- 1 is a nuclear operator, then the space Hb is isomorphic to a Kothe power space, and by Theorem 7.5.2 all bases in Hb are quasi-equivalent. If the operator A -J is not nuclear, then by the previously mentioned result of Wojtynski (1969) there are non-unconditional bases in Hb. Zahariuta (1968) showed that if A - 1 is compact, then all unconditional bases are quasi-equivalent. This result was generalized by Mityagin (1969) to positively defined operators A.
7.6.
UNIVERSAL SPACE FOR NUCLEAR SPACES
In this section we shall prove that there is a nuclear B0-space U universal for all nuclear B0-spaces with respect to linear dimension. Let X= L 2(nm). Let u be the space of all sequences x = {xn}, Xn EX, with the topology given by a sequence of pseudonorms
iixiiP,m = iixPiim, where {llxllm} is a sequence ofpseudonorms defining the topology in X.
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
341
THEOREM 7.6.1 (T. Komura andY. Komura, 1966). The space a is a nuclear B 0 -space universal for all B 0 -spaces. The fact that a is a nuclear B0-space is trivial. The proof that it is universal is based on the following notions and lemmas. Let X be an arbitrary nuclear B0-space. By Theorem 7.2.7 we can assume without loss of generality that the topology in X is given by an increasing sequence of Hilbertian pseudonorms {llx/1,.}. We denote the respective inner products by (x,y) ... Let x .. be the completion in the norm 11x11: of the space X/{x EX: llxll.. = 0}, where llxll: is the norm induced by llxll... Since no confusion will result, we shall denote both norms by the same symbol llxll... Of course, x .. is a Hilbert space. Let x; denote the space conjugate to x ... Since the sequence of pseudonorms is increasing, for IX < {J.
x: ( x;
LEMMA 7.6.2. For all positive integers IX, k there are an index {J(IX,k) and an orthonormal basis {g~· ..} in such that,
x;
sup II nk+lgnk,all P(a,k) < +oo.
(7.6.1)
n
Proof Since the space Xis nuclear, for IX,k there is an index{J = {J(IX,k) such that
(7.6.2) where, as usual, BY= {x EX: llxiiY ~ 1}. Since B .. and Bp are two ellipsoids, we can find a sequence {en} orthogonal with respect to the both inner products (x,y) .. and (x,y)p and such that it is a basis in x... Let us assume, moreover, that {en} is normalized with respect to the norm llxll.., i.e. llenll .. = 1, and that the sequence {en} is ordered in such a way that the sequence {llenll .. /llenllp} is non-increasing. Then (7.6.2) implies 1=
c
llenlla ~ nk+l lleniiP·
(7.6.3)
Letfn(x) = (x,en) ... Then, by (7.6.3), 11/nllp~ cjnk+l; therefore~·"= fn satisfy the lemma. 0
Chapter 7
342 LEMMA
7.6.3.
If a sequence {g!·"'} satisfies (7.6.1), then 00
00
sup{ll~ tnnkg!·"'[[p: ~ ltnl 2 ~ n=l
n=l
1} < +oo.
(7.6.4)
Proof 00
112
00
tnnkg!•"'llp
=
n=l
112 ~
nk+Ig!·"'llp·
n=l
Then (7 .6.1) and the convergence of the series
i; ~imply the lemma. D
n=I n
7.6.4. For each a there is an orthonormal basis {fa,n} in that ,for all k, there is a {3 = {3(x,k) such that
LEMMA
Ck = sup llnkfa,niiP
< +oo.
x: such (7.6.5)
fl
Proof Let us fix a and let us write g!·"'by gk,n· Let us order gk,n as indicated:
g4,c7g4,2-+g4,a--+g4,4
t
g4,s
i
gs,I--+gs,2--+gs,a--+gs,4 -+gs,s
Let {gn} be an orthonormal sequence obtained from the one written above by the standard Schmidt orthogonalization procedure. This implies that, if m > n2, k 2 , then gm is orthogonal to gk, n· Since for each k, {gk,n} is an orthonormal basis, we can represent gm(m > k 2) in the form ~ (ar;:·k)2 = 1. gm = ~ ar::·kgk,n• n>Vm n>Vm
Nuclear Spaces. Theory
343
Now Lemma 7.6.3 implies that there is a{J = {3(a,k) such that
s~p{JJ }; n2ktngk,nJJP: } ; ltnl 2 < 1} < +oo t n>Ym n>Vm
for m
~ k 2+i,
and so
s~p{JJ }; n2ka::''kgk,n1Jp: ' n>Ym
m
= k 2+i} < +oo.
Thus
D Proof of Theorem 7.6.1. By Lemma 7.6.4 there are functionals {J~,n} satisfying (7.6.5). Let T be an operator mapping X into a defined in the following way:
T(x) = {{!i,n(x)}, {/2.n(x)}, {fs,n(x)}, ...} ,
where Then
~ [(J; ~2 )s~p(nk+ll.fa,n(x)l)2r2 ~
;
6 ck+IIIxllp,
where {3 = {3(a,k+ 1) and ck+l is given by formula (7.6.5). Hence T(x) E a and Tis a continuous linear operator mapping X into a. On the other hand, 00
~
IIT(x)lla,o = [ L.J lfa,n(x)l
2]1/2
= llxlla·
n=l
Therefore, the operator
r- 1 is also continuous.
D
Problem 7.6.5. Suppose that a nuclear space X does not contain the space (s). Do we have dimzX ~ dimzL2(nm)?
Chapter 8
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
8.1.
SPACES OF INFINITELY DIFFERENTIABLE FUNCTIONS
Let Ek beak-dimensional real space. By c:(Ek) we denote the space of infinitely differentiable functions which are periodic with respect to each variable. For simplicity we shall assume that all those periods are equal to 2n. We determine the topology in C;{'(Ek) by the sequence of the pseudonorms (8.1.1) //x//n = sup Jx
where n
= (n1,
••• ,
nk), nt are non-negative integers, t = (t1 , ant+ ...+n•
x
a;.· ... a~·
••• ,
tk) and
x(t).
Let us consider in C;{'(Ek) a sequence of inner products
(x,y)n =
J" J"... J" x
-n-n
(8.1.2)
-n
The Hilbertian pseudonorms //x//~
= y(x,x)n
define a topology equivalent to the original one. Indeed, //x/1~ ~
(8.1.3)
(2n)k1Jxl/n.
On the other hand, there is a point t0 = (t~, ... , tZ) such that
Jx
~ (2~)k 1/x/1~.
(8.1.4) 344
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
345
Moreover, t,
x
tk
J... Jx(n+ll(t)dt ~~
t:
1 •••
dtk,
(8.1.5)
where n+ 1 = (n 1 + 1, ... , nk+ 1). Without loss of generality we can assume that i=1,2, ... ,k. /t~-tt/ < 21t, Therefore, by the Schwartz inequality and (8.1.4) we obtain
//x//n ~ (2 ~)k //x//~+(21t)kf2 J/xi/~+I·
(8.1.6)
It is easy to verify that the elements
en= exp i (n · t) = exp i (n1 t 1
+ ... +nk tk)
are orthogonal with respect to all the inner products and that their linear combinations are dense in C;:"(Ek). Therefore, the sequence {en} constitutes a basis in C;:"(Ek). Hence Proposition 7.4.6 implies PROPOSITION
8.1.1. The space C;:"(Ek) is isomorphic to the· space M(am,n)
where Proof 0
In Proposition 8.1.1 we have considered the space of complex-valued functions. But this Proposition also holds for real-valued functions. For the proof it is enough to replace expi(n · t) by sin(n · t) and cos(n · t). Let us now consider the space C 00 [-1, 1](see Example 1.3.7). We determine the topology in C 00 [-1, 1] by a sequence ofpseudonorms //x//n
=
sup Jx
The system of pseudonorms n
//x//~ =}; //x//i i=l
(8.1.7)
Chapter 8
346
yields a topology equivalent to the original one. We shall show that the Tschebyscheff polynomials
Tn(t) = cos(narccost) constitute a basis in the space C 00 [ -1, 1]. The proof is based on the wellknown Markov inequality, which we give here without proof. 8.1.2 (Markov inequality). Let P(t) be a polynominal of degree n defined on the interval [a,b] and let IP(t)l ~ M. Then
LEMMA
I:t P(t)l ~ !M:2. As an obvious consequence, we obtain by induction LEMMA 8.1.3 (Markov inequality). If P satisfies the assumption of Lemma 8.1.2, then
2mM 2( 1)2 ( 1)2 IP <m>()I t ~ (b-a)m n n- ... n-m+ <
2mM 2m (b-a)m n (8.1.8)
Now we shall prove LEMMA 8.1.4. Iff E Coo [-1, 1], then there are constant Ck (k = 0, I, ... such that
sup
0~61~"
Id~kf(cosB)I ~ Ckl/fllfc.
(8.1.9)
17
Proof The lemma follows from the fact that k
dk dBkf(cosB) =
~ d"
.L..J
dttf(t)lt=coseWk,t(B),
(8.1.10)
i=O
where Wk, i(O) are trigonometrical polynomials depending only on k and i. D PROPOSITION
8.1.5. LetfE C 00 [-1, 1] and let us write
f
1
an=_.!_ f(t)Tn(t) dt. n -1 l/1-t2
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
347
Then
lanl
~
Ckllffl.l: k , k = 0, I, ... n
(8.1.1 J )
Proof Integrating by parts, we obtain n
1
Jf~)
an=_.!._ n -1
Tn(t) dt =
1-t2
_.!._
n
fJ(cos€J)cosn€Jd€J 0 n
=
-1
nn
J
f(cos€J)sinn€Jj~- - 1 _
nn
ddca f(cos€J)sinn€Jd€J c;,
0
n
= --1-J~f(cos€J)sinn€Jd€J nn
d€J
0
=I1±• I" nnk
I!~
0
"
dk d(i)k f(cos€J)cosn€Jd€J
[ d~kf(cos€J)sinn€Jd€J
for even k,
for odd k.
Therefore, by (8.1.9) we obtain (8.l.ll).
D 00
8.1.6. For eachjE C 00 [-l,l] the series}; aiTi(l) is absolutely
THEOREM
.
i=O
convergent in C 00 [-l, 1]. Proof Let r be an arbitrary non-negative integer and let k > 2(r+ 1). Then, by (8.1.11) and (8.1.8), 00
00
II~ atTi(t)llr ~ .2; i=1
i=1
00
c;!k
i 2'
~ Ckllfll.l:}; i~
<
+=.
D
i=1
8.1.7. The Tschebyscheff polynomials Tn constitute a basis in C 00 [-l, 1].
THEOREM
00
Proof By Proposition 8.1.6 it is sufficient to show that the series
J; anTn n=1
00
converges to f and that if}; bnTn = f, then bn =an. We know (Proposin=1
Chapter 8
348 00
tion 8.1.6) that the series }; an Tn is convergent to g E C 00 [ -1, 1]. We n=1
shall show that f = g. For this purpose we shall introduce an inner product in C 00 [ -1, 1]
JI 1
(x,y) =
-1
-
x(t)v(t) d t. l 1-t2
The Hilbertian pseudonorm because
[ J1
llxll =
dt
llxll ~ llxllo _1 111 _t 2
Jf(x,x) is continuous in C 00 [-1, 1],
11/2 •
Then n
lim 11.27 anTn-g\\ = 0.
(8.1.12)
n-+co i=l
Let X be the completion of the space C"'[-1, 1] with respect to the norm llxll- Tschebyscheffpolynomials {T11} constitute an orthogonal basis in X. Moreover, the coefficients of the expansion of the function/with respect to this basis are just an. This implies that n
lim 11.27 anTn-fl\ = 0.
(8.1.13)
n-+oo i=l
Hence, by (8.1.12) f = g. Moreover, the uniqueness of expansions in X implies the uniqueness of expansions in coo[ -1, 1]. D 8.1.8. The coefficients of expansions with respect to the basis {Tn} cosntitute the space M(nm). Proof Formula (8.1.11) implies that if {an} is a sequence of coefficients of afunctionjE C 00 [-1, 1], then {an} E M(nm). Conversely, if {an} E M(nm), then by a similar argument to that used in Proposition 8.1.6 we find that {an} are coefficients of the expansion of a function /E C 00 [-1, 1] with D respect to the basis {Tn}. PROPOSITION
Let K = {(x1, .•. , Xk): lxil < 1 (i = 1, 2, ... , k)}. By a similar argument to that used for one variable we obtain
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
349
8.1.8'. Let n = (n 1 , ••• , nk). The sequence en(t) = Tn,Ctl) ... Tnitk)
THEOREM
constitutes a basis in the space C 00 (K). The basis coefficients constitute the space M(n!(! ... n~).
8.1.9. The space C'""(K) is isomorphic to the space M(nm), where n, m are positive integers. Proof Let us order n = (n 1 , ••• , nk), nt being non-negative integers, in a sequence {ap} in such a way that {(n1 ,p+1) ... (nk,p+1)}, where ap = (n 1 ,p, ... , nk,p), is a non-decreasing sequence. Then p 11k < (n 1 ,p+ 1) ... (nk,P+ 1) < pk. This trivially implies the corCoROLLARY
D
~~~
Ogrodzka (1967) showed that the spaces C 00 (M) of all infinitely differentiable functions on a finite-dimensional compact manifold M are represented by the matrix [nm], and therefore all those spaces are isomorphic to one another. Now let us consider the space c5 (E) (see Example 1.3.8) of all differentiable functions defined on the whole real line E and such that llx//n,m = sup Jtmx
with the topology defined by the pseudonorms llxlln, m· For convenience we shall introduce in c5 (E) Hilbertian pseudonorms. 00
JJtmx
1/x//~.m = [
2
2
•
(8.1.15)
-oo
The system of pseudonorms {1/x//~,m} yields a topology equivalent to the original one. In fact 00
J/tmx
(ilxl/~.m) 2 =
2
-00
=
J Jtmx
ltl>l
=
J:
2
J J
Jtmx
ltl.;;;l
t"'+tx
It! >1 2 :;;;:;; 1/x//n,m+l
J
Jtmx
!tl.;;;t
1 2 2 f2dt+l/xl/n,m:;;;:;; 2(1/xlln,m+l+//xlln,m)
!tl>l
Chapter 8
350
On the other hand, j
t
t
-00
-00
Jtmx
~
J
f
Jtmx
jtj~l
jtJ>l
f It/ ~(f
_l Jtm+lx(n>(t)Jdt+
ltl>l
Jtmx
f
JtJ~l
Jtmx
00
f
1
1 2 dtr(
JtJ>l
00
f Jtmx<">(t)J 2dtr'~
2
Jtm+Ix
-oo
-oo
~ 2(JJxJJ~,m+I+JJxJJ~,m).
Moreover, integrating by parts we obtain t
t
Jtm.x
Jmtm-lx(n>(t)dt.
00 -
-oo
-00
Thus JlxJJn,m ~ supj t
t
t
Jtmx
-oo
~ 2 [[Jxii~+I.m+l
-oo
+llxll~+l.m +m (IJxll~,m +llxJJ~.m-1)] ·
Therefore, the systems ofpseudonorms {llxlln,m} and {llxll~.m} yield the equivalent topologies. The system ofpseudonorms {llxll~.m} is Hilbertian, but it is still not convenient enough, because it is ordered into a double sequence. We shall now consider in the space c5 (E) an operator D called the Hermitian derivative (see Antosik, Mikusinski, 1968) and defined as follows:
d D(x) = tx(t)-dtx(t). The operator D is continuous as a sum of two continuous operators. Let Jxlt = IJDi(x)llo,o' i = 1, 2, ... ,). The sequence of the pseudonorms {lxli} yields a topology not stronger that the original. We shall show later that the two topologies are equivalent. Let us consider the Hermite functions Hn(t) = exp
dn (2t2) dtn exp(-t
2),
(8.1.16)
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
351
and let (8.1.17) By a simple calculation (which can also be found in many text-books of the calculus) we find that {hn(t)} is an orthonormal sequence with respect to the inner product induced by the pseudonorm JJx/1 0 , 0 • By the differentiation of (8.1.16), using (8.1.17), we obtain d
-hn(t) dt
=-
I
1
l 2(n+I)
(8.1.18)
hn+I(t)+thn(t). •
Thus hn+I(t) =
1 V2(n+1)
D(hn).
This implies that {hn} are orthogonal with respect to all inner products 00
Jxlt and that, if a series 2 anhn is convergent n=l with respect to the pseudonorms JxJt, i = 1, 2, ... , then {an} E M(nm). induced by the pseudonorm
On the other hand, we have the following classical formula: 2 ;1 .;thn(t)= 1_ }'n+1 hn+L(t)+--=-Jinhn-I(t). . l 2 Jl2
(8.1.19)
00
Therefore, {an} E M(nm) implies that the series 2 anhn is convergent with n=l
respect to the pseudonorm JJxJ!~, 1 , and we find by induction that it is convergent with respect to the pseudonorm JJxJJ~.w m = 1,2, ... Next, formula (8.1.18) implies that it is convergent with respect to the pseudonorms IJxJI~.w n, m = I, 2, ... Hence the following theorem holds: 8.1.10. In the spacec5(E) the Hermite/unctions {hn(t)} constitute a basis. The coefficients of expansions contitute the space M(nm). The pseudonorms {JJxJIJ yield a topology equivalent to the original one.
THEOREM
Using this same arguments for several variables, we obtain
Chapter 8
352 THEOREM
8.I.I 0'. Let n = (n 1 ,
en(t)
••• ,
nk). The sequence
= hn,(ti) ... hn.(tk)
constitute a basis in the space c5 (Ek). The basis coefficients constitute the space M(nr_;' ... nZ').
In the same way as in Corollary 8.1.9 we find that the space c5(Ek) is isomorphic to the space M(nm), where n,m are positive integers. Let c;[-I, I] denote a subspace of the space C[ -I, I] formed by such functions x(t) that x
n = 0, I, ...
PROPOSITION 8.I.II. The space C~[ -I, I] is isomorphic to the space c5 (E). Proof Let us consider a map Ton the space C6[-I, I] defined in the
following way : T(x)
=
x(~ arctant). C~[-I,
I] into c5(E) in a con-
lim (t±1)mx
(8.1.20)
We shall show that the operator T maps tinous way. Indeed, if X E c;[ -I, I] then t±l--+0
Let us remember that lim (2arctant± 1) t = 2 n 1t
(8.1.21)
t±l->O
and that x(2arctant) = dd: t n
~ ddiit x(t)l
LJ i=l
Wt(t),
(8.1.22)
arctant
where Wt(t), i = 1, 2, ... , n, are rational functions oft. Then by (8.1.21) and (8.1.20) we find from (8.1.20) that Tis a continuous operator mapping C~[-1, 1] into c5(E). It is easy to prove by a similar argument that an operator T' defined as T'(x)
= x(tan;
r)
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
353
maps c5(E) into c;[ -I, I] in a continuous way and that it is the inverse operator to the operator T. D Proposition 8.I. II can easily be extented to the case of several variabies. Let C 00 (R) denote the space of all infinitely differentiable functions defined on the real line R with the topology given by the sequence of pseudonorms [[x[[m
=
sup ([x(t)[ + [x'(t)[ +. .. + [x
ltl,;,;;m
In Section 7.6 we have defined the space(}'. Now we shall show. PROPOSITION 8.1.12 (Bessaga and Pelczynski, I960). dimz (}' = dimz C 00 (R). Proof Let ( C co [-I, I D(s) be the space of all sequence x = {Xn} (n = 0,± I,±2, ... ) SUCh that Xn E C 00 [ -I, 1] With the topology given by the pseudonorms [x[k = [[xoll.l:+ [[xi[[.!:+ [[x -Ill.!:+ ... + [[xkll.l:+ [[x-kiiL where [[x[[; are given by formula (8.1.7). By Propositions 8.1.8 and 7.4.8 the space (C 00 [-1, 1D(s) is isomorphic to the space (}'. Let x e C 00 (R) and let Xk(t)
=
x(t+2k),
k = 0, ±1, ±2, ... , [t[ < 1.
It is easy to verify that the mapping U 1(x) = {x0 (t), x 1(t), x_ 1(t), x 2(t) x_ 2(t), .. .} is a linear homeomorphism of the space C 00 (R) into the space ( C 00 [ -I, I])(R)" Therefore
dimtC(R):::::; dimz(C 00 [-I, I])(s) = dimz(]'. Let rpp(t),p = I,2, ... be a sequence of functions belonging to the space C 00 (R) and such that rpp(t) = I
for [t-4p:n:[ :::::; :n:,
rpp(t) = 0
for [t-4p:n:[
and
>
2:n:.
Chapter 8
354
Let (C;'(E))<s> denote the space of all sequences x = {xp} such that C;'(E) with the topology given by the pseudonorms
Xp E
JxJk
=
Jlxollk+· .. +Jixkllk,
where the pseudonorms llxlli are given by formula (8.1.1). Propositions 8.1.1 and 7.4.7 imply that (C;'[-1,1])(s}is isomorphic to u. Let x = {x0(t), x 1(t), ... } be an element of (C;'[-1, 1])(a>· Then the operator 00
2
U2(x) =
tpp(t)xp(t) is a linear homeomorphism of (C;'[-1, 1])<8>into
p=O
C 00 (R).
0
As an obvious consequence of Theorem 7.6.1 we obtain COROLLARY
8.1.13. The space C 00 (R) is universalfor all nuclear Eo-spaces.
Mityagin (1961) has shown that Proposition 8.1.12 can be formulated in a stronger way. Namely, the spaces u and C 00 (R) are isomorphic. Since his proof is more difficult, we omit it in this book.
8.2.
SPACES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS
LetDbe a domain in ak-dimensional Euclidean space. Let.u(s,z) be a nonnegative function defined for zED and for 0 < B < 1. Let .u(s,z) be non-increasing for all zwith respect to Band, moreover, let lim.u(s, z)
,__,.o
> 0.
(8.2.1)
By Ci(,_(D) we shall denote the space of all holomorphic functions x = x(z) defined on D such that
llxlle
= suplx(z)J.u(s, z) < +=
(8.2.2)
ZED
for all
B,
0
< e < 1, with the topology determined by the pseudonorms
II 11•.
Since .u(s,z) is a function, non-increasing with respect toe, the topology in the space c:;eJJ (D) may be determined by the sequence of pseudonorms {Jixll 11n}. Hence CJ(JJ (D) is a Bci-space.
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
355
Let A. be a non-increasing family of open sets such that
D=
U A•.
0<•<1
Let
p(s,z)={~
for ze A., for z ¢A •.
Then the space C){,.. (D) is the space of all holomorphic functions defined on D with the topology of uniform convergence on compact sets. We shall denote this space briefly by C){(D). Since the almost uniform limit of a sequence of holomorphic functions is a holomorphic function, the space C)( (D) is complete. The spaces C){,..(D) are also complete. In fact, if a sequence {xn} C C){,..(D) is fundamental, then it is fundamental in C){ (D). Therefore, it tends in C){ (D) to a x(z) E C){ (D). Using (8.2.2), we can easily prove by a standard technique that x(z) E 9e,..(D) and that xn tends toxin the space 9e,..(D). If D is the whole k-dimensional space, then instead of c:;e,..(D) we shall write shortly C){,... The symbols C and C0 will be reserved in the sequel for the whole complex plane and for the interior of the unit disc. C will denote the extended complex plane, i.e. Cu {oo}. cr (resp. C!J will denote the Cartesian product of r copies ?f C (resp. C0). In this and the next sections we shall give examples of spaces C){,..(D) and the respective Kothe spaces isomorphic to them. These results are taken from Rolewicz (1962). 8.2.1. The space C){ (C 1 X C~-r) is isomorphic to the space M(am, n), where m is a positive integer, n = (n 1 , ... , nk) is a k-dimensional vector such that nt, i = 1, ... , k, are non-negative integers, an.d PROPOSITION
am,n =
exp(m(nl+ ... +nr)-! (nr-u+ ... +nk)).
The isomorphism is given by the formula
T(.r Cnzn) ={en}, n
Chapter 8
356
where zn = z~· . . . zJ:•. Proof As follows from the theory of analytic functions, the sequence {zn} constitutes a basis in C)C ( Cr X c~-r). Let A 1/m = {z: Jz1J, ... , lzrl ~em, Jz,+ 1l, ... , lzkl ~ e-l/m} and let llxllm = sup Jx(z)J. By a simple calculation we obtain that IJznJJm = am,n·
Hence ~ JJznJJm < + 00 . ::::.n . . JJznJJmH .
Thus, by Propositions 7.4.1 and 7.4.6 the proposition holds.
D
Proposition 8.2.1 implies that Cfe(Ck) is of type d 1 and the space < r < k then the space 9e (cr x c~-r) contains in the standard basis subbases of type ( d1) and subspaces of type (d 2). Therefore, by Theorem 7.5.2 the spaces CJf(Ck), Cfe(C~), Cfe(Crx X C~-r) are not isomorphic to each other. Ctf ( C~) is of type d 2 , and if 0
8.2.2. Let
PROPOSITION
k
J-l(e, z) = exp(-}; (
lztJPJ},
j=l
where Pi> 0, j = 1, 2, ... , k, -r1 = ... = Tr = 0, -rr+ 1 , •.. , "ik > 0. Then the space CJ{Jl, i.e. the space of all entire functions of the order p = (p1 , ••• . . . , Pk) and of the type -r = (-r1 , ••• , Tk), is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where am,n = exp(m(ni+ ... +nr)-! (nrH+ ... +nk)). The isomorphism Tis given by the formula T(}; Cnzn)
= {dncn},
n
where
(n (~)nJ/PJ) exp (- ~ .!!!__) n [-+]1/P! • k
dn
=
j=l
k
PJ
j=l
k
Pi
j=r+l
TJ
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
357
Proof By definition k
llznlle
sup lznl exp(-}; (rJ+e) lziiP1)
=
ZEC•
j =1
k
supexp(}; nilogtJ-(TJ+s)tt).
=
f1>0
j=l
Let j = 1, 2, ... , k.
We are looking for the maximum of the functionsjj(t). For this purpose we calculate the derivatives of Jj(t) d
-d jj(t) t
n1 = --
tj
p;-1
('r1+s)piti
.
Hence f;(t) is equal to zero only at the point
and this trivially implies the proposition. PROPOSITION
lJ
8.2.3. Let k
p(s, z)
=
exp(- };(rJ+s)iJoglzii!P;), j=l
where Pi> I, j = 1,2, ... , k, T1 = ... = Tr = 0, Tr+l• •.. , Tk > 0. Then the space g{11 of functions of the logarithmic order p = (p1 , ••• , Pk) and of the type T = ( T 1, ••• , Tk) is isomorphic to the space M(am, n), where am ,n
=
1 ( q,+l + + qk) exp (m (n1q,+ . . . + nrq,) - m nr+I . . . nk ,
and qj =
Pi
-~-·
-pj
Chapter 8
358
The isomorphism Tis given by the formula
T(~ Cnzn) = {dnCn}, n
where
dn = exp(
fi nf(~)q1 (~)P1~ 1).
j=r+I
\
P1
1
Proof By a method similar to the one used in the preceding proposition,
we can calculate that k
IJznl/e
=
maxexp ~ (n,logt;-(-r;+s)logt;JPl). 11>0
j=l
Let us put u; = logt1 and let /;0
= n;u;-(-r;+s)uJ'I.
Calculating the derivative, we can prove that this function reaches the maximum at the point
Hence
and this implies the proposition.
0
Let us remark that the space ge,. considered in Proposition 8.2.3 is isomorphic to the space of all entire functions x(z) which are periodic with the period 2n with respect to each variable and are such that k
1/xlle = sup Jx(z)J exp(~ (r;+s) Jimz;JPI) z
j=l
with the topology determined by the pseudonorms The isomorphism is given by the formula U(x) = x(eiz,, ... , eiz•).
1/xlle·
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications PROPOSITION
359
8.2.4. Let
SJ>O,j=l, ... ,k. Then the space C)CP (C~) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where and The isomorphism T is given by the formula
Proof k
llz 11. 11
=
su~[z11 [exp( -s J; (log 1: 11 r'J) ZE00
=
.,.
J=1
maxexp(-s L(n;u1+u:?)), j=1
UJ>O
1
where
UJ =
Let jj(u)
log =
lzil .
~1 u+ u:1 • By
calculating the derivative we find that the 1
maximum of the function fi(u) is reached at the point ( 1
~)
81
+1 and
its
1
value is nq1 s 81 +1 (s/1+1 +s;q1). k
Therefore, llznll.
=
1
1
exp ( .l) nJ1 (s 81 +1 [sJ 81+1 +si-q1])}, and this implies j=1
the proposition.
D k
Let p,1 (s,z)
=
exp ( .l) [1-lzJI]- 81}. i=1
Then the space g{ll' ( C~) is isomorphic to the space CJ{Il ( c~ described in
Chapter 8
360
Proposition 8.2.4. The above statement follows directly from the fact that 1 1-t
. hm - - - = 1. log 1/t
t--+I-o
PROPOSITION
8.2.5. Let k
fl(e, z) = exp(-
L /z1/PJ+•), j~l
where p 1 = ... = Pr = 0 and Pr+I> ... , Pk > 0. Then the space 9{11 of entire functions of order p = (p1 , .. • ,pk) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where The isomorphism Tis given by the formula
T(~ Cnzn)
= {dncn},
n
where
n
nJ (nj)PJ .
k
dn =
j=r+l
Proof As a consequence of the calculations given in the proof of Proposition 8.2.2, we obtain
n k
1/zn//e =
n1
nj
nr+•[e(pj+e))- PJ+e •
j=l
Hence for arbitrary positive 'YJ for sufficiently large n
n k
~
n
~
k
nr+•+'l :::::;;; 1/zn/1.
<
nr+•+'l .
j=l
j=l
D
This trivially implies the proposition . .PROPOSITION
8.2.6. Let k
+•),
Jl(e, z) = exp(- ~ Jlog /zii/P1 j=l
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Appliqations
361
where p 1 = ... = Pr = 1 and Pr+ 1 , ••• , Pk > 1. Then the space qe"' of all holomorphic functions of logarithmic order p = (Pt> ... , Pk) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where
( qi denotes the number__!!_!__), j = r+ 1, ... , k. Pi-1 The isomorphism is given by the formula
T(~ Cnzn) ={en}. n
Proof As a consequence of the calculations given in the proof of Proposition 8.2.3 we obtain •
llznlle =
P1+e
nexp((_!!j_)PI-1+• Pi-1+s). .
Pi+s
j=1
Pi+s
Hence for each positive r; for sufficiently large n
n exp(nt+•-11-1) k
P1+e-17
~
llznll. ~
j=l
n k
P1+•+11 exp(nt+•+11-1)
j=1
This trivially implies the proposition.
8.3.
0
SPACES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS. CONTINUATION
For further considerations the following lemma about Kothe spaces will be useful. LEMMA
8.3.1. Let
am,n
=
exp[m(n1 + ... +nk)]
(resp. am,n =
exp[- ~ (n + ... +nk)]). 1
Then the space M(am,n) is isomorphic to the space M(a~,n), where n are
Chapter 8
362
non-negative integers, m are positive integers and
a:n,n = exp(m j/n) Proof Let Wbe the number of all systems of non-negative integers (nt. ... , nk) such that n1 + ... +nk = j. It is easy to verify that
(8.3.1) Let us write
/k(t) =
[ft]'
where, as usual, Et denotes the greatest integer not greater than t. Formula (8.3.1) implies that n+l
J fk-I(t)dt =fk(n).
(8.3.2)
0
Therefore t
J/k-I(t)dt <,_fk(t). 0
Hence by induction we obtain /k+l(t) ;;::
tk
kf·
(8.3.3)
In particular,
(8.3.4) On the other hand, we have a trivial estimation j
= 1, 2, ...
(8.3.5)
Formulae (8.3.4) and (8.3.5) imply that we can find a one-to-one function p(n) = (p1 (n), ... ,pk(n)) mapping non-negative integers n onto a set of k-dimensional vectors consisting of non-negative integers such
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
363
that there are two positive constants A and B such that Ayn ~Pl(n)+. .. +pk(n) ~Byn. This trivially implies the proposition.
D
8.3.2. The space CJe ( Ck) (resp. CJe ( C~)) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n) where m, n are positive integers and
CoROLLARY
am,n = expmyn
(resp. am,n = exp(-
~)).
PROPOSITION 8.3.3. Let D be a bounded domain in the k-dimensional complex space such that
aDcD
for all[a[ < 1, where, as usual, D denotes the closure of the domain D. Then the space CJf(D) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n) where am,n = exp(-
V,:).
Proof Let D.= (1-e)D, where 0 We introduce inner products (f,g) =
~
e < 1.
Jf(zi, ... , zk)g(z1, ... , zk)dx1 ... dxkdYI··· dyk, D.
where ZJ = x 1+iYJ,j = 1, 2, ... , k, and the integral is taken over the domain D. as a domain in the 2k-dimensional real Euclidean space. The family of the Hilbertian pseudonorms [[xll: = V(x, x). yields a topology equivalent to the original topology. Indeed, [[xll: ~ [D.[[[x[[., where [D,[ denotes the volume of D,. On the other hand, by the Cauchy formula for several variables, we obtain [[x[[, ~ n:- 1 r~"!- [JxJJ:,, where r.., denotes the distance between the set D. and the complement of the set D 8 ,. Let f and g be monomials of the degree (X and {3 respectively. The domains D and the volume elements are invariant with respect to the transformation z = eitz' (i.e. z1 = eitz;,j =I, ... , k). Therefore (f, g)= (f(eitz')g(eitz')) = eit(a-P>(f, g). This implies that, for
(X#
{3, (f,g), = 0.
Chapter 8
364
Using the standard Schmidt orthogonalization, procedure, we obtain a basis of homogeneous polynomials in the space H 2(D) of square intergrable analytic functions orthogonal with respect to the inner product (f,g) 0 • We shall show that this basis is orthogonal with respect to all inner products (f,g),, 0 < e < 1. Let f be a homogeneous polynomial of degree <X and let g be a homogeneous polynomial of degree {3. Then
Jjgdx1 ... dyk = Jf((l-e)z)g(l-e)z)(l-e)- kdx
(f,g) =
D.
2
1 , ...
dyk
Da
= (1-e)a+P(l-e)-2k(J, g)o. Therefore, if (f,g) 0 = 0, then (f,g), = 0, 0 < e < 1. Obviously the number of linearly independent homogeneous polynomials of degree j is equal to [
i]. This trivially implies that the space 9e (D)
is isomorphic to the space M (am, n), where am, n = exp (-
v:;).
0
8.3.4. Let D be a bounded domain in a k-dimensional complex space and let there be positive integers p 1 , ••. , Pk such that, for every real t, z = (z1 , .•• , Zk) ED, then PROPOSITION
(8.3.6) and, moreover, for all reals r, 0 ~ r
< 1, (8.3.7)
rD CD. Hence the space 9e (D) is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where am,n = exp
}In-) . (-m
Proof Let 1/J(z) = z(zf•, ... , zJ:•). Conditions (8.3.6) and (8.3.7) imply that the domain D* = ~P- 1 (D) satisfies (8.3.4). Let U(x) = x(IP(z)). It is easy to verify that U is an isomorphic mapping of the space 9e(D) onto a subspace X of the space 9e(D*). In the same way as in the proof of Proposition 8.3.3 we can construct in X a basis formed by homogeneous polynomials. The elements of the
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
365
basis are sums of monomials z~· ... z;• such that nt is divisible by Pi, i = 1, 2, ... , k. Let S 1 be the number oflinearly independent polynomials of this type of degree not greater than j. In the same way as in Lemma 8.3.1 we can prove that there are two positive constants A and B such that Ajk+ 1
::::;;;
S1 ::::;;; Bjk+ 1 ,
0
and this implies the proposition.
Zahariuta (1967) has proved that if Dis arbitrary k-dimensional convex bounded domain, then the space (}f (D) is isomorphic to the space where am,n
M(am,n),
=
exp(l;).
The following stronger result has been proved by Mityagin and Henkin (1970). Let D 0 be a Cartesian product of a finite numbers of pseudoconvexes bounded domains and let M be an n-dimensional analytic manifold contained in D. Then CJf(M) is isomorphic to (}f(C~) (see also Zahariuta, 1970b). PROPOSITION
8.3.5. Let D be a finite connected domain of dimension 1. Let
Z1,
•.• , Zm be the components of the set C"' D. Then 1o if all Zi are points, then the space lf{(D) is isomorphic to the space g( (C), 2° if all Zi are continua, then the space (}f(D) is isomorphic to the space (}f(Co), 3° if among Z there are points and continua, then the space ge(D) is isomorphic to the space g{(C) X g{(C0). Proof According to the Riemann theorem on conformal mapping, we may suppose that the component Zm is either
(a) the point {oo}, or (b) the exterior of the unit disc, Zm = {z: JzJ > 1}. In both cases there is a real number r greater than 1 such that every x(z) E (}f (D) can be expressed by the Laurent series 00
x(z)
00
=}; anzn+}; :: n=O
n=l
Chapter 8
366
for
Jzl > r in case (a), for (1-1/r) < lzl < 1 in case (b).
It is easy to verify that the correspondence 00
where x1(z)
=.}; anzn n=O
and
in case (a) and
X 00
=
x2(z)
(
hn 1 r r z
)n-1
n=l
in case (b) is an isomorphism between c:;e(D) and c:;e(C)x9f.(DuZm) in case (a) and between 9{ (D) and c:;e ( C0) X c:;e (D u Zm) in case (b). The domain DuZm is (m-1)-connected. Hence, repeating the preceding argumentation, we find after m steps that the space 9f(D) is isomorphic to the space c:;e (C) X ... X c:;e (C) X c:;e ( C0) X ... X c:;e ( C0), where r fold
_
(m·r) fold
r denotes the number ofthose components of C""-Dwhicharepoints. This
trivially implies the proposition.
D
. . ~-=21F~~~li~
Zahariuta (1970) gave a full characterization of the case where the space c:;e (D) (D being a one-dimensional domain) is isomorphic to the space c:;e(C0) (or respectively to the space CJe(C)). Namely, let K be a compact set such that the set C""-K is connected. The space c:;e (C""- K) is isomorphic to the space c:;e(C0) (resp. c:;e(C)) if and only if there are a disc CR with radius R containing Kanda harmonic function u(x,y) defined on CR such that
"-K
lim
=0
u(x, y)
and
(resp.
lim
u(x, y) = 1
(!t,y)-+(xo,yo)EK
[x['+[Y['-+R'
lim
u(x, y)
= +oo).
(x,y)-+(xo,yo)EK
Zahariuta (1970) has shown also that c:;e (D) (D being a plane domain) is isomorphic to the space c:;e (C) X c:;e ( C0) if and only if the compact set.
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications !(
367
= C"' D can be represented as a union of two disjoint compact sets
K1 , K 2 such that Cff(C"'K1 ) (resp. Cfe(C"'K2)) is isomorphic to Cfe(C)(resp Cfe(C0 )). This implies that there are plane domains D such that Cf{ (D) is not isomorphic to any of the spaces Cfe (C), Cfe ( C0), Cfe (C) X Cfe ( C0). PROPOSITION
8.3.6. For an arbitrary one-dimensional domain D
dimzCfe (D)
~ dim{i{ ( C0).
Proof To begin with, let us consider the case where the set C"'D contains
at least three points. Then the Poincare theorem implies that there is an analytic function f(z) defined on C0 such that f( C0) = D. Let U(x) = x(f(z)). It is easy to verify that the operator U is an isomorphism between H(D) and a subspace of H(C0). In the particular case where C"'D = {0, l,oo} the space Cfe(C) is isomorphic to the space Cfe(D). Then dimz Cfe(C) ~ dimz Cfe(C0). Let us observe that, if C"' D contains either one or two points, then, by Proposition 8.3.5, Cfe(D) is isomorphic to H(C). This completes the
D
~~
-
-
Since Cfe (C) E d1 and Cfi ( C0) E: d2, we obtain an example of a subspace of type d1 of a space of type d2 ( cf. Theorem 6. 7.12). By similar arguments to those used in the proofs of Propositions 8.3.5 and 8.3.6 we obtain PROPOSITION
8.3.7. For an arbitrary one-dimensional domain D
dimzCfe (C)
~
dimzCfe (D).
Proof Let us suppose that a component Z of the set C"'D is a point (or a continuum). Then, by a similar argument to that used in the proof of Proposition 8.3.5, we find that the space Cfe (D) is isomorphic to the space Cfe(C)x9t'(DuZ) (resp. Cfe(C0)xCfe(DuZ)). Therefore, dimz Cff(C) ~ dimzCfe(D) (resp. dimzCff(C) ~ dim 1 Cfe(C0) ~ dimzCfe(D)).
In a natural way we can extend the results of Propositions 8.3.5, 8.3.6 and 8.3.7 to domains D of type D = D1XD2X ... XDk,
Chapter 8
368
where Di, i = 1, 2, ... , k are one-dimensional domains. Then we can formulate the following PROPOSITION 8.3.8. Let D 1 , domains. Suppose that :
••• ,
Dk be one-dimensional finite connected
1o all components of the set C"'- Di are points for i
= 1, 2, ... , r,
2° all components of the set C"'-Di are continuafor i = r+1, ... , r+p, 3o among the components of C"'-Di there are points and continua for i = r+p+1, ... , k. Let D = D 1 X ... XDk. Then the space ge (D) is isomorphic to the space g((Cr X C~-r) X g{(Cr+ 1 X C~-··- 1) X ... X g{(Ck-p X Cij).
Zahariuta (1974, I975) proved that the spaces g{(Crx Ck-r) 0 < r < k are isomorphic to ge (C 1 x c~- 1). Thus, basing ourselves on his result, we can formulate Proposition 8.3.8 in a stronger way. Namely PROPOSITION
+P
3.3.8'. Under the assumption of Proposition 8.3.8, ifO
<
r+
< k then g{(D) is isomorphic to g{(Cx c~- 1).
8.3.9. Let D = D 1 X one-dimensional domains. Then
PROPOSITION
... X
Dk, where Di (i
= I, 2, ... , k) are
dimzg{ (D) ~ dimzg{ ( C~). 8.3.I0. Let D = D 1 X one-dimensional domains. Then
PROPOSITION
dimzg{(Ck)
~
...
XDk, where Di, i
= 1, ... , k are
dimzg{(D).
Let us remark that from the proof of Propositions 8.3.5 and 8.3.8 follows PROPOSITION 8.3.Il. Let D = D1 X ..• XDk, where Di (i =I, ... , k) are bounded one-dimensional domains. Then
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
369
Proof Let zi be the component of the set C""' Di which contains the point oo. Then Cfe(D) is isomorphic to the space CJe (C~) X CJe (D~ X ... X D~), where D; = Dt u Zi, i = 1, 2, ... , k. Therefore
dimzCfe (D) ;:;:::: dimzg{ ( C~).
D
Hence Proposition 8.3.9 implies the proposition in question.
PROPOSITION 8.3.12. Let D = D 1 X ... X Dk and D' = D~ X •.. X D~+P' where pis a positive integer and Di (i = 1, ... , k), D;(j = 1, ... , k+p) are one-dimensional domains. Then the space 0f. (D) and c:;e (D') are not isomorphic. Proof To begin with, let us calculate the diametral approximative dimensions of the spaces Cfe(C~) and CJf(Ck+P). By Corollary 8.3.2, {tn} E b(Cfe(Ck+P)) if and only if lim tnexp(mk+jln) = 0 (m = 1, 2, ... ) and '11.->00
{tn}
E
b(Cfe (C~)) if and only iffor certain m'
.
Jln +--, m
k ;-)
hmtnexp (
.,._.oo
=
0.
Since, for arbitrary m, {nfm' tends to infinity faster than m b(Cfe(C~))
k+yn,
$ b(Cfl'(ck+p)).
Thus, by Propositions 8.3.9 and 8.3.10, b(Cf{(D)) c b(Cfe(Ct)) $ b(Cfe(Ck+P)) c b(g{(D')). Hence, by Proposition 6.5.1, the spaces Cfe(D) and g{(D') are not isomorphic. D Let X be a Schwartz space. Let . fl.
r (X) = supm Imsup
uv._..o
loglogM(V, U, s) , 1 logl og-;
where U, V run over all balanced neighbourhoods of zero. The number r(X) is called a functional dimension (see Gelfand and Vilenkin, 1961, p. 127).
Chapter 8
370
Of course, if { Ui} is a countable basis of neighbourhoods of zero, then . fl"
r (X) = supm 1msup i
1
·-o
loglogM(Ut+J, Ut, e) 1
logloge
Let X= (}f(Ck) (or (}f(C~)). Then, by Proposition 6.5.19 and Corollary 8.3.2, M(Ut+J, Ut,e) = fi[l+ n=O
e
Since 2 exp( -a /cVn)
32
exp (-a
(
~ aat,~
] = fi[l+
i+J,n
n=O
~ exp(-jyn)]
1 loge 2 )k' and > 1 if and only if n < ( a
- > ye 1 if and only if n < ( 2a 1 loge 2)k'we get yn)
-e1
)~(~log~r
where a =j(re!Op. a=
< M(Ui+J, Ui, e)<
! - i~j
( )(~1og~r 1 e
-
,
)·Hence
. loglogM(Ui+i• Ui, e) _ k I 1msup 1 ._..o I I og oge
+l ,
and we obtain PROPOSITION
8.3.13. The functional dimension of the spaces (}f(Ck) and
(}f(C~) are equal to k+l.
Komura (1966) has investigated the following problem. Let P be a differential operator with constant coefficients defined on a real k-dimensional space Rk. Let Ep be the space of all continuous solutions of the equation P(u) = 0 defined on the whole space Rk with the topology of uniform convergence in compact sets.
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
371
Komura (1966), has proved that the following three conditions are equivalent : (1) The operator Pis hypoelliptic, i.e., Ep c C 00 (Rk). (2) The space Ep is nuclear. (3) The functional dimension of the space Ep is finite r(Ep)
< +oo.
Moreover, if the operator Pis elliptic, then r(Ep) = k. If the operator Pis only hypoelliptic, but not elliptic, then this equality does not necessarily hold.
8.4. SPACES OF D IR IC HLET SERIES
In this section we shall consider subspaces of the space 9ep(D) of a special type, called spaces of Dirichlet series. Let .A,n =(A.~, ... , A.k), A.f > 0. We shall assume that . logn hm-- = Ct tHOO
A.f
< +oo,
i = 1, ... , k
(8.4.1)
and that all Jn are different from one another. Let z = (z1 , •.• , zk) be a point of a domain D contained in a k-dimensional Euclidean complex space. We shall write
By a Dirichlet series we shall mean a series of the following type: 00
,2; anexp(A.nz). n=l
A Dirichlet series is called an entire Dirichlet series if it is convergent for all z e Ck. The space of all entire Dirichlet series determined by the sequence {A_n} Will be denoted by S(A")" Let us remark that, if a Dirichlet series is convergent at a point z0 = (z~, ... , ~.then there is an M > 0 such that JanJJexp(A.nz0)J < M. Let
Chapter 8
372
z = (z1 ,
••• ,
Zk) be such a point that
i=l,2, ... ,k.
(8.4.2)
Then, for sufficiently large, n k
Janexp(J.nz)J
~ Mexp( -- ~ 3J.'ici) k
~ Mexp(-}; 2lognt) ~M i=l
2
1
2 •
n1 ··· nk
00
Therefore, the series}; anexp(J.nz) is convergent. n=l
This implies that an entire Dirichlet series is uniformly convergent on all compact sets (i.e., in the topology of the space (}{ ( Ck)) if and only if it is uniformly convergent on the sets Am= {z = (z1, ... , Zk): Rezt ~ m}. Let us introduce the topology in So.•> by a sequence of pseudonorms JJxJJm = sup Jx(z)J. ZEAm
As follows from the preceding considerations, the pseudonorms Jlxllm yield in So.•> a topology equivalent to the topology in (}{(Ck). We shall show that the sequence en
=
exp(J.nz)
constitutes a basis in S(-l•)· In order to prove this fact we introduce in s(,\•) a sequence of inner products T
(x,y)m =
li~_:~p (2 ~)k
T
J... J
x(m+it1 ,
-T
••• ,
m+itk)X
-T
The topology determined in S<""> by the Hilbertian pseudonorms JlxJI~ = y(x, x)m is equivalent to the original one. Indeed, JJxll~ ~ Jlxllm·
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
On the other hand, if m'
> m+ 3Ci,
i = 1, 2, ... , k, then
00
llxllm::;;;;
373
00
~ llanexp(A.n)zllm::;;;; supJJanexp(A.nz)llm' ~ 4
.LJ n=l
"
.LJ n=l
n
= asupJJanexp(A.nz)llm'::;;;; aJJxJI;,.,, n 00
where a=
,2-n21-. n=l
Let us observe that en(z) = exp(A.nz) are orthogonal with respect to all inner products (x,y)m. This implies that {en} is a basis inS<-'">" Since llenllm = expm WI, where JA.nl =A.~+. .. +A.~, we obtain by Proposition 7.4.6 PROPOSITION
8.4.1. The spaces
s(A")
is isomorphic to the space M(am,n)
where am,n = expm JA.nJ. Suppose now that in condition (8.4.1) all Ci are equal to 0. In the same way as before, we can prove that if a Dirichlet series 00
,2 anexp(A.nz) n=l
(8.4.3)
·
is convergent at a point z 0 = (z~, ... , z~), then it is convergent at each point z = (z1 , ••• , Zk) such that Rezi
<
Rez~,
i
= 1, 2, ... , k
(8.4.4)
Hence, for each Dirichlet series (8.4.3), there is a system of real numbers R = (Rh ... , Rk) such that the series (8.4.3) is convergent for all z = (z1 , •.• , zk) such that Rezt < Rt, i = 1, 2, ... , k and it is divergent for all z = (z~> ... , Zk) such that Rezt > Rt, i = 1, 2, ... , k. The vector R is called the abscissa of convergence. Obviously some Ri may be infinite. Let us assume that Rt = +oo for i = 1, 2, ... , r and Ri < +oo fori= r+ 1, ... , k. By S<-'"> (R) we shaH denote the space of all Dirichlet series with the sequence of exponents {A.n} and the abscissa
Chapter 8
374
of convergence R, with the topology induced by the space CJ-e (D), where D={z=(zl, ... ,zk): Rezi
i=1,2, ... ,k}.
In the same way as in the case of the space So.•> we can show that this topology is equivalent to the topology determined by the pseudonorms [[x[[m = sup [x(z)[, ZE.Am
where Am= {z = (z1, ... , Zk): Rezt ~ m fori= I, 2, ... , rand
Rezt
~
Ri-1/m for i = r+ 1, ... , k}.
(8.4.5)
Let us now introduce inner products in So.•> (R) : T
(x, y)m = limsup T--+ro
2~
T
J... J
x(m+it1, . .. , m+itr, RrH-1/m
-T
-T
+itrH, ... , Rk-1/m+itk)y(m+itl, ... , m+itr, RrH -1/m+itm, ... , Rk-1/m+itk)dt1 ... dtk.
In the same way as before, we can show that the Hilbertian pseudonorms [[x[[~ = y(x, x)m yield a topology equivalent to the original one. Let us observe that en= exp(A.nz) are orthogonal to one another with respect to all inner products (x,y)m. Thus {en} is a basis in the space So.•> (R) and the following proposition holds : 8.4.2. The space S().•) (R), where R1 = ... = Rr =' +=and Rk < +=is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where
PROPOSITION
Rr+J• ... ,
am,n = exp[
m(A.~+ ... +A.~)-! (A.~H+· .. +A.~)].
The isomorphism T is given by the formula T(l' Cnexp(A_nz)) = {dncn}, n
where dn = exp(A.~+ 1 R,+l+ ... +A.~Rk). Proof. [[en[[m = expm(A.~+ ... +A.;+A.;+ 1(R,+ 1 -1/m)+A.~(Rk-1/k)) = dnam,n· Thus Proposition 8.4.7 implies the proposition. 0
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
375
00
Let p(s,z) = exp(-}; (rJ+s) /zi/P1), where Pi> 1, j = 1, 2, ... , k, j=l
r 1 = ... = Tr = 0, r,+ 1 , •.. , ik > 0. The space 9e" is the space of the type r = (r1 , ••• , ik). By S(J.~ we shall denote the subspace of the space 9e" spanned by the sequence {en} = {exp(A.n z)}. PROPOSITION
8.4.3. The space S(J.~ is isomorphic to the space M(am,n),
where am,n =
exp(m[(A.~)q'+. .. +(A.~)q']- ~ [(A.~+ 1 )q'+ 1 + ... +(A.~)q•J)
and Pi
qi
j= 1,2, ... ,k.
= PJ-1'
The isomorphic Tis given by the formula T(l1 enexp(A.nz)) = {dncn}, n
)q
1
)q
1
n q1 ( 1 exp( };k (A.c) - 1 (- 1 ) · j=r+l Pi qj i j Proof The sequence {en} is a basis in S~:!f. Moreover, replacing log /zt/ by Rez1 in the calculation in the proof of Proposition 8.2.3, we obtain
where dn
=
1/en//e = exp
(
..4 k
n
(A.j)
q1 (
1 TJ+s
)_l Pl-l qi1 (Pi, 1 )ql) .
J=l
Thus, by Proposition 7.4.7, the proposition holds.
D
Let k
p(s, z)
= exp(-}; Jz1JPI+e),
PI=···= Pr
=
1,
j=l
Pr+h····Pk> 1.
The space 9e" is the space of all entire functions of the order p ••• , Pk). By S&n> we denote the subspace of the space 9e" spanned by the elements en= exp(A.nz). = (p1 ,
Chapter 8
376
PROPOSITION 8.4.4. The space S(;.n> is isomorphic to the space M(am,n), where 1
am,n = exp[(A.~)m+ ... +CA.:.'r+(A.~+I)qr+c m+ ... +(A.~)q•-1/m] and qi
= ____!!!_1 , j = 1, 2, ... , k.
PiThe isomorphism T is given by the formula
T(~ CneXp(A_nz)) ={en}. n
Proof The sequence {en} is a basis in the space Sf;_n>· By a similar calculation to that used in the proof of Proposition 8.2.6 we obtain
X (_!L)PJ-1+• Pi-1+s + , k
Pi+•
II en II = exp + . Pi B J=1
Pi
B
and this implies the proposition.
0
The spaces of Dirichlet series of one variable have been investigated by Srinivasan (1966).
8.5. CAUCHY-HADAMARD FORMULA FOR KOTHE POWER SPACES Let us recall (see Section 7.5) that a space M(a"::), where an~oo, is called a Kothe power space of infinite type, and that a space M(a;; 1fm) is called a Kothe power space of.finite type. THEOREM 8.5.1 (Cauchy-Hadamard formula; Rolewicz, 1962b). Let
( or
am,n
= dnan-1/m) '
where m is a positive integer, n = (n1 , ••• , nk), nt being non-negative integers, lim an= +oo. Then a sequence x = {x11} belongs to the space n-->-00
M(am,n)
if and only if 1
1
lim ldnXnllogan = 0 n-->-oo
(resp. lim sup Jd11 x 11 Jlogan :::;;;; + 1). 11-->-00
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
377
Proof Necessity. Let x = {xn} e M(am,n). Then for each m there is
a constant Mm such that Hence 1
1
1
1
(resp. Idn Xn !logan e-1/m ~ M ;:;;ii«.) .
___. M logan Id nXn ! logan em """ m
Since 1
lim M!ogan = 1, n--.-oo
we have 1
lim sup Jdnxnl logan
~el-m'
m= 1,2, ...
1
(resp. lim sup JdnxnJiogan
~
e1/m,
m=1,2, ... ,)
n--.-oo
and this trivially implies the conclusion. Sufficiency. Let 1
1
lim sup JdnxnJiogan = 0
(resp. lim sup JdnxnJiogan
n-+oo
~
1).
11-+00
Then for any integer m there is an integer Nm such that if jn1 J+ ... +Ink!> Nm. then
...
1
JdnxnJiogan <e-m
(8.5.1)
1
(resp. JdnxnJiogan
~
e1/m).
(8.5.2)
Let Mm = sup JdnxnJam,n+e-m (resp. Mm = sup JdnxnJam,n+e 1 fm), [n[.,;Nm
[n[.,;Nm
where, as usual, jnj = jn1 J+ ... +Ink!· Then by (8.5.1) (resp. (8.5.2)) Jdnxn am,nl ~ Mm, and this implies the conclusion. 0 COROLLARY
8.5.2. A function <XI
X(z) =
..2: XnZn = ..2: n
nt, •.. ,nt=O
Xn 1 , ... ,n~Z~1 ••• Z~~
378
Chapter 8
is an entire function if and only
if
1
lim lxnii1ii"
0,
=
lni--Ho
This is an immediate consequence of Proposition 8.2.1 and Theorem 8.5.1. CoROLLARY
8.5.3. A series 00
" XnZ n = X (Z) = L.J
" L.J
n
nt, ... ,nk=O
Xn1•...••• ,n• zn' 1
.• •
Zkn•
is convergent in a polycylinder D = {z = (zb ... , Zk): izii
<
Ri
<
+=,
i=l,2, ... ,k}
if and on/y if 1
m· ... R;· )i1il ~ 1. 1
limsup(lxnl ~00
This is also an immediate consequence of Proposition 8.2.1 and Theorem 8.5.1. Corollaries 8.5.2 and 8.5.3 give the classical Cauchy--Hamadard formulae. As a consequence of Proposition 8.2.2 and Theorem 8.5.1 we obtain trivially the following two corollaries: CoROLLARY
8.5.4. Let
n k
f.1(8, z)
=
exp(-eiziiP!).
j=1
Then the power seriesx(z) = } ; XnZn =
};
n
nt, ... ,nk=O
Xn,, ... ,n.z~' ... z;•
represents a function x(z) e ~JJ' i.e. x(z) is a jUnction of the order p = (p1 , ••• , Pk) and of the minimal type if and only if 1
lim ldnxnii1ii"
=
0.
(8.5.3)
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
379
where
Fork
= 1 (8.5.3) gives the classical formula .
n
-(n) p
1
hmliJxn/ COROLLARY
/p
= 0.
(8.5.3')
8.5.5. Let
n k
Jl(e, z)
exp[-(TJ+e) /zi/PJ],
=
j~1
where Pi
> 0, Tt > 0 (i = 1, 2, ... , k). Then a power series x(z) =
.2,; x,.zn = .2,; n
Xn 1 , ••• ,nkZ~ 1 ••• z~k
nt, .. ,nk=O
represents a function x(z) E 9e~', i.e. a function of the order p =(PI> .. . ;pk) and of the type -r = (-r1 , ••• , Tk) if and only if 1
lim sup /dnxn/Tni ~ 1, n__..w
(8.5.4)
where
- nk (- -)nJ/PJ . nj
dn-
j ~1
ep·•· J J
.
In the particular case of k = 1 we obtain the classical formula 1imsup iflxn/ n 1 1P ~ (-rpe)Ifp.
(8.5.4')
Formulae (8.5.3) and (8.5.4) have been obtained in a different way by Goldberg (1959, 1961). As a consequence of Proposition 8.2.3 and Theorem 8.5.1 we obtain the following two corollaries :
Chapter 8
380
8.5.6. Let
COROLLARY
i
p(e, z)
exp(
=
-13}; Ilog lziiiPs). j=l
Then a function 00
x(z)
n
belongs to CJeP lim
.I;
= } ; XnZn =
nt, ... ,nk=O
if and only if
n•-
Jllxnl
=
0,
where j = 1, 2, ... , k
(8.5.5)
and (8.5.6) COROLLARY
8.5.7. Let k
p(e, z)
exp{
=
-.11 (TJ+e) Ilog lziiiPs). j=l
Then an entire function 00
x(z)
=
.2;
XnZn =
n
belongs to CJeP
};
Xn,, •••
,nkZ~ 1
•••
zZ"
nt, ... ,nk=O
if and only if 1
lim sup ldnxnln. ~ 1, where na is determined by formula (8.5.6) and
dn
=
n k
J=l
( qs 1 ( 1 exp n; - qi Pi
In the particular case of k lim sup
=
)qs(T1 )Ps~l) . 1
1
JITXnT ~ exp ( - ( "T1 ) p~l q1 ( p1 )q) .
n•
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
8.5.8. Let
COROLLARY
where SJ
381
> 0.
Then a function co
X(z)
2;
= ,}; XnZn = n
belongs to the space
lim
Xn 1 ,.,.,n,Z~1
•••
z;k
n1, ... ,nk=O
CJep( C~) if and only if·
n• - -
vlxnl =
0.
where
This is an immediate consequence of Proposition 8.2.4 and Theorem 8.5.1. As a consequence of Proposition 8.2.5 and Theorem 8.5.1, we obtain the following two corollaries : COROLLARY
8.5.9. Let k
.u(s, z)
= exp(-,}; lztle). ;=1
Then a function X(z)
=
ll
XnZn
n
belongs to the space if and only if
=
,};
Xn 1 , ... ,nkZ~ 1
•••
z;k
th, ... ,n~~:=O
CJew i.e. x(z) is an entire function of the minimal type,
nlogn
lim-Jijx,J = 0,
(8.5.7)
n->-oo
where nlogn = ntlognt+· .. +nklognk with the convention 0 logO
= 0.
(8.5.8)
Chapter 8
382 COROLLARY
8.5.10. Let k
p(e, z) = exp(-};
Jz1JPJ+e),
j=l
where all pi> O,j = 1, 2, ... , k. Then afunction
belongs to the space 9ew i.e. x(z) is a function of the order p if and only if -
=
(ph ... , Pk),
. nlogn - hmsup-j/JdnxnJ ::::;;; 1,
(8.5.9)
11,--+00
where nlogn is defined by formula (8.5.8) and
n k
dn =
nr//Pi •
j=l
=
In the particular case where all Pi are equal to a number p, p 1 Pk = p, we obtain the classical formula nlogn - limsup-j/JxnJ ::::;;; e- 1/P.
~= •••
(8.5.9')
n-+oo
The formulae given in Propositions 8.5.8 and 8.5.9 were obtained in another way by Goldberg (1959, 1961). COROLLARY
8. 5.11. A Dirichlet series 00
}; Xnexp(A.nz) n
=
};
Xn., ... ,n.exp(A.~zl+···+A.kzk)
n1, ... ,n~c=O
is convergent for all z, i.e. it is an entire Dirichlet series, .
if and only if
1-'"l;--
hm-Ji Jxnl = 0, 11,--+00
where
(8.5.10)
Nuclear Spaces. Examples and Applications
383
This is a trivial consequence of Proposition 8.4.1 and Theorem 8.5.1. CoROLLARY
8.5.12. A Dirichlet series 00
}; Xnexp(A.nz)
}; Xn,, ... ,n.exp(A.~z~+ ... +A.~zk)
=
n
n1, ... ,nk=O
has the abscissa of convergence R ... , k) if and only if j.
limsup-VdniXnl
~
=
(R~>
... , Rk), Rt <
+oo
(i
= 1, 2,
1,
n->oo
where IA.nl is defined by formula (8.5.10) and
dn = exp(A.nR) =
exp(A.~R~+ ... +A.~Rk).
This is an obvious consequence of Proposition 8.4.2 and Theorem 8.5.1.
As an immediate consequence of Proposition 8.4.3 and Theorem 8.5.1 we obtain the following two corollaries : COROLLARY
8.5.13. An entire Dirichlet series
belongs to the space s&.~
if and only if
lim r.
n_,.co
where qi
J1
n
'
= ____Ej__ ,j pj- 1
=
(A.n)q =
+... +(A.~)q•.
CoROLLARY
(A.~)q,
1, 2, ... , k and
8.5.14. An entire Dirichlet series 00
.J; Xnexp(A.nz) = n
}; Xn,, ... ,n.exp(A.~z~+ ... +A.~zk) nt, ... ,nt=O
Chapter 8
384
belongs to the spaceS(~~ where Pi bn-
1imsup-Jilxnl
>
1, TJ
>
O,j
=
1, 2, ... , kif and only if
< 1,
'/1r->OC!
where
Fork= 1 Corollaries 8.5.13 and 8.5.14 were obtained in another way by Ritt (1928) COROLLARY 8.5.15. A Fourier series (fJ
.}; Xnexpi(n, t) = n
.};
Xn,, ... ,nkexpi(nltl+·· .+nktk)
n1, ... ,nt=-oo
is uniformly convergent together with all derivatives if and only if llognl-
lim-JIIxnl = 0
where llognl
=.}; Iognc,
(8.5.11)
i
and we take the sum (8.5.12) over all i such that Inti
>
2.
This is an obvious consequence of Proposition 8 1.1 and Theorem 8.5.1
Chapter 9
F-Norms and Isometrics in F-Spaces
9.1. PROPERTIES OFF-NORMS Let X be a real F*-space with norm llxll. Let.fx(t) = lltxll· The properties ofF-norms imply that : (1)/x(t) is a continuous function, (2) fx(t) = fx( -t), (3).fx(O) = 0, and if x #- O,fx(t) = 0, then t = 0, (4) .fx(tl +t2) ~fx(tl)+.fx(t2). The following question arises : can we introduce in the space X an equivalent norm llxll' such that the functionf~(t) = lltxll' will have some additional properties ? The first theorem of this type was given by Eidelheit and Mazur (1938), who proved that we can introduce an equivalent norm llxll' in such a way that the functi0nf~(t) will satisfy (1)-(4) and, moreover, (5)f~(t) will be strictly increasing for positive t and for x #- 0. THEOREM 9.1.1 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1957). Let X be a real F*-space with the norm llxll· Then there is an equivalent norm llxll' in X such that thefunctionf~(t) satisfies conditions (1)-(5) and, moreover, (6)f~(t) is a concave function for positive t, i.e.
(7) the function f~(t) for positive t is infinitely differentiable. The proof of Theorem 9.1.1 is based on the following lemmas:
Chapter 9
386
LEMMA 9.1.2. Let X be a real F-space with norm jjxjj. Then there is in X an equivalent norm JJxJJ** such that the function t ** (t) = JJtxJJ**is concave for
positive t. Proof Let JlxJJ* = sup Jjtxjj, Jjxjj* be an equivalent norm and let the funcO
tionf!(t) = !Jtx!l* be non-decreasing for positive t (see Theorem 1.2.2). Let jjxjj** = sup (b- 1 JJaxJ!* + 1-a JJbxJI*) . In other words, Jjxjj** is b>
l>a>o
b-a
b-a
equal to J:* (1), where J:*(t)is the smallestconcavefunction not smaller thanfx(t). Jjxjj** satisfies the triangle inequality. Indeed, b-1 JJx+yJJ** = sup ( -b-JJa(x+y)JJ* b>1>a>O -a 1-a ) ( b-1 1-a + b-a !Jb(x+y)JJ* ~~~>o b-a JJaxJJ*+ b-allbxJJ* b-1
1-a
+-b-JJayJJ*+-b-JJbyJJ* -a -a +! : IJbxJI*)
)
( b-1 < b>1>a>O sup -b-JJaxJJ* -a
t~~~>o( !-! !JayJJ*+!
: IJbyJJ* )=llxii**+IIYII**
Since Jjtxjj** _:_ J:*(t), JJtxJJ** is a concave function for positive t. Of course, Jjxjj* < Jjxjj**. On the other hand, jjtxjj* is non-decreasing for positive t. Hence by the triangle inequality, for a > 0
JJaxJJ*
= JJ(Ea+(a-Ea))xJJ* < JJ(Ea)xJJ*+J!(a-Ea)xJJ* < Eal!xll*+l!(a-Ea)xl!* < (a+I)IIxll*. 1
Then llxll** =
b-1 1-a ) ( -b-l!axl!*+-b-l!bxl!* b>1>a>O -a -a sup
b-1 1-a ) < b>1>a>O sup (-b-(a+1)11xll*+-b-(b+1)llxll* = -a -a
2llxll*·
Therefore llxll** is an equivalent norm satisfying the required condition. D Let Ck(O, 1) (k may also be equal to infinity) be the space of all functions x = x(t) defined in the interval (0, 1) having continuous derivatives 1
Ea denotes the greatest integer not greater than a.
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
387
up to the order k. The space Ck(O, 1) is a B0-space with the topology determined by the following sequence ofpseudonorms:
IJx//~= sup Jx(t)/
(i=0,1, ... ,k),
0
a
di x(t) and x<0>(t) = x(t). dti Let {si} be a sequence of positive numbers such that
where, as usual, x<•1(t)
=-
00
(9.l.l)
n (l-si) 00
(9 l.l) trivially implies that the infinite product
is conver-
i=1
gent. Let us denote its limit by b. Of course b < I. • Let us define the operation Uv,r acting on the spaces Ck(O, 1] in the following way : 1
Up,r(x)
=
I
Sp ... Sp+r
1
J... J
x(tsp ... Sp+r)dsp ... dsp+r·
l-ep
1-ev+r
LEMMA 9.1.3. The sequences of operators {Up,r} have the following properties: (a) For every x E Ck(O, 1] there exists a limit
limUp,r(x
=
Up,oo(x
p
=
1, 2, ... ;
·
(b) If x E C(O, 1] = C 0(0, 1], then Up,,(x) E C'+l(O, 1]; (c) The operation U1 oo is a continuous linear operator mapping the space C(O, 1] into the space 00 (0, 1]. I Proof Let x E Ck(O, 1]. By a simple estimation we obtain
C
1/Uv,r(x)IJ~ "( 1/x//~o· Then, if r 2
>
r~>
(9.1.2)
we have
//Up,r,(x)- Up,r,(X)/1~ = 1/ Up,,,(x- Up+r,+I,ra-r.(X))/1~ .
1
"( 1/x- Up+r1 +I,r1 -r,(x)l/~a = sup X ao,;;;t,;;;1 Sp+rt+1 · · · Sp+ro 1
X
1
J
J
l-£'D+r1 + 1
1-Bv+ra
Jx(t)-x(tsp+r,+l ... Sv+r,)/ dsv+r,+1 ... ... dsv+r,·
Chapter 9
388
p+r, Since lim r 1 ,r,-..oo
n
(1-et) = 1, the continuity of the functions x
j=p+r1 +1
implies that x
J 1-e
+J t
1
x(ts)ds =
(9.1.3)
x(u)du
(1-e)t
by the theorems on the differentiation of the integral of a continuous function. Suppose that (b) holds for r = r 0 , i.e., dro+l dtr,+I [Up+l.p+r,+I(x)]
(p
= F(t)E C(O, 1]
= 1, 2, ... ).
Then
Hence up,p+r,+l(x) E C'•+2(0, 1]. Then (b) holds. Now we shall prove (c). By (a) U1,oo(x) = lim U1,q(x)
= lim Up,q-p(UI,p-1(x))
Q--"1-CO
q~oo
(p = 1,2, ... ).
Hence ul,oo(x) E C""(O, 1]. The continuity of U1 ,oo follows from the inequality /IUI,oo(x)ll~ ~ IIUI,p(x)ll~o
and from the fact that the operator U1,p maps C(O, 1] into CP(O, 1] in D a continuous way.
Proof of Theorem 9.1.1. Let llxll** be a norm defined by Lemma 9.1.2 and let f;(t) = U1,oo(f;*(t)) and let llxll' = /~(1). By Lemma 9.1.3 the function f~(t) is infinitely differentiable. It is easy to verify thatf~(t) is concave and
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
389
that llxll' is an F-norm. We shall show that it is equivalent to llxll**. Indeed, for q = I, 2, ... inf lltxll** ~ UI,a
where U1,q(Jixll**) = U1,q(iitxil**)l 1= 1• Passing to the limit, we get inf iitxil** ~ llxll' ~ sup lltxll**. Hence IICJxll** ~ llxll' ~ llxiJ*. This imo.;;t.;;1 o.;;t.;;l plies that the norms llxll** and llxll' are equivalent. D
Problem 9. 1.4. Is it possible to replace in Theorem 9.1.1 property (7) by property (7'): the function.fx(t) is analytic for positive t?
9.2. SPACES
WITH
BOUNDED NORMS
We say that an F*-space X is a space with bounded norms if for each norm llxll equivalent to the original one, sup llxll :rEX
< +oo.
The following theorem gives a characterization of F*-spaces with bounded norms. THEOREM 9.2.1 (Bessaga, Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1957). An F*-space X is a space with bounded norms if and only iffor each neighbourhood of zero U there is a positive integer n ( U) such that
un = U+ ...
+ U =X.
n(U)-times
Proof Sufficiency. Suppose that there is in X an F-norm llxll equivalent to the original one and such that supJJxll = +oo. Let U = {x: llxiJ < 1}. XEX
The triangle inequality implies that for each n
un C {x: llxll
Chapter 9
390
Let us repeat the construction of a norm described in the proof of Theorem 1.1.1. It is easy to verify that for the constructed norm llxll sup llxll
=
D
+oo.
xEX
9.2.2. The space S[O, 1] (see Example 1.3.l.a') is a space with bounded norms. Proof Let U be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero. Then there is a positive integer n such that K 11n = {x: llxll < 1/n} C U, where llxll denotes
PROPOSITION
the norm in the space S[O, 1] described in Example 1.2.1a'. Let x(t) be an arbitrary element of S[O, 1]. Let
Xi
() t =
I
x(t) O
i-1 n elsewhere.
for--~
t
I
i
~-
n'
Obviously, x(t) = x 1(t)+ ... +xn(t). On the other hand, llxtll < lfn; hence Xi E u. This implies that un = X. D
9.3.
ISOMETRIES AND ROTATIONS
Let(X, llllx)and(Y, IIIIY)betwoF-spacesoverreals. Wesaythatatransformation U (not necessarily linear) mapping X into Y is called an isometry if IIU(x)-U(y)IIY = llx-yllx. An isometry U such that U(X) = Y and U(O) = 0 is called a rotation Mazur and Ulam (1932) proved that if X and Yare Banach spaces and the norms II llx and II IIY are homogeneous, then each rotation U is a linear operator. Charzynski (1953) proved that in the case of finite-dimensional spaces the above is true without the assumption that the norms are homogeneous. The original proof of Charzynski was difficult. Wobst (1973) gave a simple proof of Charzynski's theorem. In this section we shall present extensions of the Mazur-Ulam theorem to two cases : to strictly galbed F-spaces with the strong Krein-Milman property (this result contains as a particular case the result of Charzynski) and to locally bounded spaces with concave norms.
F. Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
391
We say that an F-space X has the strong Krein-Milman property if each closed bounded set A C X has an extreme point. Example 9.3.1
Every Monte! B0-space X has the strong Krein-Milman property. Indeed, each closed bounded set A C X is compact and by the Krein-Milman theorem (Proposition 5.5.1) A has an extreme point. Example 9.3.2 Every reflexive Banach space has the strong Krein-Milman property. Indeed, every closed bounded set is compact in the weak topology by Corollary 5.2.8. Thus by the Krein-Milman theorem (Proposition 5.5.1) it has an extreme point. Example 9.3.3 The spaces LP[O, 1], 0 < p < 1, do not have the strong Krein-Milman property. Indeed, the unit ball is closed and bounded but it does not have extreme points.
THEOREM 9.3.4 (Mankiewicz, 1979). Let X be a real strictly galbed F*space with the strong Krein-Milman property. Then every rotation mapping X into X is linear.
The proof is based on several notions, proposition and lemmas. Let X be an F*-space. By H(X) we shall denote the group of all homeomorphisms mapping X onto itself. By T(X) we shall denote the subgroup of H(X) consisting of a mapping g of the form g(x) = ex+y, e = ± 1, y EX. A subgroup G C H(X) is called fat if T(X) C G. By G(f) we denote the subgroup of H(X) generated by a homeomorphism/ and T(X). Let G C H(X). By G0 we denote G0 = {fe G: f(O) = 0}. We shall write Go(/)= (G(f))o. A subgroup G c H(X) is called equicontinuous if for every e > 0 there is a /j > 0 such that sup 11/(x)l! < e (cf. the equicontinuity of families llxll
/EG
of linear operators, Section 2.2).
Chapter 9
392
If G is a fat subgroup, then G0 = {ge G: g(x) = f(x)-f(O) for somefe G}, G = {fe H(X): f(x) = g(x)+y for some ge G0 , yE X}.
Thus G is equicontinuous if and only if G0 is equicontinuous. It is clear that T(X) is equicontinuous. By Lin (X) we denote the group of all linear homeomorphisms of X
onto itself and by Aff(X) we denote the group of all affine homeomorphisms, i.e. fe Aff(X) if and only if f(x) = g(x)+y, where gE Lin(X) andy EX. We say that an F*-space X has the affine group property if each equicontinuous fat subgroup G of H(X) is contained in Aff(X). 9.3.5 (Mankiewicz, 1979). Let X be a real F*-space. Then the following conditions are equivalent : X has the affine group property, (9.3.l.i) for every fat equicontinuous subgroup G C H(X),
PROPOSITION
G C Lin(X),
(9.3.l.ii)
for every f such that G(f) is equicontinuous, G(f) C Aff(X), for every f
E
H(X) such that G(f) is equicontinuous,
G0 (f) C Lin(X), =
(9.3.l.iii)
(9.3.l.iv)
for every fe H(X) such that G(f) is equicontinuous, the mapping g(x) f(x)-f(O) is linear and
G0(/)=G0(g)={egn: e=±l, n=0,±1,±2, ... }, (9.3.1.v) for every f E H(X) such that G(f) is equicontinuous, G0(f) is abelian, for every f E H(X) such that G(f) is equicontinuous, we have g(x) = -g( -x)for all g E G0(/), x EX, for every equicontinuousfat subgroup G C H(X), we have g(x) = -g( -x)for ge G0 , XE X.
(9.3.l.vi) (9.3.l.vii) (9.3.1.viii)
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
393
Proof (9.3.1.i)<*-(9.3.l.ii)=> (9.3.l.iii)<*-(9.3.l.iv). These implications are trivial. (9.3.l.iv)=> (9.3.l.v). Under (9.3.l.iv) each gE G0(() is linear. Obviously G(f) = G(g) and G0(f) = G0(g). By the linearity of g, G(g) consists of mappings of the form h(x) = sgn(x)+y, B = ±1, n = 0, ±1, ±2, ... , y EX. Thus (9.3.l.v) holds. (9.3.l.v) => (9.3.l.vi) is obvious. (9.3.l.vi)=>(9.3.l.vii). Observe that the operator -/,where 4 is an identity belongs to G0 (f). Since G0(f) is abelian g = (- l)g(- I). (9.3.l.vii) => (9.3.1.viii). Let G be an arbitrary fat equicontinuous subgroup of H(X). Fix g E G. Then G(g) C H(X) is also equicontinuous. Thus, by (9.3.l.vii), g(x) = -g( -x). (9.3.l.viii) => (9.3.1.i). By (9.3.1.viii),
g(}Cx+( -x))) = 0 = ~(g(x)+g( -x)) for each g
E
G0, x
E
X. Since G is a fat subgroup, for any f
fG(x+y))
=
~(f(x)+f(y))
E:
G
(9.3.2)
for all x, y EX. Since X is a space over reals andfis continuous, by (9.3.2) fE Aff(X). D Let G be a subgroup of H(X). Let A be a subset of X. By GA we shall denote the smallest G-invariant set containing A GA =
U g(A).
gEG
The class of all G-invariant subsets will be written Inv(G)={A: GA=A}. LEMMA 9.3.6 (Mankiewicz, 1979). Let X be an F*-space and let G be a fat subgroup of H(X). Then for every A E Inv(G0), x EX, g E G0 we have g(x+A) = g(x)+A = g(x)+g(A),
if A E lnv(G0), then A= -A,
(9.3.3.i) (9.3.3.ii)
Chapter 9
394
if AtE lnv(G0), t E T, then nAtE lnv(G0)for any set of indices T, tET
(9.3.3.iii) if A E Inv(G0), then its closure A E Inv(G0), (9.3.3.iv) if AI> ... , An E Inv(G0), then A1 + ... +An Inv E (G0), (9.3.3.v) if G is equicontinuous, then there is a basis of neighbourhoods of zero which are G0 -invariant. (9.3.3.vi) Proof (9.3.3.i). Let x EX, A E Inv(G0), g E G0 • Letf(u) = g(u+x)-g(x). Of coursefE G0 • Thenf(A) =A and by the definition off
-
g(x+A)-g(x) =f(A) =A= g(A).
(9.3.3.ii), (9.3.3.iii), (9.3.3.iv) are obvious. (9.3.3.v). Take A, BE Inv(G0). Then g(A+B) =
U g(x+B) = U g(x)+B = g(A)+B = A+B,
XEA
XEA
i.e. A+B E lnv(G0). Thus, by induction, we obtain (9.3.3.v), (9.3.3.vi). Let {U,J be a basis of neighbourhoods of zero. The sets {G0 U"'} are G0-invariant. Since G0 is equicontinuous, they form a basis of neighbourhoods of zero. D 9.3.7. Let X be a stric/y galbed space. Let G be an equicontinuous fat subgroup of H(X). Let A be a bounded set contained in X. Then G0 A is also bounded. Proof Let V be an arbitrary neighbourhood of zero in X. Since the space X is strictly galbed, there is a neighbourhood of zero U such that, for each positive integer k, there is a positive number ak such that LEMMA
(9.3.4) k-times
Basing ourselves on (9.3.3.vi), we can assume without loss of generality that U is G0-invariant. Let A be a bounded set in X. Then there is a constant k such that
A C kU C U+ ... +U. k-times
(9.3.5)
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
By (9.3.3.v) the set U+ ...
+ U is
395
G0-invariant. Thus, by (9.3.4) and
k-times
(9.3.5). G0(A) C G0(U+ ... +U) = U+ ... +U C akV. '-.-'
k·times
(9.3.6)
k·times
The arbitrariness of V implies that G0(A) is bounded.
D
Problem 9.3.8. Is Lemma 9.3.7 true without the assumption that X is strictly galbed? LEMMA 9.3.9 (Mankiewicz, 1979). Let X be an F*-space. Let G be a fat subgroup of H(X). Assume that A C X is a G0 -invariant subset of X and that x 0 is an extreme point of A. Then for every g E G0 we have
g(x0 )
=
-g( -xo).
(9.3.7)
Proof By (9.3.3.ii) A = -A, hence -x0 E A and -x0 is also an extreme point. Let B = (x0 +A)r.(-x0 +A). Observe that B =-B. We shall show that B = {0}. Indeed, suppose that x of::. 0, x =1= B. Since 0 = (x+ +(-x)), 0 is not an extreme point of -x0 +A and x 0 is not an extreme point of A and we obtain a contradiction. Thus B = {0}. By (9.3.3.i)
i-
{0} = g({O}) = g((x0 +A) n (-x 0 +A)) = g(x0)+g(A)) n (g( -x0)+g(A)). (9.3.8) Since g(x0)+g( -x0) E (g(x0)+g(A)) n (g( -x0 )+g(A)), g(x0 )+g( -x0) =Q D THEOREM 9.3.10 (cf. Mankiewicz, 1979). Let X be a strictly galbed real F*-space with the strong Krein-Milman property. Then X has the affine group property. Proof FixfE H(X) such that G(f) is equicontinuous. Let
B={xEX: g(x)=-g(-x),forgEG0(.f)}.
The set B is G0 (f)-invariant. Indeed, let h E G0(f) andy E B. Then g(h(y))
. and h(y) E B.
= (gh)(y) = -(gh)( -y) = -g(h( -y)) = -g(-h(y))
Chapter 9
396
We shall show that (9.3.9)
B=X.
Suppose that (9.3.9) does not hold. Let x ¢ B. It is easy to see that the set B is closed. Hence by (9.3.3.vi) there is a G0(f)-invariant neighbourhood of zero V such that x+ V n B = if>. Thus x ¢ B+ V. By (9.3.3.v) B+ V is G0(f)-invariant. Thus by (9.3.3.i) g(x) ¢ g(B+ V) = B+ V = g(B)+g(V)
(9.3.10)
for each g E G0(f). Hence the set A = {g(x): g e G0 (f)} is disjoint with the set B+ V. The set B+ Vis open, thus the closure A of the set A is also disjoint with B+ V. On the other hand, A is the smallest G0 (f)-invariant set containing x. By Lemma 9.3. 7 the set A is bounded. Since X has the strong Krein-Milman property, the closure A of the set A contains an extreme point x 0 • Then, by Lemma 9.3.9, x 0 E B, and we obtain a contradiction. Thus (9.3.9) holds and (9.3.l.vii) also holds. Therefore, by Proposition 9.3.5, X has the affine group property. 0 Proof of Theorem 9.3.4. The theorem is an immediate consequence of Theorem 9.3.10. 0
The original versions of the Mankiewicz theorems (Theorem 9.3.4 and Theorem 9.3.10) was formulated for locally convex spaces. The following example shows that there are non-locally convex spaces with the strong Krein-Milman property. Example 9.3.11 Let 0
[[x[[m
=
.J:
(n-lfm[xn[)P,
n~l
with the topology defined by the sequence of p-homogeneous £-pseudonorms {II lim} (see Example 1.3.9). It is easy to verify that LP(n-lfm) are Schwartz spaces, and thus Monte! spaces. This means that every closed
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
397
bounded set is compact. Moreover, the space LP(n- 1/m) has a total family of linear continuous functionals. Thus, by Remark 5.5.6, every compact set has an extreme point. Hence the spaces LP(n-Ifm) have the strong Krein-Milman property. The spaces LP(n-lfm) are not locally convex. Indeed, let en = {0, ... . . . , 0, I, 0, ... }. The sequence {en} tends to 0, because n-th place
l!enllm = (n- 1 /m)P --+0 form=I,2, ... On the other hand,
;;?:
n(~ n-1/m )P =
nl-p-plm
1 provided p(I + Ifm) < 1. Therefore the sequence { e
--+oo,
+ ...n +en} is
not
bounded. This implies that the spaces LP(n_ 1,m) are not locally convex. The important class of spaces, namelyLP[O,l], 0 < p < I, do not have the strong Krein-Milman property. For this reason we shall prove THEOREM 9.3.12 (Rolewicz, 1968). Let (X, II llx) and (Y, II IIY) be two real locally bounded spaces. Suppose that the norms II llx and II IIY are concave, i.e., for all x EX, y E Y, the functions lltxllx and lltYIIY are concave for positive t. Then every rotation mapping X onto Y is a linear operator. Proof Let r be a positive number such that the set K2, = {x EX: llxll ~ 2r} is bounded. Such an r obviously exists, since the space X is locally bounded. Using the concavity of the norm, we shall show that sup llxllx < r.
(9.3.11)
J12x[[x.;;r
Suppose that (9.3.11) does not hold. Then there is a sequence {xn} of
I llx --+r. Therefore
elements of X such that llxnllx = r and x;
r
Chapter 9
398
The concavity of the function [[tx[[x implies that [[anxn[[x ~ 2r. This leads to a contradiction, because the set K 2r is bounded. If the set K 2 r is bounded, then the set K 28 is also bounded for all s, 0 < s < r. Let n(r) = sup [[x[[x. The function n(r) is continuous and ll2xllx.;;;r
it is strictly increasing, provided r lows from (9.3.11). Let us define by induction
rn=n(rn-1), Obviously, by (9.3.I), r 0 We shall show that
<
r 0 , where K 2r, is bounded as fol-
n= I,2, ...
>
r1
>
r2
> ... > rn > ... (9.3.I2)
1imr11 =0. T--+00
indeed, suppose that (9.3.I2) does not hold, i.e. that r' = lim r11
> 0.
(9.3.13)
11--+00
Since n (r) is strictly increasing, n (r') < r'. The continuity of the function n(r) implies that there is an r > r' such that n(r) < r'. By the definition of r' there is a positive integer n such that r11 < r. Hence n(rn) < n(r) < r'. This leads to a contradiction, because n(rn) = r11 +1 ~ r'. Let x' andy' be two arbitrary elements of X such that [[x'-y'llx < r 0/2. Let H 0 = {xe X: [[x-x'[[x
<
n(;)
and [[x-y'[[x
Obviously fl(H0) = sup [[x-y[[x x,yEH,
~ 2~( ; ) < r
0•
We define by induction Hn = {xE Hn-1: [[x-y[[x ~ rn for all yE Hn-1} (n =I, 2, ... ).
We shall prove by induction that the sets Hn are not void and are such that x'+y' -2-EHn,
n
=
0, I, 2, ... ,
if x E Hn, then .X= x'+y'-xe H 11 , n = 0, I, 2, ... , fl(Hn) ~ r11 , n = 0, 2, 2, ...
(9.4.I4.i) (9.3.I4.ii) (9.3.I4.iii)
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
399
For n = 0 this is trivial, since x-x' = y'-x and x-y' = x'-x. Suppose that the above holds for a certain k-1. Then (9.3.14.iii) implies that (9.3.14.i) holds for n = k. Hence the s'et H1e is not empty. By the definition of H~e b(H~e) = sup 1/x-yJJx :s;;; sup JJx-yJJx :s;;; rn, x,yEHk
xEHk yEHie-1
i.e. (9.3.14.iii) holds for n = k. Let x nition of H~e, llx-yllx
E H~e
andy
E H~c_ 1 •
= lly-xJJx:s;;;rn.
Then, by defi(9.3.15)
(9.3.15) implies that (9.3.14.ii) holds for n = k. Since rn--+0, the intersection of all sets Hn is the set which consists of one element (x' +y')/2. It is a metric characterization of the centre of the points x' andy'. We can apply a similar reasoning to the space Y. Since we have defined the point (x' +y')/2 in the metric language, this implies that there is a number a > 0 such that if Jlx- Yllx < a then, for each isometry U,
u( x~y)
=
U(x)~U(y)
This implies that if llxllx 2U(kx)
=
<
•
a/2 then
U((k+1)x)+U((k-1)x).
(9.3.16)
Basing ourselves on formula (9.3.16), we shall show by induction that U(nx)
=
nU(x),
n
=
1, 2, ...
(9.3.17)
Putting k = 1 in formula (9.3.16), we find that (9.3.17) holds for n = 2. Let us suppose that (9.3.17) holds for n = m and let us put k =min (9.3.10). Then the induction hypothesis implies 2mU(x) = 2U(mx) = U((m+ 1)x)+ U((m-l)x) = U((m+1)x)+(m-1)U(x).
Hence U((m+1)x)
= (m+1) U(x),
and we have proved (9.3.17).
Chapter 9
400
Let x andy be arbitrary elements of X. Obviously, there is a positive integer n such that llxfnllx < a/2 and llyfnllx < a/2. Therefore U(x+y)
u( 2n(~~y)) = x~y-) =22n(u(:)+u(~))=
=
2nu(
U(x)+U(y).
Hence the operator U is additive. Since it is continuous and the spaces are real, it is a continuous linear operator. D We do not know whether Theorem 9.3.12 is true for arbitrary norms in a locally bounded space. We can only prove THEOREM 9.3.13. Let X and Y be two locally bounded real spaces. Let U be a rotation such that lltU(x)=--tU(y)IIY = lltx-tyllx for all positive t. Then the operator U is linear. Proof Since no confusion will result, we shall denote the two norms II llx and II llr by the same symbol II 11. Let llxll* = sup lltxll and llxlf** O
sup
=
(bb= 1 1[ax+bl=a llbxll**) (cf. Lemma 9.1.2). llxll** is a norm
a a equivalent to the original one and the function lltxll** is concave for positive t. It is easy to verify that fiU(x)- U(y)ll** = llx-yll**. Therefore by TheoD rem 9.3.12, the operator U is linear. b>l>a>O
9.4.
ISOMETRICAL EMBEDDINGS IN BANACH SPACES
Let (X, I fix), (Y, II lfy) be two real Banach spaces. Let U be an isometry mapping X into Y. If U is not a surjection (i.e. U does not map X onto Y), then U need not be linear, as can be seen from the following Example 9.4.1 Let X be the space of real numbers R with norm llxll = lxl and let Y be a two-dimensional real space RxR with norm lf(x,y)ll = max(lxl, lyl).
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
401
Let U be a mapping X into Y given by formula U(x) = (x,sinx). It is easy to verify that U is a non-linear isometry. However, for Banach spaces the following substitute of Theorem 9.3.12 holds: THEOREM 9.4.2 (Figiel, 1968). Let X andY be two real Banach spaces. Let U be an isometry (non-necessarily linear) mapping X into Y and such that U(O) = 0. Let the linear hull of the set U(X) be dense in the space Y. Then there is a continuous linear operator F mapping Y into X and such that the superposition FU is an identity on X. The operator F is uniquely determined and it has norm one. The proof of Theorem 9.4.2 is based on the following notions and lemmas. Let X be a Banach space with a homogeneous norm llxll- Let Sr
= {x: llxll = r}.
We say that a point x E Sr is a smooth point if there is only one continuous linear functionalfx of norm one such thatfx(x) = r. PROPOSITION 9.4.3 (Mazur; see Phelps, 1966). If (X, II II) is a separable Banach space, then the set S 8 of all smooth points is a dense Gb-set in X. Proof In the case of a complex Banach space X, we consider it as a linear space over reals. The set of all smooth points S 8 remains unchanged. Therefore we can restrict ourselves to the real Banach spaces. As can easily be verified, it is sufficient to show that S 8 n sl = s; is a dense G(j set in S 1 • Let {xn} be a dense subset of S 1 • For each positive integer m, let Dm,n = {xE: S1 : llf(xn)-g(xn)ll < l/m for all continuous linear functionals j, g such that 11/11 = f(x) = 1 = g(x) = llgll}. Of course, if xis a smooth point, then there is only one functional/ such that 11/11 = f(x) = 1. Therefore, llf(xn)-g(xn)ll
=
1
0 "'( - , m
n, m = 1, 2, ...
Chapter 9
402
This implies that
n 00
Ss c
m,n=I
(9.4.1)
Dm,n·
On the other hand, if x is not a smooth point, then there are at least two different continuous linear functionals f, g of norm one such that /(~) = g(x) = 1. Since the set {xn} is dense inS~> sup lf(xn)-g(xn)l
=
llf-gll.
n
Hence, there are such m and n that x ¢ Dm,n· This implies 00
Ss
:::>
n Dm,n·
(9.4.2)
n,m=l
(9.4.1) and (9.4.2) imply
n 00
Ss =
Dm,n.
n,m=l
We shall show now that for every n, m the set Dm,n is open. Let Yk E sl""Dm,n andyk -+y. Sinceyk E S""'Dm,n, therearefunctionals f~cand g~c
such that k
=
1, 2,...
(9.4.3)
and k = 1, 2, ...
(9.4.4)
By the Alaoglu theorem (Theorem 5.2.4) the sequence {f~c} and {g~c} have cluster pointsjand g respectively. By (9.4.3)
IIIII = lf(y)J = 1 = Jg(y)J = llgJ!, and by (9.4.4)
Jf(y)-g(y)J
>
1/m.
This implies that y ¢ Dm,n· Then the set Dm,n is open. For the completion of the proof it is enough to show that for each nand m the set Dm,n is dense in S 1 . Suppose that the above does not hold. Then there are such n, m, y e S1 and b > 0 that, if x e S1 and llx-yll
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
403
x ¢ Dm,n· Let us write y1 = y. Then there are continuous linear functionals / 1 and g1 that and
h(x) ~ g 1(xn)+ Ifm.
Now we shall choose by induction a sequence {Yk} of functionals {/k} and {gn} of norm one such that IIYI-Ykll /k(Yk)
=
< I
(l-2-k)b,
= k
gk(Yk),
.
/k(Xn) ?= -+gl(xn).
m
c
S 1 and sequences
(9.4.5.i) (9.4.5.ii) (9.4.5.iii)
For k = I conditions (9.4.5.i)-(9.4.5.iii) are satisfied. Suppose that they hold for a certain k. Then
where a is chosen so small that (9.4.5.i) holds. Then Yk+1 ¢ Dm,n and there are continuous linear functionalsfk+ 1 , gk+ 1 such that (9.4.6) and . I fk+I(xn) ?= m +gk+l(xn)
We have (9.4. 7) Since (9.4.8) we have (9.4.9) By (9.4.7) and (9.4.9) /k(Xn) ~ gk+l(Xn).
(9.4.10)
Chapter 9
404
Then, by the induction hypothesis, 1 1 fk+I(xn) ?= -+gk+I(xn) ?= -+fk(Xn) m m k+1 ?= --+gl(xn). m
(9.4.11)
Hence (9.4.5.iii) holds. Let us observe that this leads to a contradiction, because
lfk+l(Xn)l ~ ll.fic+JIIIIxnll
=
1.
D
LEMMA 9.4.4. Let U be an isometry of the space ofreals R with the standard norm lxl into a Banach space (Y, II II). Let U(O) = 0. Then there is a continuous linear functionalf E Y of norm one such that
f(U(x))
=
x.
Proof Let n be an arbitrary positive integer. The Hahn-Banach theorem implies that there is a continuous linear functional.fn of norm one such that fn(U(n)-U(-n)) = IIU(n)-U(-n)ii = 2n. Thus, for every t, it I < n, we have
2n = ln-tl+it-(-n)i = II U(n)- U(t)ii+IIU(t)- U( -n)ii ?= fn(U(n)- U(t))+fn(U(t)- U( -n)) =fn(U(n)-U(-n)) = 2n.
(9.4.12)
Therefore, in formula (9.4.12) the equality holds, and this implies
fn(U(t)-U(-n)) = IIU(t)-U(-n)ii = t+n.
(9.4.13)
Putting t = 0 in (9.4.13) we obtain.fn(- U( -n)) = n. Thus
fn(U(t)) = t.
(9.4.14)
The Alaoglu theorem (Theorem 5.2.4) implies that the sequence {.fn} has D a cluster point/ Formula (9.4.14) implies thatf(U(t)) = t. LEMMA 9.4.5. Let x be a point of the Banach space X. Let a be a smooth point of the set S 11a 11 = {x: iixii = llall}. Let fa be afunctional ofnorm one such thatfa(a) = llaii· Letfa(x) #- 0. Then there is a real t such that
ila+txil
< llall.
(9.4.15)
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
405
Proof Suppose that (9.4.15) does not hold, i.e., for all real t, Jla+txJJ ~ llall.
(9.4.16)
Sincefa(x) -::;C 0, x -::;C 0. Formula (9.4.16) implies that a and x are linearly independent. Let X 0 denote the space spanned by a and x. The formula
g(ax+f3a) = f311all defines a continuous linear functional on X 0 • Formula (9.4.16) implies that Jlgll = 1. Since g(a) = llallg is a restriction of the functional fa into X 0 ,fa(x) = g(x) = 0 and we obtain a contradiction. 0 LEMMA 9.4.6. Let U be an isometry of a Banach space X into a Banach space Y such that U(O) = 0. Let a be a smooth point of the sphere S 11 a 11 • Let f E Y* be a continuous linear functional of norm one such that, for all real r, (9.4.17) f(U(ra)) = rJ!aJ!. Then (9.4.18) f(U(x)) = fa(x).
Proof Let x, y EX. We have lf(U(x))-f(U(y))J
=
~
Suppose that for a certain p
E
lf(U(x)- U(y))J IIU(x)-U(y)ll = lly-xJI.
(9.4.19)
X
(9.4.20)
fa(P) -::;Cf(U(p)). Let us write
1X
1
=
f(U(p)) ifaij·
Then (9.4.20) implies
fa(p-1Xa) -::F 0.
(9.4.21)
By Lemma 9.4.5 there is a real t such that
l!IXa+t(p-a)Jl <
!JIXa!!.
(9.4.22)
It is clear that t -::;C 0. Let us put {3 = IX/t. Then (9.4.22) implies
llp-(1X-{3)all ~ llf3all.
(9.4.23)
Chapter 9
406
By (9.4.17), (9.4.19) and (9.4.23) we obtain [I,Bcx[[
=lex! [[a[[-(cx-.B)[[a[[ = [f(U(p))-f(U((a-p)a))[ ~
[[U(p)- U((a-tJ)a)[[ = [[p-(a-tJ)a[[
<
[[tJa[[
which leads to a contradiction.
0
9.4.7. Let X be afinite-dimensional real Banach space. Let U be an isometric embedding of the space X into a Banach space Y such that U(O) = 0. Then there is a continuous linear operator F mapping the linear hull of the set U(X), lin U(X), onto X and such that
LEMMA
F(U(x))
= x.
The operator F is uniquely determined and it is ofnorm one. Proof Let us denote the dimensional of X by n. Let a 1 , ••• , an be linearly independent smooth points. Such points exist, as follows from Proposition 9.4.3. Let fa. be a continuous linear functional of norm one such that i
=
I, 2, ... , n.
Without loss of generality we may assume that at are chosen in such a way that the functionals {fa,}, i = I, 2, ... , n, are linearly independent. Let {.fi} be continuous linear functionals of norm one such that i=l,2, ... ,n
for all real r. The existence of such functionals follows from Lemma 9.4.4. Lemma 9.4.6 implies that .fi(U(x))
= fa,(x),
i=l,2, ... ,n.
(9.4.24)
The mapping G of the space X into Rn given by the formula G(x)
= {fa,( X), ... , la.(x)}
(9.4.25)
is an isomorphism, because the linear functionals {fa,, ... JaJ are linearly independent. Now we define an operator F mapping lin U(X) into X as follows : F(y)
=
G- 1(
{ /1
(y), ... ,/k(y)}).
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
407
It is obvious that Fis a continuous linear operator. For x EX we have by (9.4.24) and (9.4.25) F(U(x))
= G- 1 ( {.h(U(x)), ... ,.fn(U(x))}) = G- 1 ( {.fa,(x), ... Jan(x)}) = x.
(9.4.26)
Formula (9.4.26) implies that the operator F is uniquely determined on U(X) and thus on lin U(X). We shall now show that IIFII = 1. Let x E Ybe such a point that F(x) is a smooth point. By Lemma 9.4.4 there is a continuous linear functional f of norm one such that for all real r f(U(rF(x)))
=
riiF(x)ll·
(9.4.27)
By Lemma 9.4.6 (9.4.28)
f(U(y)) =fF(x)(y).
Therefore, the superpositions f(U( · )) and f(U(F( · ))) are continuous linear operator Moreover, we have by (9.4.26) f(U(F(U(y))))
= f(U(y))
for ye X.
Hence, for x = U(y) such that F(x) is a smooth point, llxll
> lf(x)l =
(9.4.29)
lf(U(F(x)))l = IIF(x)ll.
Since F is a continuous linear operator, the set of all x such that F(x) is a smooth po-int of dense in X (cf. Proposition 9.4.3). Therefore, by (9.4.29), IIFII ~ 1. on the other hand, by (9.4.26), IIFII ;;::, 1. Thus IIFII = 1. D Proof of Theorem 9.4.2. Let {Xn} be a sequence of finite-dimensional 00
spaces such that dimXn
=
n, Xn C Xn+l and the set Z
=
U Xn is dense n=l
in X. By Lemma 9.4.7 there are continuous linear operators Fn, IIFnll = 1 mapping lin U(Xn) into X and such that Fn(U(x))
=
x
for
XE Xn,
n = 1,2, ...
In view of the uniqueness ofthe operators, Fn, the operator F(y)
= Fn(Y)
for
y E lin U(Xn)
Chapter 9
408
is a continuous linear operator of norm one, well defined on lin U(Z). The extension of the operator F to the closure lin U(Z) = lin U(X) has the required properties. D
9.5. GROUP OF ISOMETRIES IN FINITE-DIMENSIONAL SPACES Let (X, II II) be a finite-dimensional real F-space. Let G(ll II) denote the set of rotations mapping X into itself. By Theorem 9.3.4 all those rotations are linear. It is easy to verify that G(ll II) is a group with the superposition of operators as the group operation. THEOREM 9.5.1 (Auerbach, 1933-1935). Let (X, II II) be an n-dimensional real F-space. Then there is an inner produc((x,y) defined on X such that G(ll II) C G(ll 11 1), where llxll 1 = (x,x/ 12 is the norm induced by the inner product (x,y). Proof Let K = {x: llxll ~ 1}. Of course, for any isometry, U E G(ll II), U(K) = K. Let E denote an ellipsoid with the smallest volume containing K. We shall show that this ellipsoid is uniquely determined. Indeed, let E 1 be another ellipsoid with the smallest volume containing K. Let
E
{x: (x,x)
=
<
1}
and
E1
=
{x: (x,x) 1 ~ 1},
where the inner products (x,y) and (x,y)1 are determined by Eand E 1 . Let a be an arbitrary real number contained between 0 and 1. Let
Ea
=
{x: (x,x)a
~
1},
where (x,y)a = a(x,y)+(1-a)(x,y) 1 • Of course Ea is an ellipsoid. Moreover, K is contained in Ea. Indeed, since K C En E1 if x e K, then (x,x) ~ 1 and (x,x) 1 ~ 1. Therefore
(x,x)a
= a(x,x)+(1-a) (x,x)
1
~
1
and
xe Ea.
Since the ratio of the volumes is an invariant of affine transformations, we may assume without loss of generality that E is a ball in the usual Euclidean sense and E 1 is an ellipsoid with the equation b 1 x~+ ... +bnx!
Since vol(E)
=
<;:
1,
i = 1, ... , n.
vol(E1),
b1 ... bn
=
1.
(9.5.1)
F-Norms and Isometries in £-Spaces
409
The volume of the ellipsoid Ea is expressed by the formula vol (Ea)
=
Cn([a+(l-a)b1]
•..
[a+(l-a)bn])- 112 ,
where Cn is a constant dependent on n. Let us observe that the function vol (Ea) reaches its minimum at those points at which the function V(a)
=
(a+(l-a)b 1)
••.
(a+(l-a)bn)
reaches its maximum. The function V(a) is differentiable, and by a simple calculation we get n ~
d
da V(a) =
V(a)?
1-bt a+(l-a)bt .
•=1
We have assumed that E and £ 1 are ellipsoids with the minimal volume. d Therefore, the derivative da V(a) should be equal to 0 for a= 0 and
a
=
1. The second case implies
b1 + ... +bn
=
n.
(9.5.2)
Equations (9.5.1) and (9.5.2) have a unique solution b1 = b2 = ... = bn = 1 within positive numbers. This follows from the fact that the function W(b) = b1 ..• bn-(b1 + ... +bn) has only one extremal point b1 = ... = bn = 1 and it is positive for other positive b. Therefore the ellipsoid E is uniquely determined by K. Thus any isometry U E (}maps E onto itself. D
9.6.
SPACES WITH TRANSITIVE AND ALMOST TRANSITIVE NORMS
Let (X, II IJ) be an F-space. By G(ll IJ) we denote the group of rotations mapping X onto itself. A norm II II is called maximal if, for any equivalent norm II 11 1 such that G(ll IJ) C G(ll 11 1), we have equality G(JI ID = G(ll 1/J. 9.6.1. Infinite-dimensional real F-spaces the maximal norms are induced by inner products. Proof The proposition is an immediate consequence of a theorem of Auerbach (Theorem 9.5.1). D PROPOSITION
Chapter 9
410
Let (X, II ID be an F-space. The norm llxll is called transitive if, for all positive rand each x EX, llxll = r, {A(x): A
E
G} = {y: IIYII = r},
(9.6.1)
where G(ll ID denotes the group of rotations with respect to the norm llxll. A norm llxll is called almost transitive, if for each positive r and for all x E X of norm r, {A(x): A
E
G(ll ID} = {y: IIYII = r}.
(9.6.2)
If the space X is locally bounded and the norm llxll is p-homogeneous, then the conditions of transitivity and almost transitivity are simpler, namely, it is sufficient that (9.6.1) (respectively (9.6.2)) should hold for one fixed r, for example r = 1. Strictly connected with transitive norms is the classical problem of Banach.
Problem 9.6.2 (Banach, 1932). Let (X, I ID be a separable Banach space with a transitive homogeneous norm llxll· Is X a Hilbert space and is llxll a Hilbert norm? As we shall show later, without the assumption of separability the answer is negative. THEOREM 9.6.3 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). Let (X, II II) be an Fspace and let llxll be an almost transitive norm. Then the norm llxll is maximal. Proof Let llxll 1 be a norm equivalent to the norm llxll and such that G(il ID C G(ll lit). Let
llxll~ =
Jiitxilt dt. 0
The norm llxll~ is equivalent to the norm llxllt and such that the function litxll~ is strictly increasing for positive t (cf. Theorem 9.1.1). It is easy to verify that a linear isometry U with respect to the norm llxllt is also an isometry with respect to the norm llxll~ Hence, G(ll lit) C G(ll II~). Since
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
411
the norm llxll is almost transitive for any fixed x 0 such that llxoll llxoll~ = r1, we have S(r)
=
{x: llxll
C {A (xo): A
E
=
r}
=
rand
=
{A(xo): A E G(ll II)}
G(ll II~)} C {Y: IIYII~
=
r1}
=
S'(r1).
(9.6.3)
Since the function lltxll~ is growing for positive t, (9.6.3) implies that S(r)
=
S'(r1).
(9.6.4)
Hence the isometries belonging to G(ll II) map S(r) onto itself. This implies that G(llll~) C G(ll II), i.e. G(ll II) is a maximal group of isomet-
0
~.
THEOREM 9.6.3 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). In the spaces LP[O, 1], 1
< p < =,
the standard norm 1
llxll
=
(J lx(t )IPdt )11
P
0
is almost transitive. Proof Letf(t) E LP[O, 1] be a function of norm one such that a= inf f(t)
> 0.
(9.6.5)
0
Let us consider the operator t
T,(x) = x(F(t))f(t),
where
F(t)
=
Jlf(t)IPdt. 0
The operator Tt is an isometry acting in the space LP[O, 1]. Indeed, 1
Jlx(F(t))f(t)l Pdt = Jlx(F(t))IPdF(t)
ll1f(x)IIP =
0
1
=
(9.6.6)
llxiiP
0
because F(t) is a strictly increasing function such that F(O) F(l) = 1. Let us observe that by (9.6.5) the inverse isometry
1
Tj'(y) = y(F-1(t)) J(F 1(t))
=
0 and
(9.6.7)
Chapter 9
412
is well defined on the whole LP[O, 1]. Therefore, the isometry Tt maps LP[O, 1] onto itself. Letfand g be two arbitrary elements of norm one. Let 8 be an arbitrary positive number. Obviously, there are two functions f' and g' such that inf /'(t) > 8/4, inf g'(t) > 8/4, 11/-/'11 < 8/2, [[g-g'[[ < 8/2. O
=
O
Let U = Tg,Tj 1• The operator U is an isometry. Since lj.(l) f', Tu,(1) = g', we get Uf' = g'. Hence
IIU(f)-g[[ < [[U(/)-U(f')II+IIU(f')-g')ll+llg'-g[[ <
8.
The arbitrariness of 8 implies that the norm xis almost transitive.
D
Another example of a separable Banach space (X, II [I) such that the norm I II is almost transitive are Gurarij spaces. Gurarij (1966) gave an example of a Banach space (X, II [I) with the following extension property. For each finite-dimensional subspaces £, F, E C F C X and for an operator T: £-+X and each 8 > 0, there is an extension T8 ofT, T8 : F-+X such that
(1-8)[[x[[ <; [[Te(x)[[ <; (l +8) [[x[[. Lusky (1976) showed that all Gurarij spaces are isometric and that the norms in a Gurarij space is almost transitive. Later Lusky (1979) showed that every Banach space (X, II [I) is a subspace of a space (Y, II [I) (its norm being an extension of [[ [I) such that in Y the norm II II is almost transitive and there is a continuous projection of Yonto X. THEOREM 9.6.4 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). In the spaces LP[O, 1], 0 < p <; I, the standard norm 1
[[x[[
=
J[x(t)[Pdt 0
is almost transitive.
The proof follows the same lines as the proof of Theorem 9.6.3 ; only in formula (9.6.6) it is necessary to replace [[Tt(x)[[P by [[T,(x)[[ and [[x[[P by[[x[[.
F-Norms and Isometries in £-Spaces
413
9.6.5 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, I962). In the spaces LP[O, I], +oo, the standard norms are maximal.
CoROLLARY
0
<
PROPOSITION 9.6.6 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). There is a normed (non-complete) separable space with a transitive norm which is not a preHilbert space. N
Proof Let LP, 1 ~p ~ +oo, be a linear subset of the space LP[O, I] consisting of all those functions which vanish close to the point I. The space
LP with the standard norm is the required space. Let x and y be two elements of LP of norm one. We shall construct a rotation which maps x ony.
Let hx be a transformation of the closed interval [0, I] which preserves measures, i.e., lhx(E)I = lEI for each measurable set E and, moreover, hx maps the sets Ea = {t: lx(t)l >a} onto the intervals [O,IEal). Let Uxf = f(hx(t)).
Obviously, Ux is an isometry and maps the function x(t) on a function x'(t) such that x'(t) is a non-increasing function and
>0 lx'(t)l { = 0
for for
0 < t
where ax= ]{t: x(t) #- 0}1. Since x E LP[O, 1], ax< I. In the same way we construct an operator Uy mapping y on y' with the same properties as x'. Let us observe that the operator TT 1 defined by formula (9.6.7) is well defined also if we replace condition (9.6.6) by the condition f(t) =!=- 0. Indeed, the operator TT 1 is well defined on the set X0 : X0 = {x E LP[O, I]: there is a positive a such thatf(t)
ux'
uy
Chapter 9
414
tions x" and y", where a1fp
for 0 < t
x"(t) = { o"'
a1fp
y"(t) = { 011
Let U be an operator defined by the formula
U(f)
=I( :J't[; t)
for 0
( l-ay) !(-(l-ay)(l-t)+I) l-ax I-ax
~ t
foray
It is easy to verify that the operator U is an isometry and that U(x")
= y".
u; 1 U;/UVc,Ux maps the element X on y.
D
Hence the isometry A
=
PROPOSITION 9.6.7 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). There is a non-separable Banach space with a transitive norm which is not a Hilbert space. Proof Let Q be the product of a non~countable set A by the closed interval [0, I], Q = A X [0, 1]. Let I: be the algebra of all such subsets E of Q that for each a E A the set Ea = En ({ax [0, 1]) is measurable in the Lebesgue sense. Let a measure J1 be defined by the formula J1(E) =
_2; I(Ea)l, aEA
where I I is the Lebesgue measure. If x = x(a, t), a E A, t E [0, I] is an element of LP(Q, 1:, Jl), then the support Sx= {aEA: l{t: x(a,t):;FO}I} of the element xis at most countable. We shall show that the standard norm in LP(Q, 1:, Jl) is transitive. Let x = x(a,t), y = y(a,t) be arbitrary elements of LP(Q, 1:, Jl) of norm one. Let {an} be a sequence containing the supports of x andy. Let {A.n} be a sequence disjoint with {an}. Let us take a sequence {/1n} such that /1 2n-l =an and /1 2n = An. Let U be an operator defined in the following way: g(p, t)= U(f(a, t)), where g(a, t) = t(a, t) for a =F Pn, · {2 11Pf(p2 n-1,2t) g CPn, t) = 21/pl'( R2n, 2t) J fJ
for 0 ~ t
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
415
Let us observe that. the operator U is an isometry and that it maps x on x' and y on y', so that x'(a, t), y'(a, t) belong, for any fixed a, to the space LP[O, 1] defined in the preceding proposition. Thus, by Proposition 9.6.6, there is an isometry V mapping x' on y'. Hence, the isometry u- 1 VU maps x on y. Hence the standard norm in the space LP(Q, E, tt) is transitive. If p =F 2, the space LP(Q, E, tt) is not isomorphic to a Hilbert space. D
9.7. CONVEX TRANSITIVE NORMS
In this section we shall consider only Banach spaces with homogeneous norms. Let X be a Banach space with a homogeneous norm JJxJJ. The norm 1/x/1 is called convex transitive if, for each element x of norm one, conv {A(x): A
E
G(/1 //)} = {x: Jlxll ~
THEOREM 9.7.1 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962). Let X be a Banach space. Each convex transitive norm 1/x/1 equivalent to the original one is maximal. Proof Let 1/x/11be a norm equivalent to 1/x/1. Let G(/1 //) C G(/1 1/ 1). Then
1/A(x)/1 = 1/x/1
for all
A
E
G(/1 1/1).
(9.7.2)
Suppose that (9.7.2) does not hold. Then there are A 0 E G(/1 1/ 1) and x EX, 1/x/11= 1 such that I/A 0(x)ll =F JJxjl. Without loss of generality we can assume that IIA 0(x)ll > llxll· Indeed, otherwise we might consider the operator A 0 1• Let r=
Since
iiAo(x)ll. llxll
G(ll II) C G(il 11 1) and the norm llxll is convex transitive, {y: IIYII1 ~ 1} = conv {A(x): A E G(ll ll1)} = conv {A(A 0 (x)): A E G(ll ll1)} :) conv {A(A 0 (x)): A E G(ll II)} = {y: IIYII = rllxll}.
Repeating this argument for the element rx we can prove that and by induction llrnxll 1 ~ 1 for n = 1, 2, ...
llr2xl/1 < 1
416
Chapter 9
Since r > 1, this leads to a contradiction. Therefore (9.7.2) holds and this implies that A E G(ll II), i.e. G(ll II)=G(II III). D 9.7.2 (Cowie, 1981). Let (X, II II) be a Banach space. Suppose that II II is not convex transitive. Then there is a norm II 111 equivalent to the norm II II and such that (X, II II) and (X, II 111) are not isometric and PROPOSITION
G(ll II)
c
G(ll III).
Proof Take any x 0 such that llxoll = 2. The set
U = conv ({x: llxll ~ 1} u {Ax 0 : A
E
G(ll II)})
is open convex and invariant under the group G(ll II). Let II 111 be the norm induced by the set U. Since U is G(ll II) invariant, G(ll II) C G(ll ll1). On the other hand U is not a ball of any radius in the norm II 11. Hence (X, II II) and (X, II 11 1) are not isometric. D Let X= C(.Q"'.Q0) (see Example 1.3.4) be the space of all continuous function defined on a compact set .Q and vanishing on a compact subset .Qo with the standard norm llxll = sup lx(t)l
(9.7.3)
tED
The setS= .Q"'.Q0 is locally compact. Thus the spaceC(.Q"'.Q0)can be considered as the space of continuous functions defined on a locally compact set Svanishing at infinity with the standard norm (9.7.3). For brevity, we shall denote this space C 0 (S). In the space C 0(S) each rotation U of the space onto itself is of the form U(f) = a(t)f(b(t)), (9.7.4) where a(t) is a continuous function of modulus one and b(t) is a homeomorphism of S onto itself. Indeed, the conjugate space to the space C 0 (S) is the space M(S) of measures defined on Borel sets (see Example 4.3.3). The isometry Uinduces the isometry U* in the space M(S). Of course, U* maps the extreme points of the unit ball on extreme points. The extreme points of the unit ball in M(S) are measures concentrated at one point multiplied by scalars of modulus one.
F-Norms and Jsometries in F-Spaces
417
This implies that Uis of the form (9.7.4). The continuity of a(t) follows from the fact that U maps continuous functions on continuous functions. The same fact implies the continuity of b(t). Since U maps C 0 (S) onto C 0 (S), b(t) is a homeomorphism. THEOREM 9.7.3 (Wood, 1981). Let C~(S) be the space of complex-valued functions defined on a locally compact set S vanishing at infinity with the standard norm
llxl/
=
sup lx(t)j. tES
The norm II II is convex transitive if and only if the group of homeomorphism
r
of the set
s
is almost transitive on S, i.e., that for each t
E
S, Ft
= {b(t): bE F} J S. Proof Necessity. Suppose that F is not almost transitive on S. Then
there is an s0 E S such that Fs 0 does not contain S. Let U C S be an open set disjoint with Fs0 • Take any f ::j: 0 f E C~(S) such that the support of fis contained in U. Thus f(Fs 0 ) = 0. Hence, by the form of isometry (9.7.4), for each g E {Af: A E G(ll II)}, g(s0 ) = 0 and by definition the norm II II is not convex transitive. Sufficiency. Take any norm II 11 1 such that G(ll ID C G(ll 11 1). We shall show that there is a c > 0 such that llxll = cllxll 1 • Indeed, let II II' denote the norm conjugate to the norm II 11 1 defined on M(S). Let 08 denote the unit measures concentrated at the points. Since a homeomorphism b(t) induces isometries in (C~(S), II 11 1), it also induces isometries in the space (M(S), II II'). Therefore IIOs\l' = IIOb(s)ll' for all s E s and all homeomorphisms b E Fix s E s. Take any t E s. Since the orbit Fs is dense inS, Ot belongs to the closure in the weak-*-to. pology of {o1 : tE F 8 } Hence
r.
liM'~ sup {[[Ob(•)ll': bE F} = 1\0sll'. (9.7.5) Exchanging the roles oft and s, we find that liM' are all equal. Let c = (IIOtl[')- 1 • Then
1Jxll 1
sup {l.u(x)j : .U E M(S), ll.ull' ~ 1} 1 ~ c- 1 sup {Jx(t)J: t E S} = -1/xl/. c =
(9.7.6)
Chapter 9
418
Now we shall show the converse inequality. Let J-l be a measure of finite support n
f-l
= .}; atJh.,
for
i =I= j.
i=l
Take g(s) E C~(S) such that [[gf[ = 1 and g(!i) = at/[ai[. By (9.7.6) [[g[[ 1 ~ Ijc. Thus n
[[,u[[' ?: c,u(g)
=
c.}; [at[. i=l
On the other hand, n
n
[[,ull' ~.}; [atlllbe,!l' ~c.}; [ail· i=l
i=l
Therefore, for measures of finite support, ll,ull' = cll,ull,
(9.7.7)
where II II denotes the norm in the space M(S) induced by the standard norm. Since the measures of finite support are dense in the weak-*-topology in the space M(S), (9.7.7) implies ll,ull' ?: cll,ull.
(9.7.8)
llxll
(9.7.9)
Hence ~ cllxiii,
and finally llxll 9.7.2) the norm
=
cllxll 1 • Thus, by the Cowie proposition (Proposition D
I II is convex transitive.
COROLLARY 9.7.4 (Wood, 1981). The standard norm (9.7.3) is maximal in a space C~(S), provided the group of homeomorphisms of S onto itself is almost transitive. Example 9.7.5 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962) Let Q = [0, 1]. Let Q 0 = {0} u {1}. The standard norm (9.7.3) is convex transitive in the space Cc(Q"'-!20 ).
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
419
Example 9.7.6 tPelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962) Let Q be a unit circle and let !!0 be empty. Then the standard norm is convex transitive. It may happen that in certain spaces C(Q""'Q0 ) the standard norm is not convex transitive, and yet it is maximal. Kalton and Wood (1976) gave conditions ensuring that the standard norm is maximal in the space C~(S). There are two such conditions, namely
the set S contains a dense subset such that each point of the subset has a neighbourhood isomorphic to an open set in an Euclidean space, (9.7.IO.i) the setS is infinite and has a dense set of isolated points (9.7.IO.ii) If either (9.7.10.i) or (9.7.IO.ii) holds, then the standard norm in the space C~(S) is maximal. In particular, the interval [0, l] satisfies (9.7.10.i) and by the result of Kalton and Wood (1976) the standard norm is maximal in the space Cc[O, I]. This is an answer to the question formulated by Pelczynski and Rolewicz (1962). At present the only known example of a space C~(S) of continuous complex valued functions vanishing at infinity in which the standard norm is not max{mal are spaces C~(S) where S has a finite number of isolated points t 1 , ..• , tn. In those spaces the norm n
~ )1/2 llxlft = sup lx(t)l + (L.; lx(ti)l 2 ·~ tES
i=l
t¢1•
obviously has a biger group ofisometries than the standard norm. There are also spaces which do not satisfy conditions (9.7.IO.i) and (9.7.10.ii) and yet their standard norm is maximal. Let D be a closed unit circle on a two-dimensional Euclidean plane. Let {sn} be a dense sequence in D. Remove form D by induction the interior of an n-blade propellor centred at Sn and the missing boundaries of all the previously removed propellors. The remaining set E is a compact, connected and locally connected metric space. It clearly has no non-trivial
Chapter 9
420
homeomorphism since, for each n, the neighbourhoods of snare unique to that point, and so any homeomorphism must map sn on Sn. Obviously, E does not satisfy either (9.7.10.i) or (9.7.10.ii). However, Wood (1981) showed that the standard norm is maximal in Cc(E). Now we shall pass to investigations of spaces of real valued continuous functions. THEOREM 9.7.7 (Wood, 1981). LetS be locally compact. Let C~(S) denote the space of all continuous real-valued functions vanishing at infinity. The standard norm is convex transitive if and only if S is totally disconnected and the group of homeomorphisms of Sis almost transitive. Proof Necessity. Suppose that Sis not totally disconnected. Then there are s1 and s 2 , s 1 s 2 belonging to the same component. By the form of isometry (9.7.4) the function equal to one on that component can only be transformed into a function equal either to + 1 or to - I constant on that component. Thus the standard norm is not convex transitive. The proof of necessity of almost transitivity of the group of homeomorphisms is precisely the same as the proof of the necessity in the proof of Theorem 9.7.4. Sufficiency. Since S is totally disconnected, for each finite system of points {ti> ... , tn}, ti t1 and each system of numbers {ai> ... ,an}, at= = ±I, there is a continuous function g(t) such that Jg(t)/ ~ I and
*
*
g(ti)
=
ai,
i
= 1,2, ... , n.
The rest of the proof follows the same line as the proof of sufficiency in Theorem 9.7.3. D Example 9.7.8 (Pelczynski and Rolewicz, 1962) Let E be the Cantor set. The standard norm (9. 7.3) is convex transitive in the space Cr(E) of real continuous functions defined on E.
Kalton and Wood (1976) proved that, if Sis a connected manifold without boundary of dimension greater than one, then the standard norm is maximal. Of course, by Theorem 9.7.7, the standard norm is not convex transitive. It is not clear what the situation in the case of manifolds
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
421
with boundaries and of manifolds of dimension one is like. For example, it is not known whether the standard norm is maximal in the space of real valued continuous functions defined on the interval [0, 1], Cr[O, I]. There are also spaces S such that the standard norm is maximal in the space Cc(S) but it is not maximal in the space Cr(S). Indeed, let E be the compact sp::.ce, de£cribed above, with trivial homeomorphism only. Wood has shown that in Cr(E) the standard norm is maximal. By the form of the rotations in C 0(S), the unique isometrics in Cr(E) are I and -I. On the other hand we have PROPOSITION 9.7.9 (Wood, 1981). Let (X, II ID be a real Banach space with dimension greater than I. Then there is a norm II 11 1 in X such that the group G(ll 11 1) contains isometries different from I and- I. Proof Take any x 0 E X and a linear continuous func1 ionc.l f such that llxoll = 1 = IIIII and f(x 0) = I. Let T be a symmetry
Tx
=
x-2f(x)x0 •
Of course, T 2 = I. T cj::. I, - I and it is easy to verify that Tis an isometry with respect to the norm llxllt = max {llxll, IITxll}.
9.8.
D
THE MAX IMALITY OF SYMMETRIC NORMS
Let X be a real F-space with the F-norm llxll and with an unconditional basis {en}. The norm llxll is called symmetric (see Singer, 1961, 1962) if, for any permutation {Pn} and for an arbitrary sequence {en} of numbers equal either to I or to -1, the following equality holds :
llt1e1+ ...
+tnenll =
llcttleP'+ ...
+cntnepn+···ll-
As follc,ws from the definition of symmetric norms, the operator U defined by the formula
U(t 1 e1 + ... +tnen+ ... ) = c1 t 1 ep, +... +cntnepn+ ...
(9.8.1)
is an isometry of the space X onto itself. We shall show that if X is not isomorphic to a Hilbert space, then each isometry is oftype (9.8.1).
Chapter 9
422
We say that a subspace Z of the space X of codimension 1 is a plane of symmetry if there is an isometry U =J=. I such that U(x) = x for x E Z. Let Z be a plane of symmetry and let V be an isometry. Then V(Z) is also a plane of symmetry. Indeed, let W = vuv- 1 • The operator W is an isometry different from I. Let x = V(y), y E Z. Then W(x) = VUV- 1 V(y) = VU(y) = V(y) = x.
If a Banach space X has a symmetric basis {en}, then the planes Ai =
{X : Xi
= 0},
Ai,i+ = {x:
Xi= XJ},
Ai,j- = {x:
Xi= -XJ},
where x = x1 e1 +x 2 e2 + ... +xnen+ ...
are planes of symmetry. Let us suppose that P is an arbitrary plane of symmetry. Let n be an arbitrary positive integer and let n
Xo=Pn(nAi). i=l
Let us consider the quotient space X1
=
X/X0 •
The space X1 is (n+ I)-dimensional. The symmetries which have planes Ai, Ai,i,+, Ai,J,- as planes of symmetry imply that there is a basis {e~}.
k = 1, 2, ... , n+ 1), in X1 such that the group Sn of operators of the type
U(t1 e~+ ... +tn+le~+ 1) = (s 1 tle~ 1 +sntne~.+tn+len+l) (9.8.2)
is contained in the group of isometries G. In virtue of Theorem 9.5.1 there is an ellipsoid invariant with respect to G. Since Sn C G, this ellipsoid is described by the equation (9.8.3)
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
423
Since the replacing of e~+ 1 by ae~+ 1 leaves Sn as a subgroup of the group of isometries, we can assume without loss of generality that the invariant ellipsoid has the equation
xi+ ... +x!+I =
1.
(9.8.4)
Now we shall prove LEMMA
9.8.1. Let X 1 be an (n+ I)-dimensional real Banach space with norm
Jlxll. Let the group ofisometries G contain the group Sn. If the group G is infinite, then the intersection of the sphere S = {x: llxll = 1} with the subspace X' spanned by elements e~, ... , e~ is a sphere in the Euclidean sense. Proof. Since the space X1 is finite-dimensional, the group G is a compact Lee group. Thus G contains a one parameter group g(t). Obviously, there is an element x 0 , llxoll = 1 such that g(t)x0 defines a homeomorphism between an open interval ( -c;, e), e > 0, and a subset of points of S. Now we have two possibilities : (1) g(t)x0 -x0 ¢X', (2) g(t)x0 -x0 EX'. Since Sn C G, we can find in the first case n locally linearly independent trajectories (in the second case (n-1)). This implies that there is a neighbourhood U of the point x 0 such that for each x E U (in the second case for x E U nX') there is an isometry A such that A(x0 ) = x. This implies that the group G (resp. the group G' ofisometries of X' is) transitive. This D implies the lemma (cf. Section 5).
Lemma 9.8.1 implies that the group G of isometries of the space X1 is n
finite or that the quotient x;n At are Hilbert spaces for n = 1, 2, ... The i=
second case tri_vially implies that the space X is a Hilbert space. Let us now consider the first case, i.e. the case where the group of isometries G of the space X1 is finite. By (9.8.4) we can assume without loss of generality that the group G is contained in the group Gn+l of orthogonal transformation of the space xl. LEMMA 9.8.2. Let xl be an (n+ I)-dimensional real Banach space with the norm llxll. Let Sn C G C Gn+1· Let P be a plane of symmetry determined by
Chapter 9
424
an isometry U £G. 1hen Pis either of type Ai or of type Ai.;± (i,j = 1, 2, ... , n+ 1) provided n is greater than 7.1 Proof To begin with, let us assume that the plane P does not contain the element en+J· Let P 0 be the plane of symmetry determined by an isometry belonging toG and such that en +I¢ P 0 and P 0 is nearest to en+ 1 (nearest in the classical Euclidean sense). Let P0
=
{x: a1 x1 + ... +an+ 1 Xn+
1=
0},
where (9.8.5) Since en+I ¢ P 0 , an+l -=F 0. The planes Ai (i = 1, 2, ... , n) contain the element en+I· Therefore, the angle between P 0 and Ai ought to be of type nfn, because otherwise, composing symmetries with respect to P0 and Ai, we could obtain a plane of symmetry P 1 nearer to en+I than P0 • This implies that n i = 1, 2, ... ai =cosn Hence either ai = 0 or [a;[ ~ 1/2. Therefore, by (9.8.5) we have the following possibilities : (1) /an+I[
=
1,
-h
(2) /an+Il = }13/2, there is an i 1 such that [%[ = (3) /an+ 1 [ = there is an i 1 such that [ail/ = j/2"3,
-h
( 4) /an+ I[ = 1/ (5) /an+ 1 [ = (6) /an+ I[ =
v2.
there are il and i2 such that [ail/ = [a;z/ = 1
-h there are ic and i such that [a; vz, [a;,[ = f, there are i i i such that [ai.[ = [a;,[ = [a;,[ 1 [,
2
1,
2,
3
-h f, =
-h
(7) /an+ 1 [ = Jl~' there is an i 1 such that [a;.[ = jl~' and a;= 0 otherwise. We shall show that only cases (1) and (7) are possible. Let us take indices j1oj2,j3 such that Jjk[ n, A -=F im for all k and m. This is possible since n;:;, 7. Let a{= (a~, ... , an+ 1), where a~+ 1 = an+I• a;.= a;. and = 0 otherwise. The plane
<
a;
P" = {x: a' x 1 +
... +a~+ 1 Xn+ 1 =
0}
1 Indeed, Lemma 9.8.2 holds also for n = 2,4,5,6,7. It does not hold for n but for our purpose it is sufficient to show this for sufficiently large n.
= 3,
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
425
is also a plane of symmetry. It does not contain en+ I• but its distance from that point is exactly the same as P 0 • Therefore, the angle between P 0 and P' ought be of the type 21t/n, because otherwise, composing symmetries with respect to these two planes, we could find a plane P 1 nearer to en+I• such that en+I¢ P 1 • The cosinus of the angle between P 0 and P' is equal to 3/4 in case (2), to 1/4 in cases (3), (5), (6), and to 1/2 in case (4); this eliminates cases (2), (3), (5), (6). Let us take A = i 1 and j 2 -=/=- i 2 ; then the co sinus of the angle between the respective plane and P 0 is equal either to 3/4 or to 1/4. This eliminates case (4). Finally, only cases (1) and (7) are possible. So far we have assumed that the planePdoes not contain en+l' Suppose now that en+I E P. Let P 0 = P n X', where X' is the space spanned by the elements e1 , ••• , en. P 0 is a plane of symmetry in the space X', and restricting all considerations to the space X' we are able to prove our lemma. D 9.8.3. Let X be a real infinite-dimensional F-space with a basis {en} and with a symmetric norm llxll· Then either X is a Hilbert space or each isometry is of type (9.8.1). Proof As it follows from the previous considerations, if X is not a Hilbert space, then the planes Ai, Ai,H, Ai,j- are all possible planes of symmetry. Let us denote the isometrics corresponding to Ai, Ai,i+, Ai,i- by Si, Si.H, si.i-, respectively. Let U be an arbitrary isometry. Then U(Ai), U(Ai·H), U(Ai,i-) are planes of symmetry corresponding to the isometrics UStu-1, USi,H u-1, ust,i- u-1, respectively. Therefore, those isometrics are of type St, si,j+, Si.i-. Let us denote the class of all such isometrics by .Let A, BE be such commutative isometrics that there is one and only one isometry c such that AC = CB. Then A = Si, B = Si, C = st,i-. This implies that each isometry USi u- 1 is of the type Si. Thus U is of the type (9.8.1). D THEOREM
m
m
Em
We shall now consider the spaces over complexes. Let X be a complex F-space with basis {en} and norm llxll. The norm llxll is called symmetric if, for any permutation of positive integers Pn and for any sequence of complex numbers {en}, lsnl = I, the following holds:
llt1ed- ...
+tnen+ ... 11 = llsltlep.+ ... +entnepn
+ ... 11.
Chapter 9
426
Obviously, if the norm [[x[[ is symmetric, then each operator of the type (9.8.1) (where en are complex numbers of moduli 1) is an isometry. In the same way as in the real case we define planes of symmetry. LEMMA
9.8.4. Let
xl be an (n+ I)-dimensional complex F-space with basis
••• , en+ 1 } and norm fix[[. If the group of isometrics G contains all operators of type (9.8.2) (where et are complex numbers of moduli I), then either G consists of operators of type (9.8.I) or G contains all orthogonal transformations which map the space generated by e1 , ••• , en onto itself. Proof Suppose that an isometry V maps an element et, I ~ i ~ n, on an
{e1 ,
element x 1 which is not of the type e1. Without loss of generality we may assume that the first n coordinates of x 1 are reals. Let us now consider the real space spanned by the elements ei> ... , en, x 1 • Applying Lemma 9.8.2, we find that the intersection of the set {x: [[x[[ = R} with the space spanD ned by e1 , •.• , en is a sphere. This implies the theorem. Lemma 9.8.4 implies in the same manner as in the real case the following: 9.8.5. Let X be an infinite-dimensional complex F-space with basis {en} and the symmetric norm lfx[[. If X is not a Hilbert space, then each isometry is of type (9.8.1).
THEOREM
CoROLLARY
9.9
9.8.6. The symmetric norms are maximal.
UNIVERSALITY WITH RESPECT TO ISOMETRY
We shall say that an F-space Xu with the F-norm [JxJJ is universal with respect to isometry for a class m: ofF-spaces if, for any F-space X Em:, there is a subspace Y of the space Xu and a linear isometry U mapping X onto Y. 9.9.1. There is no F-space Xu universal with respect to isometry for all one-dimensional F-spaces.
PROPOSITION
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
427
Proof Let Xn be the real line with the following F-norm :
l
it[ [[t[[n= 2-[t[ Ijn
for for for
[t[
~I,
1 ~t< 2-I/n,
[t[;;;: 2-Ijn.
It is easy to verify that [[t[[n is an F-norm. Suppose that a space Xu universal with respect to isometry exists. Then there are elements en E Xu such that [[te[[n = fit [[n, where [[x[[ denotes the norm in Xu. Hence [[2en[[ = [[2[[n I
= - ->- 0. On the other hand, [[en[[ = [[l[[n = 1 does not tend to 0. Theren fore, the multiplication by scalars is not continuous, and this leads to a contradiction since Xu is an F-space. D
All one-dimensional Banach spaces are isometric; hence, the real line (the complex plane in the case of complex one dimensional Banach spaces) with the usual norm [t[ is universal for all one-dimensional Banach spaces with respect to isometry. Banach and Mazur (1933) proved that the space C[O, 1] is universal with respect to isometry for all separable Banach spaces. As a particular case we find that C[O, I] is universal with respect to isometry for all twodimensional Banach spaces. The space C[O, 1], however, is infinite-dimensional. Hence, the following problem arises. Does there exist an n-dimensional Banach space universal with respect to isometry for all two-dimensional Banach spaces? The answer is negative. It was given for n = 3 by Griinbaum (1958) and for all positive integers n by Bessaga (1958). Of course, it is enough to restrict ourselves to real two-dimensional Banach spaces and in the rest of this section only real Banach spaces will be considered. LEMMA 9.9.2 (Bessaga, 1958). Let Z be a bounded set in then-dimensional real Euclidean space. Letj;, ... ,Jm map Z into the (n+I)-dimensional real Euclidean space. If the set f1(Z) u /2(Z) u ... u fm(Z)
contains an open set, then at least one of the functions j;_, ... ,fm is not Lipschitzian.
Chapter 9
428
Proof Let
M(A, s) =max {p: there are Xt, i =I, 2, .. . ,p, Xi E A, llxt-XJII > 8}
(compare Section 6.1). If the set A is n-dimensional and bounded, then by a simple calculation we find that
M(A,s)~Kur
(9.9.1)
On the other hand, if A contains an open set of dimension (n+ 1), we find that there is a positive K1 such that M(A,s) ?': K 1 (
e1 )n+l.
(9.9.2)
Let f(z) be a Lipschitzian function defined on A and let L denote the Lipschitz coefficient of the function f Then M(A,s)
~ K( ~
r
implies M(f(A),s)
~ K Ln
(!)
(9.9.3)
n
Suppose that the functions j;_, ... ,Jm are Lipschitzian. Then by (9.9.3) there is a positive constant K 2 such that M(f1 (Z) u ... u fm(Z), s)
~ K2(!
r
This leads to a contradiction of formula (9.9.2).
0
THEOREM 9.9.3 (Bessaga, 1958). There exists no finite-dimensional Banach space X 0 universal with respect to isometry for all two-dimensional real Banach spaces. Proof Suppose that such a universal space (X0 , II II) exists. Let dim X 0 = n
and let Q={xeX0
:
llxll~l}
be a unit ball in the space X 0 • Q is a convex centrally symmetric body in then-dimensional Euclidean space. Let la-bl denote the Euclidean dis-
F-Norms and lsometries in F-Spaces
429
tance between the points a and b. Let Ia! = la-O!. Let r = inflal and aeQ
R = suplal. aeQ
Let E denote the class of all convex centrally symmetric plane figures A such that r:::::;; a:::::;; R for all a EA. Let A, A' E E. Let
p(L1, A')= inf sup !a-a'!,
u
where U is an isometry (in the Euclidean sense) a E A, a' E U(A') and a, a' are collinear. The quantity p(A, Ll') is called the distance between A and A'. We shall now introduce the distance between two subspaces in the following way: d(M,L) = max(sup inf
!x-y!,
llx!l=lyeM xeL
!x-y!).
sup inf !IYII=l xeL
yeM
The set of all two-dimensional subspaces with this metric is a compact (; )-dimensional set. By a simple calculation we can prove that there is a positive constant K such that (9.9.4)
p(A(L),A(M):::::;; Kd(M,L),
where A(L) = L n {xE X0 : llxll = 1} and LI(M) = M n {xE X0 : llxll
Let p = (;)
=
1}.
+ 1 and let Q be the set of all 2(p+ 1)-gons contained in
E. Let Ll E Q. Let us number all vertices of Ll in the positive orientation
a1,
•.. ,
a2n+ 2 • Let J1i
=
area of the triangle Oaia;+l total area of A
The numbers f11> h(a1 ,
••• , f1p
••• ,
aP+I)
i= 1,2, ... ,p.
are affine invariant. The function
= Cf11> ... , f1p)
Chapter 9
430
is a Lipschitzian function of vertices a 1, . .. , aP+l· In this way we can assign to each A functions h1(A), ... , hp(A) dcpen dent on the point from which we begin the numbering. If A0 E !J, then we can find such positive c:LJ, and a positive M.1, such that if, for A, A' and then we can establish a correspondence between the vertices of /j and A' at~a; so that
[at-a;[ o-s;: M.1,p(A,A'). Let U be an affine transformation of the plane such that, for A, A' E E, we have U(A), U(A') E E. Then p( U(A), U(A')) o-s;: ~o(A,A'). r·
This implies that all functions ht(A (L)) satisfy the Lipschitz condition, i.e. that there is a positive constant K such that [ht(A(L)-hi(A(M))[ o-s;: Kd(M,L),
i =I, 2, ... ,p.
It is easy to verify that e2.ch of the functions hi maps Q into a set contain-
ing the interior. Thus the set h1 (A) u ... u hp(A)
contains an open p-dimensional set. Since p
=
(
~)
+I, this leads to
a contradiction of Lemma 9.9.2.
[]
The following problem are strictly connected with Theorem 9.9.3. Problem 9.9.4. Let X be a separable Banach space universal with respect to isometry for all finite-dimensional Banach spaces. Is X universal for all
separable Banach spaces with respect to isometry? Problem 9.9.5. Let X be a separable Banach spaces universal with respect to isometry for all two-dimensional Banach spaces. Is X universal with respect to isometry for all finite-dimensional spaces?
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
431
Problem 9.9.6. How can we show a minimal number of two-dimensional
real Banach spaces XI> ••• , Xk(n) such that there exists no n-dimensional real Banach space universal with respect to isometry ? The existence of such numbers follows from Theorem 9.9.3. There is a conjecture that k(n) = ( ; )
+ 1 (in a particular case k(3) =
4).
Klee (1960) has investigated the following related problem: What is the minimal dimension of a body Kuniversal in the affine sense for all polyhedra of dimension n with r faces (r vertices)? More precisely : We say that a finite-dimensional convex body K is a-universal for a class of convex bodies C)( provided each member of C)( is affinely equivalent to some proper section of K; and K is centrally a-universal for C)( provided K is centrally symmetric and every centrally symt;netric member of C)( is affinely equivalent to a central section of K. Replacing affine equivalence by similarity leads to the notion of s-universality and central s-universality. ~x,v (n, r) or ~.! (n, r) is the smallest integer k such that there is a k-dimensional convex body K x-universal for all n-dimensional convex polyhedra having r+ 1 vertices, orr+ 1 maximal faces, respectively. r;a,v (n, r), or r;a.! (n, r) is the smallest integer k such that, there is a k-dimensional convex centrally symmetric body, centrally a-universal for all centrally symmetric n-dimensional polyhedra having 2r vertices or 2r maximal faces, respectively. Klee (1960) has shown the following estimation: += >
~a,v(n,r);;?
n -1 (r+1)
n+
~ ~a.f(n,r)
<
~ ~s.f(n,r)
< +=.
r,
+= > r;a,v(n, r);;? r;a.!(n, r) = r, += >
~s,v(n,r);;?
11
-1 (r+2)
n+
The following proposition is strictly connected with Problem 9.9.6. PROPOSITION 9.9. 7 (Rolewicz, 1966). There are three plane, centrally symmetric convex figures P 1 , P 2 , P 3 such that there exists no centrally symmetric convex three-dimensional body K admitting a line L through its
Chapter 9
432
centre and sections P~, P~, P; through L such that Pi is affinely equivalent to P;,J = 1, 2, 3. Proof Let PI be a square, P 2 circle and P 3 a square with side 2 with corners rounded off by circular arcs of radius E (see Figure 9.9.1). We shall show that for a sufficiently small E the required body K could not exist.
·£
E
'-'>------· Fig. 9.9.1
Suppose that such a body K exists for all e. Let t be a point at which L intersects the boundary K. Since t E P~ n P~, there is only one supporting hyperplane of Kat t. Thus t cannot be an extremal point (corner) of P~. The point t must belong to one of the curved arcs of P~. Otherwise t would be a flat point of the body K, and this is impossible, became P~ is strictly convex. Since we are only interested in affine properties, we may assume without loss of generality that P~ is a unit disc in the plane z = 0, P; is similar to P3 and situated in the plane y = 0, and P~ is a parallelogram situated in a certain plane z = ay. (Here we put the x-axis as L.) Now we shall investigate the relationship bet.ween a and E. Let Pi denote the boundary of i = 1, 2, 3. The three curves PI, p 2 , p 3 intersect at point t. Since P; is a normal section of K, the normal curvature K 3 of the boundary in the direction of p 3 is equal to the totaJ curvature of p 3 at t, i.e. it is equal to 1/e. The total curvature K 2 of p 2 is equal to 1 ; hence, the normal curvature of the boundary of Kin this direction is at most I. The set K is convex and PI is a straight line the neighbourhood oft, hence, the minimal curvature of the boundary of K is equal to 0. The maximal curvature is in the direction perpendicular to PI· Let us denote
P;,
F-Norms and Isometries in F-Spaces
433
the maximal curvature by k. Using Euler's formula, we can express the normal curvature of the boundary of Kin the directions of p 2 and p 3 as
where {J is the angle between p 2 and p 1 at point t. Therefore
On the other hand
Hence {J tends to 0 as s--+0; this implies that a--+0, as s--+0. Since for all s the points (1,0,0) and (-1,0,0) belong to K, it follows that for s--+0 the set P~ tends toP~. This leads to a contradiction, because P~ is a circle and P~ is a parallelogram. D
References
Alaoglu, L.: (1940), 'Weak Topologies of Normed spaces', Ann. of Math. (2) 41, 252-267. Albinus, G.: (1970), 'Uber lokal radialbeschrankte oder lokal pseudokonvexe metrisierbare Raume', Math. Nachr. 45, 363-372. Antosik, P. and Mikusinski J.: (1968), 'On Hermite Expansions', Bull. A cad. Pol. Sci. 16, 787-791. Aoki, T.: (1942), 'Locally Bounded Linear Topological Spaces', Proc. Imp. Acad. Tokyo 18, No. 10. Arnold, L.: (1966), Convergence in Probability of Random Power Series and a Related Problem in Linear Topological Spaces, Stat. Lab. Pub!. Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Arnold, L.: (1966b), 'Uber die Konvergenz einer zufalligen Potenzreihe', Jour. Reine Angew. Math. 222, 79-112. Aronszajn, N. and Szeptycki, P. : (1966), 'On General Integral Transformation', Math. Ann. 163, 127-154. Atkinson, F. V. : (1951), 'Normal Solvability of Operators in Normed Spaces' (in Russian), Matem. Sb. 28, 3-14. Atkinson, F. V. : (1953), 'On Relatively Regular Operators', Acta, Sci. Math. Szeged 15,28-56. Auerbach, H.: (1933-35), 'Surles groupes lineaires bornes', Studia Math. 1-4, 113127; II-4, 158-166; III-5, 43-49. Banach, S.: (1922), 'Surles operations dans les ensembles abstraits et leur application aux equations integrales (These de doctorat)', Fund. Math. 3, 133-181. Banach, S. : (1929), 'Surles functionelles lineaires', Studia Math. 1-1,211-216 11-1,223239. Banach, S. : (1932), Thiorie des operations lineaires, Monografie Matematyczne 1, Warszawa. Banach, S.: (1932b), 'Surles transformations biunivoques', Fund. Math.19, 10-16. Banach, S. : (1948), Lectures ofFunctional Analysis (in Ukrainian) (It is an extended version of Banach, 1932), Kiev. Banach, S. and Mazur, S.: (1933), 'Sur Ia dimension lineaires des espaces fonctionnels', C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 196, 86-88.
References
435
Banach, S. and Mazur,S.: (1933b), 'Zur TheoriederlinearenDimension', Studio Math. 4, 100-112. Banach, S. and Steinhaus, H.: (1927), 'Sur le principe de Ia condensations de singularites', Fund. Math. 9, 50-61. Bartle, R., Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.: (1955) 'Weak Compactness and Vector Measures', Canad. Jour. Math. 7, 289-305. Beck, A.: (1962), 'A Convexity Condition in Banach Spaces and the Strong Law of Large Numbers', Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13,329-334. Bessaga, C.: (1958), 'A Note on Universal Banach Space of a Finite Dimension', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 6, 97-101. Bessaga, C.: (1969), 'Some Remarks onDragilev's Theorem', Studio Math. 31,307-318. Bessaga, C.: (1976), 'A Nuclear Frechet Space Without Basis I. Variation on a Theme ofDjakov and Mitiagin', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 24,471-473. Bessaga, C.: (1980), 'A Lipschitz Invariant of Normed Linear Spaces Related to the Entropy Numbers', Rocky Mountains Math. Jour.10, 81-84. Bessaga, C. and Pelczynski, A.: (1957), 'An Extension of the Krein-Milman-Rutman Theorem Concerning Bases to the Case of B0 -spaces', Bull. Acad Pol. Sci. 5, 379383. Bessaga, C. and Pelczynski, A.: (1958), 'On Bases and Unconditional Convergence', Studia Math. 17, 151-164. Bessaga, C. and Pelczynski, A.: (1960), 'On Embedding of Nuclear Spaces into the Space of All Infinite Differentiable Functions on the Real Line' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R.134, 745-748. Bessaga, C. and Pelczynski, A. : (1960b), 'Banach Spaces Non-Isomorphic to Their Cartesian Square', I. Bull. A cad. Polon. Sci. 8, 77-80. Bessaga, C., Pelczynski, A. and Rolewicz, S.: (1957), 'Some Properties of the Norm in F-Spaces', Studio Math.16, 183-192. Bessaga, C., Pelczy"nski, A. and Rolewicz S.: (1957b), 'Some Properties of the Space (s)', Coli. Math. 7, 45-51. Bessaga, C., Pelczynski, A. and Rolewicz, S.: (1962), 'On Diametral Approximative DimensionandLinearHomogeneity ofF-Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 9, 677-683. Bessaga, C., Pelczynski, A. and Rolewicz, S.: (1963), 'Approximative Dimension of Linear Topological Spaces and some Its Applications', Studia Math., Seria Specjalna (Special series) 1, 27-29. Bessaga, C. and Retherford, J. R.: (1967), Lectures on Nuclear Spaces and Related Topics, preprint, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. Bessaga, C. and Rolewicz, S.: (1962), 'On Bounded Sets in F-spaces', Coli. Math. 9, 89-91. Bohnenblust, H. F. and Sobczyk, A.: (1938), 'Extensions of Functionals on Complex Linear Spaces', Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 44,91-93. Bourgin, D. G.: (1943) 'Linear Topological Spaces', Amert Journ. of Math. 65, 637659,
436
References
Burzyk, J.: (1983), 'On Convergence in the Mikusinski Operational Calculus', Stud. Math. 75, 313-333. Charzynski, Z.: (1953), 'Surles transformations isometrique des espaces du type F', Studia Math. 13, 94-121. Cowie, E. R. : (1981), A Note on Uniquely Maximal Banach Spaces, preprint. Crone, L. and Robinson W. B. : (1975) 'Every Nuclear Frechet Space with a Regular Basis Has the Quasi-Equivalence Property', Studia Math. 52, 203-207. Day, M. M.: (1940), 'The Spaces £Pwith 0 < p < 1', Bull. Amer. Math. Soc.46, 816823. Day, M. M.: (1958), Normed Linear Spaces, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. Dieudonne, J.: (1954), 'Surles espaces de Monte! metrisables', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 238, 194-195. Dieudonne, J.: (1955), 'Bounded Sets in F-Spaces', Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6, 729-731. Djakov, P. V.: (1974), 'On Isomorphism of Certain Spaces ofHolomorphic Functions (in Russian), Proceedings of the 6-th Winter School on Mathematical Programming and Related Problems, Drogobych. Djakov, P. V.: (1975), 'A Short Proof of Crone and Robinson Theorem on QuasiEquivalence of Regular Bases', Studia Math. 53, 269-271. Djakov, P. V. and Mityagin, B. S.: (1976) 'Modified Construction of a Nuclear Frechet Space Without a Basis', Jour. Func. Anal. 23,415-423. Djakov, P. V. and Mityagin, B. S.: (1977) The Structure of Polynomial Ideals in the Algebra of Entire Functions, Preprint of Institute of Mathematics of the Polish Academy of Sciences, 123. Douady, A.: (1965), 'Un espace de Banach dont le group lineaires n'est pas connexe', lndag.Math.25, 787-789. Dragilev, M. M.: (1960), 'Canonical Form of a Basis in the Space of Analytic Functions' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk, vyp. 2, 92, 181-188. Dragilev M. M. : (1964), 'On Bases in Nuclear Spaces', Abstract of the Vll-th All-Union Conference on Complex Analysis, Rostov. Dragilev, M. M.: (1965), 'Oa Regular Bases in Nuclear Spaces' (in Russian), Matern. Sb., vyp. 2, 68 (110), 153-173. Dragilev, M. M.: (1969), 'On SpecialDimensionsDefir.ed on Certain Classes of Kothe Spaces', (in Russian), Matern. Sb. 80 (122), 225-240. Dragilev, M. M. : (1970), 'On Multi-Regular Bases in Kothe Spaces' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N.. S.S.S.R 193, 752-755. Dragilev, M. M.: (1970b), 'On Kothe Spaces Distinguishable by Diametral Dimension', (in Russian), Sib. Matem. Zhur. 11, 512-525. Drewnowski, L.: (1972), 'Topological Rings of Sets, Continuous Set Functions, Integration', Bull. A cad. Pol. Sci. 20, I - 269-276, II- 277-286, III- 439-445. Drewnowski, L.: (1972b), 'Equivalence of Brooks-Jewett, Vitali-Hahn-Saks and Nikodym Theorems', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 20,725-731. Drewnowski, L. : (1973), 'Uniformly Boundness Principle for Finitely Additive Vector Measures', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 21, 115-118.
References
437
Drewnowski, L.: (l973b), 'On the Orlicz-Pettis Type Theorem ofKalton', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 21, 515-518. Drewnowski, L.: (1974), 'On Control Submeasures and Measures', Studia Math. 50, 203-224. Drewnowski, L. and Labuda, I. : (1973), 'Sur quelques theoremes du type Orlicz-Petti s II' Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 21, 119-226. Drewnowski, L., Labuda, I. and Lipecki, Z.: (1981), 'Existence of Quasi-Bases for Separable Topological Linear Spaces', Archiv der Mathematik, 37,454-456. Dubinsky, E.: (1971), Every Separable Frechet Space Contains a Non-Stable Dense Subspace', Studia Math. 40,77-79. Dubinsky, E.: (1973), 'Infinite Type Power Series Subspaces of Finite Type Power Series Spaces', Israel Jour. of Math. 15,257-281. Dubinsky, E.: (1975), Concrete Subs paces ofFrechet Nuclear Spaces', Studia Math. 52, 209-219. Dubinsky, E. : (1979), The Structure of Nuclear Frechet Spaces, Springer-Verlag Lecture Notes 720, Berlin. Dubinsky, E.: (1980), 'Basic Sequences in a Stable Finite Type of Power Series', Studia Math. 68, 117-130. Dubinsky, E.: (1981), 'Nuclear Frechet Spaces without the Bounded Approximation Property', Studia Math. 11, 85-105. Dubinsky, E. and Ramanujan, M. S.: (1972), 'On 2-Nuclearity,' Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 128. Dubinsky, E. and Robinson, W.: (1978), 'Quotient Spaces of (s) with Basis', Studia Math. 63, 267-281. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.: (1958), Linear Operators, Part I: General Theory, Interscience Publishers, New York, London. Duren, :J>. L., Romberg, R. G. and Shields, A. L.: (1969), 'Linear Functionals in '1/'P-Spaces with 0 < p < 1',Jour. Reine Angew. Math. 238, 32-60. Dvoretzky, A.: (1963), 'On St'ries in Linear Topological Spaces', Israel Jour. of Math. 1, 37-57. Dvoretzky, A. and Rogers, C. A.: (1950), 'Absolute and Unconditional Convergence in Normed Linear Spaces', Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 36,162-166. Dynin, A. and Mitiagin, B.: (1960), 'Criterion for Nuclearity in Terms of Approximative Dimension', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 8, 535-540. Eberlein, W. F. : (1947), 'Weak Compactness in Banach Spaces I', Proc. Nat. A cad. Sci. USA 33, 51-53. Eidelheit, M. : (1936), 'Zur Theorie der Systeme linearer G leichungen', Studia Math. 6, 139-148. Eidelheit, M. and Mazur, S.: (1938), 'Eine Bemerkung i.iber die Riiume vom Typus F', Studio Math. 1, 159-161. Fenske, Ch. and Schock, E.: (1970), 'Nuklearitiit und lokale Konvexitiit von Folgenriiumen', Math. Nochr. 45, 327-335.
438
References
Figiel, T.: (1969), 'On Non-Linear Isometric Embeddings of Normed Linear Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 16, 185-188. Figiel, T.: (1972), 'An Example oflnfinite-Dimensional Reflexive Banach Space NonIsomorphic to Its Cartesian Square', Studia Math. 42, 295-305. Frechet, M.: (1926), Les espaces abstrait topologiquement affine, Acta Math, 41, 25-52. Gawurin, M. K.: (1936), 'Uber Stieltjessche Integration abstrakten Funktionen', Fund. Math. 27,254-268. Gelfand, I. M.: (1941), 'Norrnierte Ringe', Matern. Sb. 9, 41-49. Gelfand, I. M. and Vilenkin, N. Ya.: (1961), Generalized Functions 4. Some Applications of Harmonic Analysis. Equipped Hilbert Spaces, (in Russian), Gosud. Izd. Fiz.-Mat. Lit., Moscow. Gohberg, I. C. and Krein, M. G. : (1957), 'Fundamental Theorems on Defect Numbers, Root Numbers and Indices of Linear Operators' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk, vyp. 2, 12, 43-118. Goldberg, A. A.: (1959), 'Elementary Remarks on Formulas for the Determining of Orders and Types of Entire Functions of Several Variables' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. Arm. S.S.S.R 29, 145-151. Goldberg, A. A.: (1961), 'On Formulas for the Determining of Orders and Types of Entire Functions of Several Variables' (in Russian), Dokl. i Soobshcheniya uzhgorodskovo Un-ta, Seriya Fiz-Matem. 4, 101-103. Goldstine H. H.: (1931), 'Weakly Compact Banach Spaces', Duke Math. Jour. 4, 125131. Gramsch, B.: (1965), 'Integration und holomorphe Funktionen in lokalbeschrankten Raumen', Math. Ann. 162, 190-210. Gramsch, B.: (1966), 'u-Transformationen in lokalbeschrankten Vektorraumen', Math. Ann. 165, 135-151. Gramsch, B.: (1967), 'Funktionalkalkiil mehrerer Veranderlichen in lokalbeschrankten Algebren', Math. Ann. 114, 311-344. Gramsch, B.: (1967b), 'Tensorprodukte und Integration vektorwertiger Funktionen', Math. Zeitschr. 100, 106-122. Grothendieck, A.: (1951), 'Sur une notion de produit tensoriel topologique d'espaces vectoriels topologiques, et une classe remarquable d'espaces liees a cette notion', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 233, 1556-1558. Grothendieck A.: (1955), 'Resume des resultats essentiels dans le theorie des produits tensoriels topologiques et des espaces nucleaires', Ann. Inst. Fourier 4, 73-112. Grothendieck, A.: (1955b), 'Surles espaces (':1) et (C?J'J), Summa Brasil Math. 3. Grothendieck, A. : (1955), Produit tensoriels topo/ogiques et espaces nuclearies, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 16. Grothendieck, A.: (1956), 'La theorie de Fredholm', Bull. Soc. Math. de France 84 319-384. Griinbaum, B.: (1958), On a Problem of Mazur, Bull. Res. Cauncil of Israel 7F; 133-135.
References
439
Gurarij, W. I.: (1966), 'Spaces of Universal Decomposition, Isotope Spaces and Mazur Problem on Rotation of Banach Spaces' (in Russian), Sib. Matern. Zhur. 7, 10021013. Hahn, H.: (1927), Dber lineare Gleichungen Systeme in linearen Raumen, Jour. Reine. Agnew. Math. 151, 214-229 Holsztynski, W. : (1968), 'Linearization of Isometric Em beddings of Banach Spaces. Metric Envelopes', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 16, 189-193. Hyers, D. M. : (1939), 'Locally Bounded Linear Topological Spaces', Rev. Ci. Lima 41, 558-574. Iyachen, S. 0.: (1968), 'Semi-Convex Spaces', Glasgow Math. Jour. 9 (2), 111-118. James, R. C.: (1950), 'Bases and Reflexivity of Banach Spaces', Ann. of Math. 52,518527. James, R. C.: (1951), 'A Non-Reflexive Banach Space Isometric with Its Second Conjugate', Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 37,174-177. Kakutani, S.: (1936), 'Dber die Metrisation der topologischen Gruppen', Proc. Imp. Acad. Tokyo 12, 82-84. Kalton, N. J.: (1974), 'Basic Sequences in F-Spaces and Their Applications', Proc. Edinburgh Math. Soc. 19, 151-177. Kalton, N. J. : (1974b), 'Topologies on Riesz Groups and Applications to the Measure Theory', Proc. London Math. Soc. 3 (28), 253-273. Kalton, N. J.: (1977), 'Universal Spaces and Universal Bases in Metric Linear Spaces', Studia Math. 61, 161-191. Kalton, N.J.: (1977b), 'Compact and Strictly Singular Operators on Orlicz Spaces', Israel Jour. of Math. 26, 126-137. Kalton, N.J.: (1978), 'Quotients ofF-Spaces', Glasgow Math. Jour.19, 103-108. Kalton, N. J.: (1979), 'A Note on Galbed Spaces', Comm. Math. 21,75-79. Kalton, N. J. : (1980), 'An F-Space with Trivial Dual, where the Krein-Milman Theorem Holds', Israel Jour. of Math. 36,41-50. Kalton, N. J.: (1981), 'Curves with Zero Derivatives in F-Spaces', Glasgow Math. Jour. 22, 19-30. Kalton, N.J.: (1981b), 'Isomorphism between LP-Function Spaces whenp < 1', Jour. Func. Anal. 42, 299-337. Kalton, N. J. and Peck, N. T.: (1979), 'Quotients of Lp(0,1) for 0 ~ p < 1', Studia Math. 64, 65-75. Kalton, N. J. and Peck N. T. :, (1981), 'A Re-Examination of the Roberts Example of a Compact Convex Sets without Extreme Points', Math. Ann. 253,89-101. Kalton, N.J. and Roberts, J. W.: (1981), 'A Rigid Subspace of L 0 ', Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 266, 645-654. Kalton, N.J. andShapiro,J. H.: (1975), 'An F-Space with Trivial Dual and Non-Trivial Compact Endomorphism' Israel Jour. of Math. 20, 282-291. Kalton, N. J. and Shapiro, J.H.: (1976) 'Bases and Basic Sequences in F-Spaces', Studia Math. 56, 47-61.
440
References
Kalton, N.J. and Wood, G. V.: (1976), 'Orthonormal Systems in Banach Spaces and Their Applications', Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 79,493-510. Klee, V. L.: (1952), 'Invariant Metrics in Groups', Proc. A mer. Math. Soc. 3, 484-487. Klee, V. L.: (1956), 'An Example in the Theory of Topological Linear Spaces', Arch. Math. 71, 362-366. Klee, V. L. : (1958), 'On the Borel ian and Projective Types of Linear Subspaces', Math. Scan. 6, 189-199. Klee, V. L. : (1960), 'Polyhedral Sections of Convex Bodies', Acta Math.103, 243-267. Klee, V. L.: (1961), Exotic Topologies/or Linear Spaces, Symp. of General Topology and Its Relations to Modern Algebra, Prague. Klein Ch. and Rolewicz, S.: (1984), On Riemann Integration of Functions with Values in Linear Topological Spaces, Studia Math. 80 Kolmogorov, A. N. (Kolmogoroff, A): (1935), 'Zur Normierbarkeit eines allgemeinen topologischen Raumes', Studia Math. 5, 29-33. Kolmogorov, A. N.: (1958), 'On Linear Dimension of Topological Vector Spaces' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R. 120, 239-241. Kolmogorov, A. N. and Tichomirov, W. M.: (1959), 'e-Entropy and e-Capacity of Sets in Functional Spaces' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk, vyp. 2, 16 (89), 3-86. Komura, T. and Komura, Y.: (1966), 'Uber die Einbettung der nuklearen Riiume in (s)il', Math. Ann. 162,284-288. Komura, Y. : (1966), 'Die Nuklearitiit der Losungriiume der hypoelliptischen Gleichungen', Funkcialaj Ekvacioj9, 313-324. Kondakov, V. P. : (1974), 'On Quasi-Equivalence of Regular Bases in Kothe Spaces' (in Russian), Matern. Analiz i ego pril. RGU 5, 210--213. Kondakov, V. P.: (1979), 'On Orderable Absolute Bases in F-Spaces' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R. 247, 543-546. Kondakov, V. P. : (1980), 'On Properties of Bases in Certain Kothe Spaces' (in Russian), Funke. Analiz i ego pril. 14, 58-59. Kondakov, V. P.: (1983), 'On Construction of Unconditional Bases in Certain Kothe Spaces (in Russian.) Studia Math. 76, 137-157. Kondakov, V. P.: (1983b), Problems of Geometry of Non-Normed Spaces (in Russian), Rostov University Publication. Krasnoselski, M. A'and Rutitski, Ya. B.: (1958), Convex Functions and Orlicz Spaces (in Russian), Go~ud. lzd. Fiz.-Mat. Lit., Moscow. Krein, M. G. and Milman, D.P.: (1940), 'On Extreme Points of Regularly Convex Sets', Stud. Math. 9, 133-138. Krein, M. G., Milman, D. P. and Rutman L. A.: (1940), 'On a Property of a Basis in a Banach Space' (in Russian), Zap. Khark. Matern. T-va 4, 106-110. Krein, S. G. : (1960), 'Operators in a Scale of Banach Spaces', Rep. of Conference on Functional Analysis, Warsaw. Kwapien, S.: (1968), 'Complement au theoreme de Sazonov-Minlos', Compt. Rend. ' Ac44. Paris 267, 698-700,
References
441
Labuda, I. : (1972), 'Sur quelques generalisation des theoremes de Nikodym et de Vitali-Hahn-Saks', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 20,447-456. Labuda, I.: (1973), 'Sur quelques theoremes du type d'Orlicz-Pettis, I', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 21, 127-132. Labuda, I.: (1975), 'Ensembles convexes dans les espaces d'Orlicz', Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 281, 443-445. Labuda, I. and Lipecki, Z.: (1982), 'On Subseries Convergent Series and m-QuasiBases in Topological Linear Spaces', Manuscripta Math. 38, 87-98. Landsberg, M.: (1956), 'Lineare topologische Raume die nicht lokalkonvex sind', Math. Zeitschr. 65,104-112. Leray, J.: (1950), 'Valeur propres d'un endomorphisms completement continue d'un espace vectoriels a voisinages convexes', Acta Sci. Math. Szeged, Pars B, 12, 177186. Ligaud, J. P. : (1971), 'Solution d'un probleme de S. Rolewicz sur les espaces nudeaires', Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. serie A, 273, 113-114. Ligaud, J. P. : (1973), 'On example d'espace nucleaire dont le dual topologique est reduit a zero', Studia Math. 46, 149-151. Lindenstrauss, J. and Pelczynski, A. : (1968), 'Absolutely Summing Operators in £pSpaces and Their Applications', Studia Math. 29,275-326. Lipecki, Z. : (1982), On Independent Sequences in Topological Linear Spaces (preprint). Lorch, E. R. : (1939), 'Bicontinuous Linear Transformations in Certain Vector Spaces', Bull Amer. Math. Soc. 45, 564-569. Lusky, W.: (1976), 'Th~ Gurarij Spaces are Unique', Arch. Mat. 27, 627-635. Lusky, W.: (1979), 'A Note on Rotations in Separable Banach Spaces', Studia Math. 65, 239-242. Luxemburg, W. A. J. and Zaanen, A. C. : (1963), 'Compactness of Integral Operators in Banach Function Spaces', Math. Ann. 149 (2), 150--180. Luxemburg, W. A. J. and Zaanen, A. C.: (1971), Riesz Spaces I, North-Holland, Amsterdam, London. Mankiewicz, P. : (1972), 'On Extension of Isometries in Normed Linear Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 20, 367-371. Mankiewicz, P.: (1976), 'On lsometries in Linear Metric Spaces', Studia Math. 55, 163-173. Mankiewicz, P.: (1979), 'Fat Equicontinuous Groups of Homeomorphisms of Linear Topological Spaces and their Application to the Problem of lsometries in Linear Metric Spaces', Studia Math. 64, 13-23. Marcus, ·M. and Woyczynski, W.: (1977), 'Domaine d'attraction normal dans les espaces de type stable p', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris A285, 915-917. Marcus, M. and Woyczynski, W.: (1978), 'A Necessary Condition for the Central Limit Theorem on Spaces of Stable Type', Proc. Conf Dublin, Springer Lecture Notes 644, 327-339. Marcus, M. and 'Yoyczynski, W. : (1979), 'Stable Measures and Central Limit Theorems in Spaces of Stable Type', Tran. Amer. Math. Soc. 251, 71-102.
442
References
Matuszewska, W. and Orlicz, W.: (1961), 'A Note on the Theory of s-Normed Spa ces of Integrable Functions' Studia Math. 21, 107-115. Matuszewska, W. and Orlicz, W.: (1968), 'A Note on Modular Spaces IX', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 16, 801-807. Maurey, B.: (1972), 'Integration dans les espaces p-normes', Ann. Sci. Norm. Sup. Pisa 26 (4), 911-931. Maurey, B. and Pisier, G.: (1973), 'Un theoreme d'extrapolation et ses consequences', Camp. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 277, 39-42. Maurey, B. and Pisier, G.: (1976), 'Series de variables aleatoires vectorielles independantes et properties geometriques desespacesde Banach', Studia Math. 58,45-90. Mazur, S.: (1930), 'Ober die kleinste konvexe Mengen, die eine gegebene kompakte Menge enthiilt', Studia Math. 2, 7-9. Mazur, S.: (1938), 'Surles anneaux lineaires', Camp. Rend. Acad. Paris 207, 10251027. Mazur, S. and Orlicz, W.: (1933), 'Ober Folgen linearen Operationen', Studia Math. 4, 152-157. Mazur, S. and Orlicz, W.: (1948), 'Surles esnaces lineaires metriques I', Studia Math. 10, 184-208. Mazur, S. and Orlicz, W.: (1953), 'Surles espaces lineaires metriques II', Studia Math. 13,137-179. Mazur, S. and Orlicz, W.: (1958), 'On Some Classes of Linear Spaces', Studia Math. 27,97-119. Mazur, S. and Sternbach, L. : (1933), 'Ober die Borelschen Typen von linearen Mengen', Studia Math. 4, 48-53. Mazur, S. and Ulam, S. : (1932), 'Sur les transformations isometriques d'espaces vectoriels normes', Camp. Rend. Acad. Paris 194, 946-948. Metzler, R. C.: (1967), 'A Remark on Bounded Sets in Linear Topological Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 15, 317-318. Mityagin, B.S.: (1960), 'Relation between e-Entropy, Speed of Approximation and Nuclearity of a Compact in a Linear Space' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R. 134, 765-768. Mityagin, B.S.: (1961), 'Approximative Dimension and Bases in Nuclear Spaces' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk 16, 63-132. Mityagin, B. S. : (1969), 'Sur I'equivalence des bases inconditionelles dans les echelles de Hilbert', Camp. Rend. Acad. Paris 269,426-428. Mityagin, B.S.: (1970), 'Frechet Spaces with a Unique Unconditional Basis', Studia Math. 38, 23-34. Mityagin, B.S.: (1971), 'Equivalence of Unconditional Bases in Hilbert Scales' (in Russian), Studia Math. 37, 111-137. Mityagin, B.S. and Henkin, G. M.: (1963), 'Estimations between Diameters of Different Types (in Russian), Trudy Sem. Funke. Analiza Voronezhskogo Univ. 7, 97-103.
References
443
Mityagin, B.S. and Henkin, G. M.: (1970), 'Linear Decomposition of Singularities and a Problem of Isomorphism of Holomorphic Functions' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk 25, 227-228. Mityagin, B. S. and Henkin, G. M. : (1971), 'Linear Problems of Complex Analysis', (in Russian) Usp. Matern. Nauk 26 (4), 93-152. Mityagin, B.S. and Zobin, N. M.: (1974), 'Contre-Exemple a !'existence d'une base dans un espace de Frechet nucleaire', C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. A 279, 255-258, 325-327. Moscatelli, B.: (1978), 'On the Existence of Universal A.-Nuclear Fn\chet Spaces', Jour. Reine Angew. Math. 301, 1-26. Musial, K., Ryii-Nardzewski, C. and Woyczynski, W. A.: (1974), 'Convergence presque sure des series aleatoires vectorielles a multiplicateur bornes', Cornp. Rend. Acad. Paris 219, 225-228. Musielak, J. : (1978), Modular Spaces (in Polish), Wyd. UAM, Poznan. Musielak, J. and Orlicz, W.: (1959), 'On Modular Spaces', Studia Math. 18, 49-65. Musielak, J. and Orlicz, W.: (1959b), 'Some Remarks on Modular Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 7, 661-668. Nakano, H.: (1950), Modulared Serniordered Spaces, Maruzen Co. Ltd., Tokyo. Ogrodzka, Z.: (1967), 'On Simultaneous Extensions of Infinitely Differentiable Functions', Studia Math. 28, 193-207. Orlicz, W.: (1929), 'Beitrlige zur Theorie der Orthogonalentwicklungen II', Studia Math. 1, 241-255. Orlicz, W.: (1933), 'Dber unbedingte Konvergenz in Funktionenrliumen', Studia Math. 4, I - 33-37, I I - 41-47. Orlicz, W. : (1933b), 'Ober die Divergenz von allgemeinen Orthogonalreihen', Studia Math. 4, 27-32. Orlicz, W.: (1936), 'Beitrlige zur Theorie der Orthogonalentwicklungen V', Studia Math. 6, 20-38. Orlicz, W. : (1951), 'On a Class of Assymptotically Divergent Sequences of Functions', Studia Math. 12, 286-307. Orlicz, W.: (1955), 'On Perfectly Convergent Series' (in Polish), Prace Matern. 1, 393-414. Paley, R. and Zygmund, A.: (1932), 'A Note on Analytic Functions in the Unit Circle', Proc. Carnbr. Phil. Soc. 28, 266-272. Pallaschke, D.: (1973), 'The Compact Endomorphism of the Metric Linear Space {!p ', Studia Math. 41, 123-133. Peck, N. T.: (1965), 'On Non-Locally Convex Spaces I', Math. Ann. 161, 102-115. Peck, N. T.: (1968), 'On Non-Locally Convex Spaces II', Math. Ann. 178,209-218. Pelczynski, A.: (1957), 'On the Approximation of S-Spaces by Finite-Dimensional Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 5, 879-881. Pelczynski, A. : (1962), 'A Proof of Grothendieck Theorem on Characterization of Nuclear Spaces' (in Russian), Prace Matern. 1, 155-167.
444
References
Pelczynski, A.: (1969), 'Universal Bases', Studia Math. 32, 247-269. Pelczynski, A. and Rolewicz, S.: (1962), Best Norms with Respect to Isometry Groups in Normed Linear Spaces, Short communication on International Math. Congress in Stockholm, 104. Pelczynski, A. and Semadeni, Z.: (1960), 'Banach Spaces Non-Isomorphic to Their Cartesian Square II', Bull. A cad. Pol. Sci. 8, 81-84. Pelczynski, A. and Singer, I.: (1964), 'On Non-Equivalent Bases and Conditional Bases in Banach Spaces', Studia Math. 25, 5-25. Petrov, V. V.: (1975), Sums of Independent Random Variables, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. Pettis, B. J.: (1938), 'On Integration in Vector Spaces', Trans. A mer. Math. Soc. 44, 277-304. Pettis, B. J.: (1939), 'Absolutely Continuous Functions in Vector Spaces (abstract)', Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45, 677. Phelps, R. R.: (1966), Lectures on Choquet's Theorem, Van Noorstrand Co., Princeton. Pietsch, A.: (1963), 'Absolut summierende Abbildungen in lokalkonvexen Raumen', Math. Nachr. 21, 77-103. Pietsch, A.: (1965), Nukleare lokalkonvexe Riiumen, Akademie Verlag, Berlin. Pietsch, A.: (1967), 'Absolut p-summierende Abbildungen in normierten Raumen', Studia Math. 28, 333-353. Popov, M. M.: (1984) On Codimension of Subspaces Lp(!'), p<1 (in Russian), Funke. Analiz i ewo prilohzenija. Prekopa, A,: (1956), On Stochastic Set Functions I, Acta Math. Sci. Hung. 7, 215-263. Przeworska-Rolewicz, D. and Rolewicz, S.: (1966), 'On Integrals of Functions with Values in a Linear Metric Complete Space', Studia Math. 26, 121-131. Przeworska-Rolewicz, D. and Rolewicz, S.: (1968), Equations in Linear Spaces, Mon. Matern. 47, PWN, Warszawa. Raikov, D. A.: (1957), 'On a Property of Nuclear Spaces' (in Russian), Usp. Matern. Nauk, vyp. 5, 12 (77), 231-236. Ramanujan, M.S.: (1970), 'Power Series Spaces A(a) and associatedA(a) Nuclearity', Math. Ann. 189, 161-168. Ritt, J. F.: (1928), 'Certain Points in the Theory of Dirichlet Series', Amer. Jour. of Math. 50, 73-86. Roberts, J. W. : (1976), Pathological Compact Convex Sets in the Space Lp, 0
References
445
Rolewicz, S.: (1959b), 'On Functions with Derivatives Equal to 0' (in Polish), Wiadomosci Matern. 3, 127-128. Rolewicz, S.: (1959c), 'Remarks on Linear Metric Monte! Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 7, 195-197. Rolewicz, S.: (1960), 'On So:ne Generalization of Dvoretzky-Rogers Theorem', Col/. Math. 8, 103-106. Rolewicz, S.: (1961), 'On the Characterization of Schwartz Spaces by Properties of the Norm', Studia Math.lO, 87-92. Rolewicz, S. : (1962), 'On Spaces of HolomorphicFunctions', Stud. Math. 21, 135-160. Rolewicz, S.: (1962), 'On Cauchy-Hadamard Formula for Kothe Power Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 10, 211-216. Rolewicz, S.: (1966), 'PI~ne Sections of Centrally Symmetric Convex Bodies', Israel Jour. of Math. 4, 135-138. Rolewicz, S.: (1968), 'A Generalization of the Mazur-Uiam Theorem', Studia Math. 31, 501-505. Rolewicz, S.: (1971), 'An Example of a Normed Space Non-Isomorphic to Its Product by the Real Line', Studia Math. 40, 71-75. Rolewicz, S. : (1976), Funktionalanalysis und Steurungstheorie, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. Rolewicz, S. and Ryii-Nardzewski, Cz.: (1967), 'On Unconditional Convergence in Line1r Metric Spaces', Colt. Math. 17, 327-331. Rosenberger, B.: (1972), '.P-nukleare Raume', Math. Nachr. 52, 147-160. Rosenberger, B.: (1973), 'Universal Generator for Varieties of Nuclear Spaces', Trans. A mer. Math. Soc. 184, 275-290. Ryii-Nardzewski, Cz.: (1962), 'Example of a Non-Separable B0 -Space in which every Bounded Set is Separable', Colt. Math. 9, 93-94. Ryii-Nardzewski, Cz. and Woyczynski, W.: (1974), Convergence en measure des series atetoires vectoriels a multip/icateur borne, Sem. Maurey-Schwartz 1973-1974, Anncxe Juin 1974. Schauder, J.: (1927), 'Zur Theorie stetiger Abbildungen in Funktionalrliumen', Math. Zeitr. 26, 47-65. Schauder, J.: (1930), 'Uber lineare, vollstetige Funktionaloperatoren', Studia Math. 2, 183-196. Schwartz, L.: (1953), 'Homomorphismes et applications continue', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 236, 2472-2473. Schwartz, L.: (1969), 'Un theoreme de Ia convergence dans les LP, O~p~ +=', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 268,704-706. Shapiro, J. H.: (1969), 'Examples of Proper Closed Weakly Dense Subs paces in Non-Locally Convex F-spaces', Israel Jour. of Math. 7, 369-380. Shapiro, J.H.: (1977), 'Remarks on F-Spaces of Analytic Functions', Proc. of Kent. State Con/, Springer Lecture Notes 604, 107-124. Shapiro, J. H. : (1978), 'Subspaces of LP(G) Spanned by Characters: O
446
References
Sierpinski, W.: (1928), 'Sur les ensembles complets d'un espace (D)', Fund. Math. 11, 203-205. Simmons, S.: (1964), 'Boundness in Linear Topological Spaces', Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 113, 169-180. Singer, I.: (1961), 'On Banach Spaces with Symmetric Basis' (in Russian), Rev. Math. Pure Appl. (Acad. RPR) 6, 159-166. Singer, I.: (1962), 'Some Characterization of Symmetric Bases in Banach Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 10, 185-192. Slowikowski, W.: (1957), 'On c5 and CZlc5-Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 5, 599-600. Smulian, V. : (1940), 'Ober lineare topologische Raume', Matern. Sb. 7 (49), 425-448. Srinivasan, V .K.: (1966), Funktional Analysis and Its Applications, Ph.D. thesis at Univ. of Madras. Sundaresan, K. and Woyczynski, W.: (1980), 'Laws of Large Numbers and Beck Convexity in Metric Linear Spaces', Jour. of Multivariate Analysis 10, 442--457. Stiles, W. J.: (1970), 'On Properties ofSubspaces of lp, O
References
447
Turpin, Ph. : (1975b), Integration par rapport a une measure a valeurs dans un espace vectoriels non suppose localement convexe, Coil. sur !'Integration vectoriels, Caen, Mai 1975. Turpin, Ph.: (1975c), 'Une measure vectorielle non bornee', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 280, 509-511. Turpin, Ph. : (1978), 'Fubini Inequalities and Bounded Multiplier Property in Generalized Modular Spaces', Comm. Math., Tomus specialis in honorem Ladislai Orlicz, 331-353. Turpin, Ph. : (1978b), 'Properties of Orlicz-Pettis or Nikodym Type and Barrelledness Conditions', Ann. Inst. Fourier 28 (3), 67-85. Turpin, Ph.: (198 ), 'The Range of Atomless Vector Measures, Comm. Math. 23. Turpin, Ph. and Waelbroeck, L. : (1968), 'Sur l'approximation des fonctions differentiables a valeurs dans les espaces vectoriels topologiques', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 261, 94--97. Turpin, Ph. and Waelbroeck, L.: (1968b), 'Integration et fonctions holomorphes dans les espaces localement pseudo-convexes', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 261, 160-162. Turpin, Ph. and Wae1broeck, L.: (1968c), 'Algebres localement pseudo-convexes a inverse continue', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 261, 194-195. Urbanik, K. and Woyczynski, W.: (1967), 'A Random Integral and Orlicz Spaces', Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 15, 162-169. Vogt, D.: (1967), 'Integration Theorie in p-normierten Raumen', Math. Ann. 113, 219-232. Vogt, D. : (1982), An Example of a Nuclear Frechet Space without the Bounded Approximation Property, preprint. Waelbroeck, L.: (1967), 'Some Theorems about Bounded Structure', Jour. Funct. Anal. 1, 392--408. Waelbroeck, L.: (1967b), 'Differentiable Mappings into b-Spaces', Jour. Funct. Anal. 1, 409-418. Waelbroeck, L.: (1977), 'A Rigid Topological Vector Space', Studia Math. 59,227-234 Whitley, R. J.: (1967), 'An Elementary Proof of the Eberlein-Smulian Theorem', Math. Ann. 112, 116--118. Wiliamson, J. H.: (1954), 'Compact Linear Operators in Linear Topological Spaces', Jour. London Math. Soc. 29, 149-156. Wobst, R.: (1975), 'lsometrien in metrischen Vektorraumen', Studia Math. 54, 41-53. Wojtynski, W.: (1969), 'On Conditional Bases in Non-Nuclear Frechet Spaces', Studia Math. 35, 77-96. Wood, G. V.: (1981), Maximal Symmetry in Banach Spaces, preprint. Woyczynski, W.: (1969), 'Sur Ia convergence des series dans 1es espaces du type (L)', Comp. Rend. Acad. Paris 268, 1254--1257. Woyczynski, W.: (1970), 'lnd-Additive Functionals on Random Vectors', Diss. Math. 72, PWN, Warszawa.
-
--
448
References
Woyczyitski, W.: (1974), 'Strong Laws of Large Numbers in Certain Linear Spaces', Ann. Inst. Fourier, 24, 205-223. Woyczyitski W.: (1975), Geometry and Martingales in Banach Spaces, Springer Lecture Notes 472, 235-283. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1967) 'On Bases and Isomorphism of Analytic Functions on Convex Domains of Several Variables' (in Russian), Teoriya Funktsii i Funkts. Analiz 5, 5-12. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1967b), 'On Prolongable Bases in Spaces of Analytic Functions of One and Several Variables' (in Russian), Sib. Matern. Zhur. 7, 277-292. Zah1riuta, V. P. : (1968), 'On Quasi-Equivalence of Bases in Finite Centre of Hilbert Sc1les' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R. 180, 786-788. Zahariuta, V. P. : (1970), 'Spaces of Functions of one Variable, Analytic on Open Sets and on Compacts' (in Russian), Matern. Sb. 82, (124), 84--89. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1970b), 'On Isomorphism of Cartesian Product of Linear Topological Spaces of Functions' (in Russian), Funkts. Analiz, vyp. 2, 4, 87-88. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1970c), 'Propolongable Bases in Spaces of Analytic Functions on Multicircular Domains' (in Russian), Sib. Matern. Zhur. 11, 793-809. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1973), 'On the Isomorphism of Cartesian Products of Locally convex Spaces' Studia Math. 46, 201-221. Zahariuta, V. P.: (1975), 'On Isomorphism and Quasi-Equivalence of Bases in Power Kothe Spaces' (in Russian), Dokl. A.N. S.S.S.R 221, 772-774. Zahariuta, V.P.: (1976), 'On Isomorfism and Quasi-Equivalence of Bases in Power Kothe Spaces' (in Russian), Proceedings of the 7-th Winter School on Mathematical Programming and Related Problems, Drogobych (1974, ed. in Moscow, 1976), 101-126. Zelazko, W.: (1960), 'On the Locally Bounded and m-Convex Topological Algebras', Studia Math. 19, 333-356. Zelazko, W.: (1965), 'Metric Generalizations of Banach Algebras', Diss. Math. 47, PWN, Warszawa. Zelazko, W.: (1972), 'A Power Series with a Finite Domain of Convergence', Comm. Math. 15, 115-117. Added in proof·
Dragilev, M.M.: (1983), Bases in Kothe spaces (in Russian), Rostov University Publications.
Subject Index
abscissa of convergence of Dirichlet series 373 absolute -basis 292 - p-convex hull 298 absolutely -convergent series 315 - p-convex set 94 - summing operator 311 absorbing set 40 additive operator 36 admissible pseudonorm 326 affine group property 392 algebra 173, 174 -commutative 174 - F* 174 - locally bounded 174 - semisimple 177 almost transitive norm 410 analytic function 124, 125 approximative dimension 264, 268 - - diametral 274 -needle point 241
balanced set Banach space 96 bases - equivalent 70 - quasi-equivale'nt 335 - semi-equivalent 333
basic sequence 67 - -represented by a matrix 33.3 - sequences equivalent 70 basis 67 - absolute 292, 329 -block 72 - functionals 69 -Hamel 76 -regular 335 - of the type d1 292 , - - - - d . 293 - Schauder 67 - standard 74 - unconditional 329 PF* - space 52 block basis 72 Bochner-Lebesgue integral 123 B0 -space 93 B:-space 93 bonuded - approximation property 332 - measure 130 -multiplier convergent series 154 - operator 37 -sequence 37 -set 37
Cauchy condition 18 Cauchy-Hadamard formula 376
450
Subject Index
Cauchy sequence 18 C-bounding point 222 centre of a Hilbert scale 340 -----finite 340 -----infinite 140 chain 46 characteristic function of a random variable 146 C-intemal point 222 closed convex hull 223 cluster point - - o f a set 33 - - of a family of sets 33 compact - measure 132 - operator 206, 288 complementary function to a convex function 199 complete -space 18 - set in a linear topological space 34 completion - of a linear topological space 35 - of a metric space 21 complex rational numbers 28 condition -Cauchy 18 -(.d.) 10 - (.d~) 11 - (.d~') 12 - (0) 173 - R 288 conjugate space 39, 199 consistent family ofF-norms 46 continuous linear - - functional 39 - - operator 39 continuously imbedded subspace 77 convergent sequence 2 convex - function 111 -hull 221 -set 89,221
-transitive norm 415 co-universal space 63 C-sequence 165 C*-space 73 C-space 166
J-divergent zone 245 derivative of a vector valued function 198 diametral approximative dimension 274 Dirichlet series 371 - - entire 371 distribution of a random variable 146 domain - of an operator 35 - proper of an integral operator 84 dominated convergence theorem 84
element invertible 175 e-capacity 264 e-net 265 equicontinuous family of operators 39 equivalent -bases 70 - basic sequence 70 - F-norms 5 - metrics 2 extreme -point 238 -subset 238
finite - centre of a Hilbert scale 340 - dimensional operator 206 - e-net 265 finitely supported function 46 £*-algebra 174 4>-operator 294 F-norm 4 F-norms equivalent 5 F-pseudonorm 15
Subject Index F-space 22 F*-space 5 F*-space quotient 5 functional - continuous linear 39 - dimension 369 -linear 39 - Minko'wski 188 - multiplicative linear 176 -non-trivial linear 75, 187 function - analytic 124, 125 - complementary to a convex function 199 -convex 111 - finitely supported 46 - measurable 133 - Riemann integrable 120 functions -equivalent on an interval (0, +oo) 112 - equivalent at infinity 112 - - a t 0 112 fundamental - family of sets 33 -sequence 18
r-closed set 226 r-closure 226 r-compact set 226 r-continuous functional 226 r-topology 226 G6 -set 20
Haar system 75 Hamel basis 76 Hermitian derivative 350 Hilbert scale 340 Hilbert-Schmidt operator 320 Hilbert space 22 homogeneous random measure 146
451
identically distributed random variables 183 independent random - - measures 145 - - variables 138 index 290 inequality - Kolmogorov-Kchintchin 169 -Markov 346 - Paley-Zygmund 138 - Tchebyscheff 137 -Young 199 integral - Bochner-Lebesque 123 -of a simple function with respect to a vector measure 134 - Riemann 120, 126 integration of a scalar valued function with respect to L"' -bounded measure 143, 145 invariant metric 2 inverse 175 invertible element 175 isometry 390 isomorphic spaces 44
Kolmogorov-Kchintchin inequality 169 Kothe power spaces 285 - - - of finite type 285 - - - of infinite type 285
Levy-Kchintchin formula 147 linear - codimension 62 - dimension 45 - functional 39 - operator 36 -space 1 - topological space 33, 223 locally
Subject Index
452 - bounded algebra 174 --space 95 - compact space 250 - convex space 93, 225 - p-convex space 90 - pseudoconvex space 90, 93
Markov inequality 346 maximal norm 409 M-basis sequence 76 measurable function 133 measure 128 - bounded 130 - compact 132 -independentrandom 145 - L"' -bounded 135 - non-atomic vector 145 - separable 27 - a-finite 10 -space 10 -variation of 128 - vector valued 128 metric 1 - invariant 2 - linear space - stronger than 2 metric equivalent 2 metrizable topological linear space 33 metrized modular space 10 metrizing modular 6 Minkowski functional 188 m-quasi-basis 76 modular 6 - metrizing 6 -space 10 modulus of concavity - - - of a set 89 - - - of a space 96 monotone -- convergence theorem 83 -norm 48 Monte! space 251
multiplication 173 mulitplicative-linear functional 176
near isomorphism 290 needle point 241 - - approximative 241 --space 250 non-atomic vector measure 145 non-decreasing norm 7 non-trivial continuous linear functional 75, 187 norm 4 -almost transitive 410 -convex transitive 415 - equivalent to 5 - maximal 409 - monotone 48 - non-decreasing 7 -nuclear 309 -of a basis 103 - submultiplicative 174 - symmetric 421, 425 - stronger than 5 - transitive 410 normal sequence of subdivisions 120 normed space 96 nowhere dense set 18 nuclear -norm 309 - operator 308 -space 296
operator -absolutely summing 317 - additive 36 -bounded 37 - compact 206, 288 - continuous linear 36 - finite dimensional 206 - Hilbert-Schmidt 320 -linear 36
Subject Index - nuclear 308 Orlicz space 11
Paley-Zygmunt inequality 138 perfectly bounded sequence 173 p-homogeneous pseudonorm 90 plane of symmetry 420 point extremal 238 polynomials Tschebyscheff 137 precompact set 255 pre-Hilbert space 18 product space 6 proper domain of an integral operator 84 propertyP({A.n}) 135 pseudoconvex set 89 pseudonorm 93 -admissible 326 - p-homogeneous 90
quasi-norm 211, 252 quasi-equivalent bases 335 quotient - F*-space 5 -space 5
Rademacher sequence 138 random variable 136, 183 --symmetric 147, 183 random variables --identically distributed 183 - - independent 138, 183 reflexive space 229 regular -basis 333 -space 283 Riemann -integrable function 120 -integral 120, 126 rigid space 210 rotation 390
453
Schwartz space 256 section 46 semi-equivalent bases 335 semisimple algebra 177 separable -measure 27 -space 26 sequence -bounded 37 -Cauchy 18 -convergent 2 -fundamental 18 - linearly independent 75 -linearly m-independent 76 - of independent random variables 138, 183 - perfectly bounded 173 -Rademacher 138 - topologically linearly independent 76 -weakly convergent 76, 130 series -absolutely convergent 315 -bounded multiplier convergent 154 -unconditionally convergent 152 set - absolutely p-convex 94 - absorbing 40 -balanced 1 -bounded 37 -convex 89 - F-closed 226 - r-compact 226 - G6 20 - nowhere dense 18 - of the first category 18 - of the second category 18 - precompact 255 - pseudoconvex 89 - a-finite 10 -solid 77 - starlike 89 - starshaped 89
454
Subject Index
- totally bounded 255 - tree-like 46 - unfriendly 79 smooth point 401 solid -set 77 -space 77 space -Banach 96 93 - B0 93 -PF* 52 -complete metric 18 space complete metric linear 19 - conjugate 39, 199 - c 15 -Co 15 - C(!l) 14 - C(!l/!1 0) 15 - C[a,b] 15 - C"'(!l) 16 - Co(!l) 16 - couniversal 63 -F22 -F* 5 - having trivial dual 39 -Hilbert 22 - C)( ~(D) 354 - 'H(D) 355 - qe~ 355 - Kothe power of finite type 285 - Kothe power of infinite type 285 -linear 1 - - topological 33, 223 - locally bounded 95 - - compact 250 - - convex 93, 225 - - p-convex 90 - - pseudoconvex 90, 93 -/P 13 -LP 12 - LP [a,b] 12 - LP am,n) 17
-B:
-
LP(Q, :E, p) 12 L 0 (!l, :E, p) 16, L (!1, :E, p) 14
-metric 1 - metric linear 1 - metrizable 33 - metrized modular 10 -modular 10 -Monte! 251 -m 14 - M 14 - M[a, b] 14 - M(am,n) 17 - M(!l,:E, p) 14 - needle point 242 -normed 96 - nuclear 296 - N(l) 13 -N(L) 13 - N (L[a, b]) 13 -
N(L(!l, :E, p)) 11
- of Dirichlet series 371 - of the type d1 292 - of the type d 2 293 -of the typed;, i = l, 2 338 - Orlicz 11 -pre-Hilbert 18 -quotient 5 - reflexive 229 - regular 283 -rigid 210 - Schwartz 256 - second conjugate 229 - separable 26 -solid 77 -strictly galbed 157 - (s) 12 - S [a, b] 12 - S(!l, :E, p) 12 - c5(En) 17 -
S(A,n) 371 S{;,n) (R) 373
- s&n)
375
Subject Index:
- s(~~> 375 340 - topological linear 33, 223 - universal 45 - - with respect to isometry 436 - - - - - isomorphism 45 - - - - - linear codimension 63 - - - - - - dimension 45 -with arbitrarily short lines 196 - - bounded norms 389 - -non-trivial dual 187 - without arbitrarily short lines 52 - with strong Krein-Milman property 391 - with trivial dual 187 - (Xi)(s) 31 spaces - isomorphic 44 - nearly isomorphic 290 sprctrum 181 standard basis 74 starlike set 89 starshaped set 89 subgroup - equicontinuous 391 -fat 391 submultiplicative norm 174 subspace 5 surjection 400 symmetric norm 421, 425 Tchebyscheff inequality 137 - polynomials 137 topological linear space 33, 223 -0'
455
topology of bounded convergence 39 totally bounded set 255 total family of linear functionals 44, 195, 226 . transitive norm 410 tree-like set 46 triangle inequality 1
unconditional basis 329 unconditionally convergent series 152 unfriendly set 79 unit of na algebra 174 ·universal space 45 - - with respect to isometry 426 - - - -- - isomorhism 45 - - - - - linear codimension 63 - - - - - linavr dimension 45
variation of a vector valued measure 128 vector valued measure 128
weakly convergent sequence 76, 230 weak - topology 226 - - of functionals 226 - *-topology 226
Young inequality 199
Author Index
Alaoglu, L. 228, 434 Albinus, G. 95, 434 Antosik, P. 350, 434 Aoki, T. 95, 434 Arnold, L. 124, 434 Aronszajn, N. 79, 80, 85-87, 434 Atkinson, F.V. 291, 434 Auerbach, H. 298, 408, 434
Banach, S. 5, 39, 42, 43, 86, 100, 101, 168, 410, 427, 434, 435 Baire, R. 18 Bartle, R. 435 Beck, A. 435 Bessaga, C. 52, 65, 66, 107, 167, 168, 196, 237, 238, 252, 254, 274, 275, 277, 385, 389, 427, 428, 435 Bohnenblust, H.F. 191, 445 Bourgin, D.G. 252, 435 Burzyk, J. 307, 436
Charzyilski, Z. 390, 436 Cowie, E.R. 416,436 Crone, E.R. 335, 436
Day, M.M. 195,436 Dieudonne, J. 252, 254, 436 Djakov, P.V. 331, 333, 436
Douady, A. 291, 436 Dragilev, M.M. 286, 287, 335--338, 436, 448 Drewnowski, L. 76, 77, 124, 133, 436, 437 Dunford, N.S. 202, 445, 435, 437 Dubinsky, E. 238, 307, 331, 437 Duren, P.L. 193, 437 Dvoretzky, A. 316, 235, 437 Dynin, A. 313, 328, 330, 437
Eberlain, W.F. 231, 437 Eidelheit, M. 205, 250, 385, 437 Egorov, D.F. 134
Fenske, Ch. 305, 437 Figiel, T. 238, 401, 438 Frechet, M. II, 438
Gawurin, M.K. 438 Gelfand, I.M. 176, 369,438 Gohberg, I.C. 290, 438 Goldberg, A.A. 379, 382, 438 Goldstine, H.H. 229, 438 Gramsch, B. 124, 183, 438 Grothendieck, A. 317, 438 Griinbaum, B. 438 Gurarij, W.I. 412, 439
Author Index Hahn, H. 189, 439 Henkin, M.G. 296, 365, 442, 443 Holsztynski, W. 439 Hyers, D.M. 211, 252, 439
lyachen, S.O. 439
James, R.C. 234, 235, 439
Kakutani, S. 2, 439 Kalton, N.J. 46, 47, 51-53, 63, 76, 99, 193, 197, 199, 206, 210, 211, 213, 220,248,307,419,420,439,440 Klee, V. 19, 76, 197, 440 Klein, Ch. 120, 440 Kolmogorov, A.N. 96, 264, 440 Komura, T. 341, 440 Komura, Y. 341, 370, 371, 440 Kondakov, V.P. 333, 335, 336, 440 Krasnosielski, M.A. 202, 440 Krein, M.G. 103, 240, 290, 440 Krein, S.G. 340, 438, 440 Kwapien, S. 169, 440
457
Mazur, S. 21, 39, 40, 100, 101, 116--118, 121, 161, 168, 176, 202, 250, 251, 385, 390,401,427,442,434,435,437 Metzler, R.C. 162, 442 Mikusinski, J. 350, 434 Milman, D.P. 103, 240, 440 Mityagin, B.S. 274, 275, 277, 296, 313, 314, 328, 330, 331, 340, 354, 365, 436, 442,443 Moscatelli, B. 307, 326, 443 Musial, K. 140, 443 Musielak, J. 6, 8, 443
Nakano, H. 6, 443
Ogrodzka, Z. 349, 443 Orlicz, W. 6, 8, 39, 40, 101, 116--118, 121, 153, 161, 169, 173,202,442,443
Labuda, I. 76, 437, 441 Landsberg, M. 94, 441 Lebesgue, H. 134 Leray, J. 224, 441 Levi, E.E. 182 Ligaud, J.P. 297, 298, 305, 441 Lindenstrauss, J. 321, 441 Lipecki, Z. 76, 441 Lorch, E.R. 441 Lusky, W. 412; 441 Luxemburg W.A.J. 77, 79, 82--84,441
Paley, R. 138, 443 Pallaschke, D. 206, 208, 443 Peck, N.T. 76, 197, 211, 213, 248, 439, 443 Pelczynski, A. 46, 52, 106, 107, 167, 168, 196,237,238,268,274,275,277,321, 330, 385, 389, 410, 412-415, 418-420,435,443,444 Petrov, V.V. 184, 186, 444 Pettis, B.J. 444 Phelps, R.R. 401, 444 Pietsch; A. 321, 324, 444 Pisier, G. 136, 442 Popov, M.M. 63,444 Prekopa, A. 146, 444 Przeworska-Rolewicz, D. 124, 183, 290, 444
Mankiewicz, P. 391--393, 441 Marcus, M. 186, 441 Matuszewska, W. 136, 442
Raikov, D.A. 444 Ramanujan, M.S. 307, 437, 444 Retheford, J.R. 435
458
Author Index
Ritt, J.F. 384, 444 Roberts, J.W. 210, 211, 220, 241, 242, 245,246,248,439,444 Robinson, W.B. 307, 335, 436, 437 Rogers, C.A. 316, 325, 437 Rolewicz, S. 14, 52, 89, 95, 96, 106, 108, 113, 120, 124, 135, 155, 183, 193, 194, 196, 198, 238, 252, 254, 260--262, 274, 275, 277, 290, 355, 376, 385, 389, 410, 412--415, 418--420, 435, 440, 444,445 Romberg, R.G. 193, 437 Rosenberger, B. 236, 445 Rutitski, Ja.B. 202, 440 Rutman, L.A. 103, 440 Ryli-Nardzewski, C. 135, 140, 141, 155, 186, 254, 443, 445
Schauder J. 67, 445 Schields, A.L. 193, 437 Schock, E. 305, 437 Schwartz, J. 202, 435, 437 Schwartz, L. 169, 171-173,445 Semadeni, Z. 238, 444 Shapiro, J.H. 193, 197,206,248,439,445 Sierpinski, W. 20, 446 Simmons, S. 28, 446 Singer, I. 330, 421, 444, 446 Slowikowski, W. 258, 446 Smulian, V. 231, 446 Sobczyk, A. 191, 435 Srinivasan, V.K. 376 Steinhaus, H. 39, 435 Sternbach, L. 21, 442 Stiles, W.J. 101, 103, 446 Sundaresan, K. 184
Szeptycki, P. 77, 79, 80, 85--87, 446 Szlenk, W. 446 Talagrand, M. 131 Tichomirov, W.M. 274, 440,446 Tillman H.G. 446 Turpin, Ph. 64, 88, 126, 127, 131, 135, 157,163,278,280-283,446,447 Ulam, S. 390, 442 Urbanik, K. 150, 447
Vilenkin, N.Ja. 369, 438 Vogt, D. 332, 447
Waelbroeck, L. 126, 127, 210, 447 Whitley, R.J. 231, 447 Wiener, N. 181 Wiliamson, J.H. 291, 447 Wobst R., 390, 447 Wojtyiiski, W. 330, 340, 447 Wood, G.V. 417-421, 447 Woyczynski, W. 140, 141, 150, 152, 184, 186,440,441,443,445--448 Zaanen, A.C. 82--84, 441 Zahariuta, V.P. 288, 291, 295, 338, 340, 365, 368, 448 Zobin, N.M. 331, 443 Zygmund, A. 138, 443 Zelazko, W. 90, 124, 174, 176, 177, 181, 182,448
List of SymboJs
A+B 1 p(x, y) 1 (m 1), ... , (m 3) 1
tA 1 (X,p) 1 Xn---+ X 2
M(E) 128 E(X) 137 V(X) 137 A(X) 157 conv(A) 221
conv(A) 223
p
Xn---+ X 2
n(X) 229
llxll 4
X** 229 E(K) 238 M(A, B, e) 263
(n 1), ... , (n 6) 4
(X,
II I[)
5
X/Y 5 (md 1), ... , (md 5) 6
Xp 6 (md5') 6 (x,y) 17 (i 1), ... , (i 5) 17 G6 20 (Xi)(s) 31, 100 DA 36 B 0(X---+ Y) 38 B 0 (X) 38 Ba(X---+ Y) 39 B (X---+ Y) 39
X* 38, 199 dimzX 45 E [c] 46 suppx 47
codimzX 62 Cc 77 En'"- 0 81 x.. 81 DK 84 c(A) 89 c(X) 96 n(t) 107
M(A,B) 264 M(X) 264 M'(X) 268 M~(X) 268 M(X) 270 6(A, B, L) 274 6n(A, B) 274 <5(X) 274 6(X) 275 o'(A, B) 284
o'(X) 284 o'(X) 284 F(X) 295 dn(T) 308
a(T) 318
ci.; 327 di 338 H(X) 391 T(X) 391 Lin(X) 392 Aff(X) 392 Inv(G) 391 G(ll II) 408